Manual de Servicio Silverado 2016 PDF

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Trk_Silverado_23133519A.
ai 1 9/4/2015 2:19:13 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 33
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 123
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 188
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 259
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 461
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 482
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 497
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
If the vehicle has the Duramax® suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax
vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, If the vehicle has the bi-fuel engine, Plymouth, MI 48170
SILVERADO, and Z71 are see the Silverado/Sierra Bi-Fuel USA
trademarks and/or service marks of supplement for additional and
General Motors LLC, its specific information on this engine.
Using this Manual
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your To quickly locate information about
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the
substitute the name “General specific vehicle to confirm the
features. back of the manual. It is an
Motors of Canada Limited” for alphabetical list of what is in the
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Keep this manual in the vehicle for manual and the page number where
appears in this manual. quick reference. it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23133519 B Second Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
0 : Adjustable Pedals
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
Warning indicates a hazard that information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
Caution manual has additional instructions
or information. O : Exterior Lamps
Caution indicates a hazard that
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information.
. : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page —
“see page.”
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
4 Introduction
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Roadside Assistance
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Instrument Panel Roadside Assistance
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 25
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 26
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Lane Departure
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 28
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 28
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14 Universal Remote System . . . . . 29
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16
Throttle and Brake Pedal
eAssist Features
eAssist® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Performance and Maintenance
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Traction Control/Electronic
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 31
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 31
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Base Shown, Uplevel Similar

9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 7
1. Instrument Panel Illumination Tow/Haul Selector Button (If 0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If
Control 0 184. Equipped). See Tow/Haul Equipped). See Adjustable
2. Integrated Trailer Brake Control Mode 0 295. Throttle and Brake
(ITBC) System (If Equipped). Range Selection Mode (If Pedal 0 280.
See Towing Equipment 0 345. Equipped). See Manual
Mode 0 292.
{ Cargo Lamp 0 185.
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178.
10. Light Sensor. See Automatic X Parking Assist Button (If
Fog Lamps 0 183 (If
Headlamp System 0 181. Equipped). See Assistance
Equipped).
Systems for Parking or
4. Air Vents 0 257. 11. Infotainment 0 189.
Backing 0 314.
5. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 12. Passenger Airbag On-Off
Switch (If Equipped) (Out of A Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
and Lane-Change (1500 Series) 0 320 (If
Signals 0 183. View). See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80. Equipped).
Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 126. 13. Heated and Ventilated Seats 5 Hill Descent Control Switch
0 13 (If Equipped). (If Equipped). See Hill Descent
6. Favorite Switches (Out of Control (HDC) 0 310.
View). See Steering Wheel 14. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Controls 0 125. Alternating Current (If q Exhaust Brake (If
Equipped). See Power Equipped). See “Exhaust
Volume Switches (Out of View). Outlets 0 128. Brake” in the Duramax diesel
See Steering Wheel
15. Power Outlets 0 128 (If supplement.
Controls 0 125.
Equipped).
7. Instrument Cluster 0 132. g Power Take Off (PTO)
16. g Traction Control/Electronic Switch (If Equipped). See the
8. Hazard Warning Stability Control 0 308. Duramax diesel supplement.
Flashers 0 182.
Auxiliary Button (If Equipped).
9. Shift Lever. See Automatic See Add-On Electrical
Transmission 0 289. Equipment 0 355.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
8 In Brief
17. Instrument Panel Storage 24. Cruise Control 0 311. Initial Drive
0 119 (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
18. Climate Control Systems (with System 0 317 (If Equipped).
Information
Heater Only) 0 250 or Climate 25. Data Link Connector (DLC) This section provides a brief
Control Systems (with Air (Out of View). See Malfunction overview about some of the
Conditioning) 0 252 (If Indicator Lamp (Check Engine important features that may or may
Equipped). Light) 0 143. not be on your specific vehicle.
Dual Automatic Climate Control 26. Parking Brake 0 306. For more detailed information, refer
System 0 253 (If Equipped). to each of the features which can be
27. Electronic Transfer Case found later in this owner manual.
19. Parking Brake Release Control (If Equipped). See
(Manual Transmission Only, If Four-Wheel Drive 0 297.
Equipped). See Parking Remote Keyless Entry
Brake 0 306 Card Holder (If Equipped). See (RKE) System
Instrument Panel
20. Steering Wheel Controls 0 125 Storage 0 119. The RKE transmitter functions may
(If Equipped). work from up to 60 m (197 ft) away
Driver Information Center (DIC) from the vehicle.
Controls (If Equipped). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 150 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 152.
21. Hood Release. See
Hood 0 363.
22. Horn 0 126.
23. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 124 (Out of View).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 9
Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks

If equipped, the engine can be There are several ways to lock and
started from outside of the vehicle. unlock the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle From outside, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
1. Press and release Q on the the key in the driver door.
RKE transmitter.
From inside, use the power door
2. Immediately press and hold / locks or push down or pull up on the
for at least four seconds or until manual door locks.
the turn signal lamps flash. From inside, pull the door handle
3. Start the vehicle normally after once to unlock the door. Pull again
K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering. to open the door.
Press K again within three seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking
to unlock all remaining doors and lamps will turn on.
the tailgate.
Remote start can be extended.
Q : Press to lock all doors and the
tailgate. Lock and unlock feedback Canceling a Remote Start
can be personalized. See Vehicle To cancel a remote start, do one of
Personalization 0 165. the following:
7 : Press and release one time to . Press and hold / until the
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and parking lamps turn off.
hold for at least three seconds to
. Turn on the hazard warning
sound the panic alarm. Press 7 flashers.
again to cancel the panic alarm.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Keys 0 33 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
10 In Brief
Power Door Locks Power Windows
Base Trim
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim If equipped with power door locks: Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar Q : Press to lock the doors. Shown, Other Models Similar
K : Press to unlock the doors. If equipped, the driver door has a
switch to control all windows. Each
See Door Locks 0 39 and Power passenger door has a switch to
Door Locks 0 40. control that window. The power
windows work when the ignition is in
Windows ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
Manual Windows (RAP) is active. See Retained
If equipped, turn the hand crank on Accessory Power (RAP) 0 284.
each door to manually raise or lower Press the switch to lower the
the windows. window. Pull the switch up to raise
it. See Windows 0 52 and Power
Windows 0 52.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 11
Express Windows Accessory Power (RAP) is active. 1. Pull the handle at the front of
See Retained Accessory Power the seat.
If equipped, the express window
(RAP) 0 284. 2. Slide the seat to the desired
feature allows the windows to be
raised or lowered without holding . Press the switch to open the position and release the
the switch. window. handle.
To use express-down, press the . Pull the switch to close the 3. Try to move the seat back and
switch down fully and release. window. forth to be sure it is locked in
The power sliding rear window place.
The driver window may have the
express-up feature. Pull the switch cannot be operated manually. See See Seat Adjustment 0 59.
up fully and release to activate. “Power Sliding Rear Window” in
Rear Windows 0 55. Power Seats
Power Sliding Rear Window
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

If equipped, the power sliding rear . Move the seat forward or
window works when the ignition has rearward by sliding the control
been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY forward or rearward.
or ON/RUN, or when Retained To adjust a manual seat:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
12 In Brief
. If equipped, raise or lower the Power Lumbar See Lumbar Adjustment 0 60.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control Reclining Seatbacks
up or down. Manual Reclining Seatbacks
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 60.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward To adjust a manual seatback:
to decrease upper and lower 1. Lift the lever.
lumbar support at the same time.
The seatback will automatically
. If equipped, press and hold the fold forward.
control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease 2. To recline, move the seatback
lower lumbar support. rearward to the desired
position, then release the lever
If equipped, move the lever up or Press and hold the control down to lock the seatback in place.
down repeatedly to increase or to increase lower lumbar support
decrease lumbar support. and decrease upper lumbar 3. Push and pull on the seatback
support. to make sure it is locked.
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 60.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 13
To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward Automatic Memory Recall and/or
position: to raise. Easy Exit Recall features may be
1. Lift the lever fully without See Reclining Seatbacks 0 61. enabled in the Personalization
applying pressure to the Menus.
seatback, and the seatback will Memory Features See Memory Seats 0 62 and
return to the upright position. Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked. Heated and Ventilated
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 61. Seats
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other

Models Similar
If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, and B
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are
Heated and Ventilated Seat
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat, Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
outside mirrors, and adjustable Buttons Similar
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped: pedals (if equipped). If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
. Tilt the top of the control
must be running.
rearward to recline.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
14 In Brief
Press I to heat the driver or Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

passenger seatback only. System
Press J to heat the driver or The passenger sensing system,
passenger seat cushion and if equipped, turns off the front
seatback. outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. No other
PressC to ventilate the driver or airbag is affected by the passenger
passenger seat. sensing system.
See Heated and Ventilated Front If the vehicle has one of the
Seats 0 63. indicators pictured in the following
illustrations, then the vehicle has a
Head Restraint passenger sensing system for the
Adjustment front outboard passenger position
Refer to the following sections for unless there is an airbag off switch
Do not drive until the head restraints on the instrument panel endcap.
for all occupants are installed and important information on how to use
adjusted properly. safety belts properly. If there is an airbag off switch, the
. Safety Belts 0 66. vehicle does not have a passenger
To achieve a comfortable seating sensing system. See Airbag On-Off
position, change the seatback . How to Wear Safety Belts Switch 0 80 for more information.
recline angle as little as necessary Properly 0 68.
while keeping the seat and the head The passenger airbag status
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68. indicator will be visible on the
restraint height in the proper
position. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for overhead console when the vehicle
Children (LATCH System) 0 96. is started.
See Head Restraints 0 58 and Seat
Adjustment 0 59.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 15
Exterior Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control

pad to move the mirror up,
Manual Mirrors down, right, or left.
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
by moving them up and down or left that a little of the vehicle and
to right to see a little of the side of the area behind it can be seen.
United States the vehicle and to have a clear view
behind the vehicle. 4. Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not
See Manual Mirrors 0 47. adjusting either outside mirror.
Power Mirrors
Canada and Mexico

See Passenger Sensing System
0 82 for important information.
Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror Uplevel with Power Folding
performance. Base Power Mirrors Mirrors
If equipped with power mirrors: 1. Press (1) or (3) to select the

driver or passenger side mirror.
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
16 In Brief
2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

pad while the indicator light on
the (1) or (3) button is Adjustment Adjustment
illuminated, to move the mirror Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
up, down, right, or left. the area behind the vehicle.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen. If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
4. Press either (1) or (3) again to use to avoid glare from the
deselect the mirror. headlamps from behind. See
See Power Mirrors 0 48. Manual Rearview Mirror 0 51.
If equipped with power folding Automatic Dimming Rearview
mirrors: Mirror
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out If equipped, the mirror will
to the driving position. automatically reduce the glare of the To adjust the steering wheel:
headlamps from behind. The
2. Press (2) again to fold the 1. Hold the steering wheel and
dimming feature comes on when the
mirrors in to the folded position. pull the lever.
vehicle is started.
See Folding Mirrors 0 49. 2. Move the steering wheel up
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
The mirrors may also include a Mirror 0 52. or down.
memory function that works with the 3. Release the lever to lock the
memory seats. See Memory wheel in place.
Seats 0 62.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 17
Tilt and Telescoping Steering Throttle and Brake Pedal Interior Lighting
Wheel
Adjustment Dome Lamps
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.
To adjust the tilt and telescoping

steering wheel, if equipped: There are dome lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner,
1. Push the lever (1) down to if equipped.
move the steering wheel
forward or rearward. Lift the The switch used to adjust the To change the dome lamp settings,
lever up to lock the wheel in pedals is on the center stack, below press the following:
place. the climate controls.
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to Lift the switch up to move the when a door is open.
move the steering wheel up or pedals closer to your body. Press
the switch down to move the DOOR : The lamps come on
down, then release the lever to automatically when a door is
lock the wheel in place. pedals away.
opened.
Do not adjust the steering wheel See Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal 0 280. ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
while driving.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
18 In Brief
Reading Lamps O : Turns off the automatic

headlamps. Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps
back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Press m or n next to each reading AUTO : Automatically turns on the
lamp to turn it on or off. headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
For more information about interior roof marker lamps (if equipped),
lighting, see Instrument Panel front/rear sidemarker lamps, and
Illumination Control 0 184. license plate lamps.
There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner, Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps
if equipped. To operate, the ignition including all lamps, except the
must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY headlamps.
or ON/RUN position or using 5 : Turns on the headlamps
Retained Accessory Power (RAP). together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178.
. Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) 0 181.
The exterior lamp control is on the . Fog Lamps 0 183.
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 19
Windshield Wiper/Washer See Windshield Wiper/

Washer 0 126.
Climate Controls
These systems control the heating,
cooling, and ventilation.
For an eAssist vehicle, see the
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
The windshield wiper control is on supplement.
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with z on it.
1 : Fast wipes.
w : Slow wipes.
3 INT : Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
the lever to spray washer fluid on
the windshield.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
20 In Brief
Climate Control System (with Heater Only)
1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

2. Air Recirculation 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 21
Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)
1. Fan Control f (Outside Heated Mirror, If

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control 8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)
4. Defrost 7. Air Recirculation
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If
Equipped)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
22 In Brief
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Range Selection Mode
The Range Selection Mode switch,

if equipped, is on the automatic
transmission shift lever.
To enable:
1. Driver Temperature Control 8. Rear Window Defogger
1. Move the shift lever to the
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. Power Button
M (Manual Mode) position. The
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 10. Air Recirculation current range will display next
4. Fan Control 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation) to the M. This is the highest
attainable range with all lower
5. Defrost See Climate Control Systems (with gears accessible. As an
6. Passenger Temperature Heater Only) 0 250 or Climate example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is
Control Control Systems (with Air selected, 1 (First) through
Conditioning) 0 252 or Dual 5 (Fifth) gears are available.
7. SYNC (Synchronized Automatic Climate Control System
Temperature) 0 253 (If Equipped). 2. Press the plus/minus buttons
on the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 292.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 23
While using Range Selection Mode, Manual Transfer Case Electronic Transfer Case
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 295.
Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive,
the engine's driving power can be
sent to all four wheels for extra
traction.
Transfer Case Controls
This transfer case shift lever is on This transfer case knob is to the left
The vehicle will have one of these the floor to the right of the driver. of the steering column.
three styles of transfer case
controls. Use these controls to shift
into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
24 In Brief
Automatic Transfer Case AUTO mode only the rear wheels Vehicle Features
will hold the vehicle from sliding
when parked. If parking on a steep
grade, use 4 m to keep all four
Infotainment System
wheels engaged. The base radio and base radio with
connectivity information is included
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use in this manual. See the infotainment
this setting when extra traction is manual for information on the
needed, such as on snowy or icy uplevel radios, audio players,
roads or in most off-road situations. phone, navigation system, Rear
N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
only when towing the vehicle. See voice or speech recognition,
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 447 if equipped.
or Trailer Towing 0 330.
This transfer case knob is to the left Radio(s)
of the steering column. 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting sends maximum power to all Base Radio
The different drive options that may
be available are described following. four wheels. Choose 4n when O : Press to turn the system on.
driving in deep sand, mud, or snow, Press and hold to turn it off. When
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This and while climbing or descending on, press to mute; press again to
setting is used for driving in most steep hills. unmute. Turn to increase or
street and highway situations. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 297. decrease the volume.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel RADIO : Press to choose between
Drive) : This setting is ideal for use FM, AM, and SiriusXM®,
when road surface traction if equipped.
conditions are variable. MEDIA : Press to change the audio
Do not use AUTO mode to park on source between CD, USB, AUX,
a steep grade with poor traction and Bluetooth® Audio, if equipped.
such as ice, snow, mud or gravel. In { : Press to go to the Home Page.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 25
MENU : Press to select a menu. Setting the Clock See Satellite Radio (Base Radio)
g : Press to seek the previous 0 201 or Satellite Radio (Base
See Clock 0 127.
station or track. Radio with Touchscreen) 0 201.
l : Press to seek the next station Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices
or track. Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
See “Base Radio” in Overview radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and USB
(Base Radio) 0 189 or Overview satellite radio subscription can
ports in the center console or
(Base Radio with receive SiriusXM programming.
armrest. There may be a USB port
Touchscreen) 0 193. in the upper glove box. External
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Base Radio with Touchscreen Service devices such as iPods®, laptop
computers, MP3 players, and USB
O : Press to turn the system on. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service storage devices may be connected,
Press and hold to turn it off. When based in the 48 contiguous United depending on the audio system.
on, press to mute; press again to States and 10 Canadian provinces.
unmute. Turn to increase or SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 209
decrease the volume. variety of programming and or USB Port (Base Radio with
commercial-free music, coast to Touchscreen) 0 212 and Auxiliary
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Jack 0 213.
7 : Press to seek the previous A fee is required to receive the
station or track. SiriusXM service. Bluetooth®
6 : Press to seek the next station For more information refer to: The Bluetooth® system allows users
or track. with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
. www.siriusxm.com or call
See “Base Radio with Touchscreen” to make and receive hands-free
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
in Overview (Base Radio) 0 189 or calls using the vehicle audio system
. www.xmradio.ca or call and controls.
Overview (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 193. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
26 In Brief
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls

must be paired with the in-vehicle can be adjusted at the steering
Bluetooth system before it can be wheel.
used in the vehicle. Not all phones g : If equipped with OnStar® or a
will support all functions. ®
Bluetooth system, press to interact
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - with those systems. See OnStar
Base Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth Overview 0 500 or OnStar Overview
(Infotainment Controls - Base 0 501, Bluetooth (Voice Recognition
Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth - Base Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth
with Touchscreen) 0 232. (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio The favorite and volume switches
Steering Wheel Controls with Touchscreen) 0 232, are on the back of the steering
or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the wheel.
infotainment manual.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
i : Press to reject an incoming source, press to select the next
call, or end a current call. Press to or previous favorite. When on a
mute or unmute the infotainment media source, press to select
system when not on a call. the next or previous track.
o or p : Press to go to the 2. Volume: Press to increase or
previous or next menu option. decrease the volume.
w or x : Press to go to the next or See Steering Wheel Controls 0 125.
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 27
Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise

control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 311.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.
If the vehicle has the base level
instrument cluster, the trip odometer w or x : Press to move up or
reset stem is used to operate down in a list.
the DIC.
5 : Press to turn the system on or o or p : Press to move between
off. The indicator light is white when If the vehicle has the uplevel the interactive display zones in the
cruise control is on and turns off instrument cluster, the right steering cluster.
when cruise control is off. wheel controls are used to operate
the DIC. V : Press to open a menu or select
+RES : If there is a set speed in a menu item. Press and hold to
memory, press briefly to resume to reset values on certain screens.
that speed or press and hold to
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
(Uplevel) 0 152.
SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
28 In Brief
Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In Rear Vision

addition, beeps will sound or the
(FCA) System driver seat will pulse.
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If equipped, RVC displays a view of
reduce the harm caused by (2500/3500 Series) 0 319. the area behind the vehicle on the
front-end crashes. FCA provides a center stack display when the
green indicator, V, when a vehicle vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) aid with parking and low-speed
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a If equipped, LKA may help avoid backing maneuvers.
vehicle much too closely. When crashes due to unintentional lane See Assistance Systems for Parking
approaching a vehicle ahead too departures. It may assist by gently or Backing 0 314.
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red turning the steering wheel if the
alert on the windshield and rapidly vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal
Parking Assist
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
in that direction. It may also provide If equipped, Rear Parking
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
System 0 317. alert as the lane marking is crossed. rear bumper to assist with parking
The system will not assist or alert if and avoiding objects while in
Lane Departure it detects that you are actively R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
Warning (LDW) steering. Override LKA by turning less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
the steering wheel. LKA uses a display a warning triangle on the
If equipped, LDW may help avoid camera to detect lane markings Rear Vision Camera screen and a
unintentional lane departures at between 60 km/h (37 mph) and graphic on the instrument cluster to
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or 180 km/h (112 mph). provide the object distance. In
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor addition, multiple beeps or seat
to detect the lane markings. The See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
(2500/3500 Series) 0 319 and Lane pulses may occur if very close to an
LDW light, @, is green if a lane object.
Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
marking is detected. If the vehicle
Series) 0 320. The vehicle may also have the Front
departs the lane, the light will
Parking Assist system.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 29
See Assistance Systems for Parking Universal Remote System Sunroof

or Backing 0 314.
Power Outlets
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have up to four
accessory power outlets.
Vehicles with a Center Console
. One or two in front of the
cupholders on the center
console. If equipped with the Universal If equipped, the sunroof only
Remote system, these buttons will operates when the ignition is in
. One inside the center console.
be in the front overhead console. ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
. One on the rear of the center or when Retained Accessory Power
This system provides a way to
console. replace up to three remote control (RAP) is active. See Retained
transmitters used to activate Accessory Power (RAP) 0 284.
Vehicles with Bench Seats
. One on the center stack below devices such as garage door Vent : From the closed position,
openers, security systems, and press the rear of the TILT switch to
the climate control system.
home automation devices. vent the sunroof.
. One or two in the storage area
See Universal Remote Manual-Open/Manual-Close : To
on the bench seat.
System 0 172. open the sunroof, press and hold
Lift the cover to access and replace the rear of the SLIDE switch until
when not in use. the sunroof reaches the desired
See Power Outlets 0 128. position. Press and hold the front of
the SLIDE switch to close it.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
30 In Brief
Express-Open/Express-Close : To eAssist Features Performance and

express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release the rear of the Maintenance
SLIDE switch. To express-close the eAssist® Overview
sunroof, fully press and release the For an eAssist vehicle, see the Traction Control/
front of the SLIDE switch. Press the Silverado/Sierra eAssist
switch again to stop it.
Electronic Stability
supplement.
Control
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise. The vehicle has a traction control
The air deflector will retract when system that limits wheel spin and
the sunroof is closed. the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle
The sunroof also has a sunshade
in difficult driving conditions. Both
that can be pulled forward to block
systems come on automatically
the rays of the sun. Open and close
when the vehicle is started and
the sunshade manually.
begins to move.
If an object is in the path of the . To turn off traction control, press
sunroof while it is closing, the
automatic reversal system will and release g on the center
detect the object and stop the stack. The traction off light i
sunroof. displays in the instrument
See Sunroof 0 55. cluster. The appropriate Driver
message displays. See Ride
Control System
Messages 0 159.
. To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and
hold g until i and g illuminate
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In Brief 31
in the instrument cluster and the the tires to the recommended Resetting the Oil Life System
appropriate DIC message pressure shown on the Tire and To reset the engine oil life system:
displays. See Ride Control Loading Information label. See
System Messages 0 159. Vehicle Load Limits 0 272. The 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
warning light will remain on until the on the DIC. See Driver
. Press and release g again to tire pressure is corrected. Information Center (DIC) (Base
turn on both systems. Level) 0 150 or Driver
The low tire pressure warning light Information Center (DIC)
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on may come on in cool weather when
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (Uplevel) 0 152. If the vehicle
the vehicle is first started, and then does not have DIC buttons, the
(35 mph). Traction control will turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
remain off. vehicle must be in P (Park) to
may be an early indicator that the access this display.
See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and
Stability Control 0 308. the tires need to be inflated to the 2. Press and hold the V button on
proper pressure. the DIC, or the trip odometer
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal reset stem if the vehicle does
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain not have DIC buttons, for
This vehicle may have a Tire several seconds. The oil life
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the correct tire pressures.
will change to 100%.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 417. The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
Engine Oil Life System 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off.
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use 2. Fully press the accelerator
and, on most vehicles, displays a pedal slowly three times within
The low tire pressure warning light DIC message when it is necessary five seconds.
alerts to a significant loss in to change the engine oil and filter.
pressure of one of the vehicle's The oil life system should be reset
tires. If the warning light comes on, to 100% only following an oil
stop as soon as possible and inflate change.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
32 In Brief
3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING . When road and weather See Roadside Assistance Program
on the DIC. If the display conditions are appropriate, use 0 487 or Roadside Assistance
shows 100%, the system is cruise control. Program 0 490.
reset. . Always follow posted speed
See Engine Oil Life System 0 372. limits or drive more slowly when Roadside Assistance
conditions require. Program
E85 or FlexFuel . Keep vehicle tires properly Call 01-800-466-0811.
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can inflated.
New Chevrolet owners are
use either unleaded gasoline or . Combine several trips into a automatically enrolled in the
ethanol fuel containing up to 85% single trip. Roadside Assistance Program.
ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel
. Replace the vehicle's tires with See Roadside Assistance Program
0 324. For all other vehicles, use
only the unleaded gasoline the same TPC Spec number 0 487 or Roadside Assistance
described under Fuel 0 322. molded into the tire's sidewall Program 0 490.
near the size.
Driving for Better Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled
Economy maintenance.
Driving habits can affect fuel Roadside Assistance

mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy Program
possible. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate TTY Users (U.S. Only):
smoothly. 1-888-889-2438
. Brake gradually and avoid Canada: 1-800-268-6800
abrupt stops.
New Chevrolet owners are
. Avoid idling the engine for long automatically enrolled in the
periods of time. Roadside Assistance Program.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33
Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
48
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
49 Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Keys and Locks Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 50 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 the ignition key is dangerous and
Interior Mirrors children or others could be
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 51
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 seriously injured or killed. They
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 51 could operate the power windows
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 or other controls or make the
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Windows function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 41 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 closing window. Do not leave
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 children in a vehicle with the
Doors Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 ignition key.
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 44
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 46
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows
moving the key out of the RUN

Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items
deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit
unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys
ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than
way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Programming with a If there are no currently recognized

Recognized Key keys available, follow this procedure
To program a new key: to program the first key.
1. Insert the original, already This procedure will take

programmed key in the ignition approximately 30 minutes to
and turn the key to the ON/ complete for the first key. The
RUN position. vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, with you.
and remove the key.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
3. Insert the new key to be the ignition.
programmed and turn it to the
Interference from radio-frequency ON/RUN position within 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
identification (RFID) tags may five seconds. light will come on.
prevent the key from starting the 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
The security light will turn off
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from security light turns off.
once the key has been
the key when starting the vehicle.
programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
The key is used for the ignition and
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
all door locks.
keys are to be programmed. times. After the third time, turn
Programming Keys If a key is lost or damaged, see your to ON/RUN; the key is learned
dealer to have a new key made. and all previously known keys
Follow these procedures to program will no longer work with the
up to eight keys to the vehicle. Programming without a vehicle.
Recognized Key
Remaining keys can be learned by
Program a new key to the vehicle following the procedure in
when a recognized key is not “Programming with a
available. Canadian regulations Recognized Key.”
require that owners see their dealer.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The key has a bar-coded key tag . Check the location. Other
that the dealer or qualified locksmith vehicles or objects may be
can use to make new keys. Store blocking the signal.
this information in a safe place, not . Check the transmitter's battery.
in the vehicle. See “Battery Replacement” later
See your dealer if a replacement in this section.
key or additional key is needed. . If the transmitter is still not
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, working correctly, see your
inspect the key blade for debris. dealer or a qualified technician
Periodically clean with a brush for service.
or pick.
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start (without
an OnStar Advisor may remotely (RKE) System Operation Remote Start Similar)
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 501 or OnStar
The RKE transmitter functions may / (Remote Vehicle Start) :
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from If equipped, / is used to start the
Overview 0 501.
the vehicle. engine from outside the vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the using the RKE transmitter. See
performance of the transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.
(RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors
See Radio Frequency Statement System 0 36. and the tailgate.
0 496 or Radio Frequency
Statement 0 496. If enabled in Vehicle
Personalization, the turn signal
If there is a decrease in the RKE lamps flash once to indicate locking
operating range: has occurred. If enabled through the
. Check the distance. The DIC, the horn chirps when Q is
transmitter may be too far from pressed again within three seconds.
the vehicle. See Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. If equipped with auto mirror folding, Programming Transmitters to
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 44. pressing and holding K for the Vehicle
If equipped with auto mirror folding, one second will unfold the mirrors. Only RKE transmitters programmed
The auto mirror folding feature will to this vehicle will work. If a
pressing and holding Q for not operate unless it is enabled.
one second will fold the mirrors. The transmitter is lost or stolen, a
See Folding Mirrors 0 49 and replacement can be purchased and
auto mirror folding feature will not Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
operate unless it is enabled. See programmed through your dealer.
Folding Mirrors 0 49 and Vehicle On some models, press, release Each vehicle can have up to
Personalization 0 165. and then press and hold K to open eight transmitters programmed to it.
all of the windows. Pressing the See your dealer for transmitter
K (Unlock) : Press once to unlock button again will stop the windows. programming.
only the driver door. If K is pressed
again within three seconds, all See Vehicle Alarm System 0 44. Battery Replacement
remaining doors and the tailgate 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Replace the battery in the
unlock. The interior lamps may Alarm) : Press and release one transmitter soon if the REPLACE
come on and stay on for 20 seconds time to initiate vehicle locator. The BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
or until the ignition is turned on. turn signal lamps flash and the horn message displays in the DIC.
If enabled in Vehicle sounds three times.
Personalization, the turn signal Caution
Press and hold 7 for at least
lamps flash twice to indicate three seconds to sound the panic
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle When replacing the battery, do
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash not touch any of the circuitry on
Personalization 0 165. If enabled and the horn sounds repeatedly for
through the DIC, the exterior lamps the transmitter. Static from your
30 seconds. The alarm turns off body could damage the
may turn on. See Vehicle when the ignition is moved to ON/
Personalization 0 165. transmitter.
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
disarms the alarm system. See the panic alarm to work.
Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start

If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats, if equipped, may
also come on. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 63 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
2. Press and slide the battery Laws in some communities may
down toward the pocket of the restrict the use of remote starters.
1. Separate and remove the back transmitter in the direction of Check local regulations for any
cover of the transmitter with a the key ring. Do not use a requirements on remote starting of
flat, thin object, such as a coin. metal object. vehicles.
3. Remove the battery. Do not use remote start if the
4. Insert the new battery, positive vehicle is low on fuel.
side facing up. Replace with a The vehicle cannot be remote
CR2032 or equivalent battery. started if:
5. Push together the transmitter . The key is in the ignition.
back cover top side first, and . The hood is not closed.
then the bottom toward the
key ring. . There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The engine will turn off during a The engine will continue to run . Turn on the hazard warning
remote vehicle start if: for 10 minutes. After flashers.
. The coolant temperature gets 30 seconds, repeat . Turn the ignition on and then off.
too high. Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
time extension.
. The oil pressure gets low. Door Locks
Place the ignition in ON/RUN to
The RKE transmitter range may be operate the vehicle.
reduced while the vehicle is running. { Warning
Extending Engine Run Time
Other conditions can affect the Unlocked doors can be
performance of the transmitter. See The engine run time can be dangerous.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) extended by 10 minutes, for a total
of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially
System 0 36 or Vehicle
10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are children, can easily open
Personalization 0 165.
repeated while the engine is still the doors and fall out of a
Starting the Engine Using Remote running. An extension can be moving vehicle. When a
Start requested 30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
1. Press and release Q. A maximum of two remote starts, of being thrown out of the
or a single start with an extension, vehicle in a crash is
2. Immediately press and hold / is allowed between ignition cycles. increased if the doors are
until the turn signal lamps flash
The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all
or for at least four seconds.
turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear
When the vehicle starts, the remote start again. safety belts properly and the
parking lamps will turn on. The doors should be locked
doors will be locked and the Canceling a Remote Start whenever the vehicle is
climate control system may To cancel a remote start, do one of driven.
come on. the following: (Continued)
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Warning (Continued)
From outside, use the Remote Power Door Locks
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
the key in the driver door.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be From inside, use the power door
unable to get out. A child locks or manual door locks. To lock
can be overcome by or unlock the door with the manual
extreme heat and can suffer locks, push down or pull up on the
permanent injuries or even manual lock knob.
death from heat stroke. From inside, pull the door handle
Always lock the vehicle once to unlock the door. Pull the
whenever leaving it. handle again to open the door.
. Outsiders can easily enter See Vehicle Alarm System 0 44.
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
the vehicle. Locking the Shown, Other Models Similar
doors can help prevent this
from happening.
There are several ways to lock and

unlock the vehicle.
Base Trim
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If equipped with power door locks: Automatic Door Locks Lockout Protection
Q : Press to lock the doors. The doors will lock automatically When locking is requested with the
K : Press to unlock the doors. when all doors are closed, the driver door open and the key in the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is ignition, all the doors will lock and
Delayed Locking moved out of P (Park) for automatic then the driver door will unlock.
transmissions and vehicle speed is This can be manually overridden by
If equipped, when locking the doors above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual
with the power lock switch and a transmissions. pressing and holding Q on the
door open, the doors will lock power door lock switch.
five seconds after the last door is To unlock the doors:
closed. Three chimes signal that . Press K on a door.
delayed locking is in use.
. Shift the transmission into
Pressing the power lock switch P (Park) for an automatic
twice overrides the delayed locking transmission.
feature and immediately locks all
doors. . Remove the key from the
ignition for a manual
This feature will not operate if the transmission.
key is in the ignition.
Automatic door unlocking can be
Turn delayed locking on or off using programmed through the Driver
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Information Center (DIC). See
Personalization 0 165. Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Safety Locks Press { to activate the safety locks Doors

The rear door safety locks prevent on the rear doors. The indicator light
passengers from opening the rear comes on when activated. Press { Tailgate
doors from inside the vehicle. again to deactivate. The vehicle
must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or in Retained Accessory Power
{ Warning
(RAP). See Retained Accessory It is extremely dangerous to ride
Power (RAP) 0 284. on the tailgate, even when the
If the indicator light flashes, the vehicle is operated at low speeds.
feature may not be working properly. People riding on the tailgate can
easily lose their balance and fall
in response to vehicle
maneuvers. Falling from a moving
vehicle may result in serious
injuries or death. Do not allow
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim sure everyone in your vehicle is in
Shown, Others Similar a seat and using a safety belt
properly.
To lock or unlock the tailgate, use

the RKE transmitter or the key. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 36.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it 1. Raise the tailgate and support Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
upward until it latches. it firmly. Pull out and hold the and clothing clear of the power
After closing the tailgate, pull it back cable retaining clip (1). Push assist steps when in motion.
to be sure it latches securely. the cable (3) up and off of the The steps will reverse direction if
bolt (2). Repeat on the there is an obstruction. Remove the
Tailgate Removal other side. obstruction, then open and close the
The tailgate can be removed to 2. With the tailgate about halfway door on the same side to complete
allow for different loading situations. open, lift the right edge of the the motion. If the obstruction is not
Assistance may be needed with the tailgate from the lower pivot. cleared, the assist steps remain
removal to avoid damage to the On vehicles with the tailgate extended.
vehicle. assist feature, raise the tailgate Slight movement of the steps while
On vehicles with a Rear Vision nearly all the way to the closed extended is normal.
Camera, it must be disconnected position prior to removing the
left edge. Kick Switch
before removing the tailgate. See
Driver Assistance Systems 0 314. 3. Move the tailgate to the right
To remove the tailgate: and away to release the
left edge.
Reverse this procedure to reinstall
the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate
is secure.
Power Assist Steps

If equipped, the power assist steps,
when enabled, will extend when the
door is opened. They will retract
three seconds after the door is 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park)
closed or immediately if the vehicle and unlock the doors.
starts moving.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2. Kick the switch to extend the . Press j to extend both steps. Vehicle Security
power assist step to the tire. A DIC message displays.
A DIC message displays. This vehicle has theft-deterrent
. Press j again to extend to the features; however, they do not make
3. Kick the switch again to return
tire. A DIC message displays. the vehicle impossible to steal.
to normal operation.
Center Stack Switch . Press j again to return to Vehicle Alarm System
normal operation.
Enable/Disable
To enable or disable the power
assist steps, press and hold j for
four seconds. A DIC message
displays.
Cleaning
Clean the power assist steps
regularly. For an automatic car
wash, extend the steps while in
N (Neutral) using the center stack
switch. The steps will stow when
The power assist steps can be shifting into D (Drive). The indicator light, on the
extended and extended to the tire instrument panel near the
by pressing j. When extending windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
the steps with j, the kick switch is
disabled. Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) or On Solid : Vehicle is secured
N (Neutral). To extend the steps: during the delay to arm the system.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by
A door, the liftgate or the hood first unlocking with the RKE accident:
is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle after all
Slow Flash : Alarm system is the lights will flash to indicate occupants have exited.
armed. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked . Always unlock a door with the
Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE RKE transmitter, or use the
transmitter during the 10-second Keyless Access system.
1. Turn off the vehicle.
pre-alarm, the alarm will be Unlocking the driver door with
2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated. the key will not disarm the
three ways: system or turn off the alarm.
The alarm will also be activated if a
. Use the RKE transmitter. passenger door, the liftgate, or the How to Detect a Tamper
. Use the Keyless Access hood is opened without first Condition
system. disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals If K is pressed on the RKE
. With a door open, press Q flash and the horn sounds for about transmitter and the horn chirps three
on the interior of the door. 30 seconds. The alarm system will times, an alarm occurred previously
3. After 30 seconds, the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next while the alarm system was armed.
system will arm and the unauthorized event.
If the alarm has been activated, a
indicator light will begin to Disarming the Alarm System message will appear on the DIC.
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the See Security Messages 0 161.
RKE transmitter a second time To disarm the alarm system or turn
will bypass the 30-second off the alarm if it has been activated: Inclination Sensor and
Intrusion Sensor
delay and immediately arm the . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
alarm system. In addition to the standard
. Unlock the vehicle using the
The vehicle alarm system will not theft-deterrent system features, this
Keyless Access system. system may also have an,
arm if the doors are locked with
the key. . Start the vehicle. inclination sensor and intrusion
sensor.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The inclination sensor can set off Inclination and Intrusion Immobilizer
the alarm if it senses movement of Sensors Disable Switch
the vehicle, such as a change in See Radio Frequency Statement
vehicle orientation. 0 496 or Radio Frequency
Statement 0 496.
The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the Immobilizer Operation
alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
sensor:
This vehicle has a passive
. Make sure all doors and theft-deterrent system.
It is recommended that the intrusion
windows are completely closed.
and inclination sensors be The system does not have to be
. Secure any loose items such as deactivated if pets are left in the manually armed or disarmed.
sunshades. vehicle or if the vehicle is being The vehicle is automatically
. Make sure there are no transported. immobilized when the vehicle is
obstructions blocking the With the vehicle turned off, press turned off.
sensors in the front overhead o in the front overhead console. The system is automatically
console. The indicator light will come on disarmed when the key is turned to
. Close DVD screens, if equipped, momentarily, indicating that these ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
before leaving the vehicle. sensors have been disabled for the or START from the LOCK/OFF
next alarm system arming cycle. position.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The security light, in the instrument It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors
cluster, comes on if there is a system to learn new or replacement
problem with arming or disarming keys. Up to eight keys can be
the theft-deterrent system. programmed for the vehicle. To Convex Mirrors
When trying to start the vehicle, the program additional keys, see Keys
security light comes on briefly when 0 33. To program additional { Warning
the ignition is turned on. transmitters, see Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36. A convex mirror can make things,
If the engine does not start and the like other vehicles, look farther
security light stays on, there is a Do not leave the key or device that
away than they really are. If you
problem with the system. Turn the disarms or deactivates the vehicle
cut too sharply into the right lane,
ignition off and try again. theft system in the vehicle.
you could hit a vehicle on the
If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer to get a new key right. Check the inside mirror or
the key appears to be undamaged, blank cut exactly as the ignition key glance over your shoulder before
try another ignition key. It may be that operates the system. changing lanes.
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses 0 400. If the engine still does The passenger side mirror is convex
not start with the other key, the shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle curved so more can be seen from
does start, the first key may be the driver seat.
faulty. See your dealer.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the
side of the vehicle and to have a
clear view behind the vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Using hood-mounted air deflectors seat. The convex mirror can be 2. Press the arrows on the control
and add-on convex mirror adjusted manually to the driver pad to move the mirror in the
attachments could decrease mirror preferred position for better vision. desired direction.
performance. The mirror may have a turn signal 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
arrow that flashes in the direction of that a little of the vehicle and
Trailer-Tow Mirrors the turn or lane change. the area behind it can be seen.
If equipped, the mirror housing may 4. Keep the selector switch in the
have auxiliary cargo and clearance center position when not
lamps. See Cargo Lamp 0 185 and adjusting mirrors.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178.
Power Mirrors
If equipped, adjust trailer-tow

mirrors for a clear view of the area
behind you. Manually pull out the
mirror head to extend it for better Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
visibility when towing a trailer. Shown, Other Models Similar
The lower portion of the mirror is 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
Base Power Mirrors driver or passenger side mirror.
convex. A convex mirror's surface is
curved to see more from the driver If equipped with power mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2. Press the arrows on the control Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding
pad while the indicator light on Mirrors
button (1) or (2) is illuminated, Reset the power folding mirrors if:
to move the mirror in the
desired direction. . The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and . They are accidentally manually
the area behind it can be seen. folded/unfolded.
4. Press either (1) or (2) again to . The mirrors will not stay in the
deselect the mirror. unfolded position.
If you do not deselect the mirror, the . The mirrors vibrate at normal
feature will turn off after about driving speeds.
one minute. Manually fold both mirrors if they
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
If equipped, the mirrors may include are out of sync. Fold and unfold the
Shown, Other Models Similar
a memory function that works with mirrors three times using the mirror
the memory seats. See Memory Power Folding controls to reset them to their
Seats 0 62. normal position. A popping noise
If equipped with power folding may be heard. This sound is normal
mirrors: after a manual folding operation.
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position. Manual Folding
2. Press (2) again to fold the If equipped, push the mirror toward
mirrors in to the folded position. the vehicle to fold. Push the mirror
outward to return to its original
The mirrors may also include a position.
memory function that works with the
memory seats. See Memory Manually fold the mirrors inward to
Seats 0 62. prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Auto Mirror Folding If the vehicle has trailer-tow mirrors, Driving with the Blind Spot
only the upper glass of the mirror is Mirror
If equipped, with the ignition off,
heated. The lower convex part of
press and hold Q on the RKE the towing mirrors is not heated.
transmitter for approximately
one second to automatically fold the See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems (with
exterior mirrors. Press and hold K Heater Only) 0 250 or Climate
on the RKE transmitter for Control Systems (with Air
approximately one second to unfold. Conditioning) 0 252 or Dual
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Climate Control
System Operation 0 36. System 0 253.
This feature is turned on or off
through vehicle personalization. See Automatic Dimming
Vehicle Personalization 0 165. Mirror
Turn Signal Indicator If equipped, the driver outside mirror
If equipped, indicator lights on the automatically adjusts for the glare of
mirror flash in the direction of the the headlamps from behind. This
turn or lane change. feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
Heated Mirrors
Blind Spot Mirrors
1 (Rear Window Defogger) :
If equipped, the rear window If equipped, there is a small convex
defogger also heats the side mirror built into the upper and outer
mirrors. corner of the driver outside rearview
mirror. It can show objects that may
W (Heated Side Mirrors) : be in the vehicle's blind zone. Actual Mirror View
If equipped, press to turn the heated
mirrors on or off.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
1. When the approaching vehicle zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors
is a long distance away, the shoulder to double check
image in the main mirror is before moving slowly into the
small and near the inboard adjacent lane. Interior Rearview Mirrors
edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the Reverse Tilt Mirrors view of the area behind your
image in the main mirror gets vehicle.
If equipped with memory seats, the
larger and moves outboard. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
3. As the vehicle enters the blind to a preselected position when the may have three control buttons at
zone, the image transitions vehicle is in R (Reverse). This the bottom of the mirror. See your
from the main mirror to the allows the curb to be seen when dealer for more information about
blind spot mirror. parallel parking. OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview 0 500 or
4. When the vehicle is in the blind The mirror(s) return to the original
OnStar Overview 0 501.
zone, the image only appears position when:
in the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
Using the Outside Mirror with R (Reverse), or remains in
dampened with water.
R (Reverse) for about
the Blind Spot Mirror 30 seconds.
1. Set the main mirror so that the Manual Rearview Mirror
. The ignition is turned off.
side of the vehicle can just be If equipped, push the tab forward for
seen and the blind spot mirror . The vehicle is driven in daytime use and pull it rearward for
has an unobstructed view. R (Reverse) above a set speed. nighttime use to avoid glare from
2. When checking for traffic or To turn this feature on or off, see the headlamps from behind.
before changing a lane, look at Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
Rearview Mirror windows are up. To reduce the
If equipped, the mirror will { Warning sound, open either a front window
automatically reduce the glare of the or the sunroof, if equipped.
headlamps from behind. The Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
dimming feature comes on each
especially with the windows
Manual Windows
time the vehicle is started.
closed in warm or hot weather. If equipped, turn the hand crank on
They can be overcome by the each door to manually raise or lower
extreme heat and suffer the manual windows.
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Power Windows
{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 33.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Press the switch down to lower the

window, and pull up the front of the
switch to raise the window.
Express-Down Windows
If equipped, the express-down
feature allows the window to be
lowered without holding the switch.
Press the window switch down fully
and release it to activate the
express-down feature. The
express-down feature can be
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim Regular Cab Uplevel Trim Shown, canceled at any time by briefly
Shown, Other Models Similar Other Models Similar pressing the switch.
If equipped, the driver door has a Express-Up Window
switch to control all windows. Each If equipped, the driver window
passenger door has a switch to express-up feature allows the
control that window. window to be raised without holding
The power windows: the switch. Pull the window switch
up fully and release it to activate the
. Can be operated with the
express-up feature. The express-up
ignition in ON/RUN or ACC/
feature can be canceled at any time
ACCESSORY.
by briefly pulling the switch.
. Can be operated in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See Programming the Power
Retained Accessory Power Windows
(RAP) 0 284. If the battery on the vehicle has
been recharged or disconnected,
or is not working, the driver power
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
window will need to be Express Window Anti-Pinch Window Lockout

reprogrammed for the express-up Override
feature to work.
To reprogram the power windows: { Warning
1. Close all doors. If express override is activated,
2. Place the ignition in ACC/ the window will not reverse
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. automatically. You or others could
3. From any open position, pull be injured and the window could
the power window switch up be damaged. Before you use
until the window is fully closed. express override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
4. Hold the switch up for
clear of the window path.
approximately two seconds
after the window is fully closed. Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
The anti-pinch feature can be Shown, Other Models Similar
The window is now reprogrammed.
overridden in a supervised mode. Z (Window Lockout) : The driver
Express Window Anti-Pinch Hold the window switch in the door power window switch has a
Feature partially or fully pulled up position. lockout feature. This feature
The window rises for as long as the prevents the rear windows from
If any object is in the path of the switch is held. Once the switch is
window when express-up is active, operating, except from the driver
released, the express mode is position. Press the switch to engage
the window stops at the obstacle reactivated.
and auto-reverses to a preset or disengage the lockout feature. An
factory position. Weather conditions In this mode, the window can still indicator light on the switch will
such as severe icing also cause the close on an object in its path. Use come on when the lockout feature is
window to auto-reverse. The care when using the override mode. engaged, and will go off when
window returns to normal operation disengaged.
once the obstacle or condition is
removed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof

Power Sliding Rear Window
Sunroof
Pull the sun visor down to block

glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
If equipped, the power sliding rear
window works when the ignition has If equipped, the sunroof operates
been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY when the ignition is in ACC/
or ON/RUN, or when Retained ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or when
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
See Retained Accessory Power active. See Retained Accessory
(RAP) 0 284. Power (RAP) 0 284.
. Press the switch to open the Vent : From the closed position,
window. press the rear of the TILT switch to
vent the sunroof.
. Pull the switch to close the
window. Manual-Open/Manual-Close : To
open the sunroof, press and hold
The power sliding rear window the rear of the SLIDE switch until
cannot be operated manually.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
the sunroof reaches the desired conditions, it is possible to override

position. Press and hold the front of the reversal system. To override the
the SLIDE switch to close it reversal system, close in manual
Express-Open/Express-Close : To mode. To stop the movement,
express-open the sunroof, fully release the switch.
press and release the rear of the
SLIDE switch. To express-close the
sunroof, fully press and release the
front of the SLIDE switch. Press the
switch again to stop it.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
The sunroof also has a sunshade, Dirt and debris may collect on the
which can be pulled forward to block sunroof seal or in the track. This
sun rays. The sunshade must be could cause an issue with sunroof
opened and closed manually. operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Automatic Reversal System Periodically open the sunroof and
The sunroof is equipped with an remove any obstacles or loose
automatic reversal system that is debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
only active when the sunroof is roof sealing area using a clean
being operated in express mode. cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
If an object is in the path of the remove grease from the sunroof
sunroof while it is express closing, tracks.
the reversal system will detect the If water is seen dripping into the
object and stop. In the event of water drainage system, this is
closing difficulties like frost or other normal.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Seats and Restraints 57
Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
72
73
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 94
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
73 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 96
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 106
Head Restraints Securing Child Restraints
Airbag System (Center Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . 107
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Securing Child Restraints
Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 76 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 When Should an Airbag Securing Child Restraints
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 110
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 60 What Makes an Airbag
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 61 How Does an Airbag
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Heated and Ventilated Front What Will You See after an
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 80
Rear Seats Passenger Sensing System . . . 82
Rear Seats (Double Cab Full Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Bench) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Rear Seats (Split Bench) . . . . . . 65 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 87
Safety Belts Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 88
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Replacing Airbag System Parts
How to Wear Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Child Restraints
Safety Belt Use During Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Infants and Young Children . . . . 90
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 93
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
58 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint
down. Try to move the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Rear Seats Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired

position and release the
The rear seat has adjustable
handle.
headrests in the outboard seating Seat Adjustment
positions. 3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
The height of the headrest can be { Warning place.
adjusted. Pull the headrest up to
raise it. To lower the headrest, push You can lose control of the To adjust the seatback, see
the headrest down. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Reclining Seatbacks 0 61.
seat while the vehicle is moving. To adjust the lumbar support, see
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a Adjust the driver seat only when Lumbar Adjustment 0 60.
Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving.
LATCH System” under Lower Center Seat
Anchors and Tethers for Children
If equipped, the center front
(LATCH System) 0 96.
seatback doubles as an armrest and
cupholder/storage area for the driver
and passenger when the center
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the
seatback is folded down.
To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see Power Lumbar
Lumbar Adjustment 0 60.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 314.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control . Press and hold the control
forward or rearward. forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control . If equipped, press and hold the
up or down. control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease
If equipped, move the lever up or lower lumbar support.
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down. down repeatedly to increase or Press and hold the control down
decrease lumbar support. to increase lower lumbar support
To adjust the seatback, see and decrease upper lumbar
Reclining Seatbacks 0 61. support.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if To adjust a manual seatback:
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks The seatback will automatically
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces fold forward.
would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning 2. To recline, move the seatback
bones. This could cause serious rearward to the desired
If either seatback is not locked, it
internal injuries. position, then release the lever
could move forward in a sudden
to lock the seatback in place.
For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the to make sure it is locked.
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
safety belt properly. locked.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To return the seatback to the upright Memory Seats 2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
position: mirrors, and adjustable pedals
1. Lift the lever fully without (if equipped) to the desired
applying pressure to the driving positions.
seatback, and the seatback will 3. Press and release SET. A beep
return to the upright position. will sound.
2. Push and pull on the seatback 4. Immediately press and hold 1
to make sure it is locked. until two beeps sound.
Power Reclining Seatbacks 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 2.
To store positions to the B (Exit)
button and easy exit features,
Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other repeat Steps 1–4 above using B to
Models Similar store your positions for getting out
If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2, of the vehicle.
and B (Exit) buttons on the driver Manually Recalling Memory
door are used to manually store and Positions
recall memory settings for the driver
seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to
pedals (if equipped). manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing
Storing Memory Positions 1, 2, or B before the stored
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped: To store positions to the 1 and 2 positions are reached stops the
buttons: recall.
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline. 1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Automatically Recalling Memory Easy Exit Recall two seconds. Try recalling again
Positions (Auto Recall) If programmed on in the vehicle by pressing the appropriate
If programmed on in the vehicle personalization menu, the easy exit memory button.
personalization menu, the Auto feature automatically recalls the . For exit recall position, press
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature previously stored B (Exit) position. and hold the appropriate manual
automatically recalls the current See “Storing Memory Positions” control for the exit feature not
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 listed previously. See also Vehicle recalling for two seconds. Then
position when the ignition is Personalization 0 165. try recalling the exit position
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or again.
ACC/ACCESSORY. Easy exit recall automatically
activates when one of the following If the memory position is still not
See “Auto Memory Recall” under occurs: recalling, see your dealer for
“Comfort and Convenience” in service.
Vehicle Personalization 0 165. . The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a Heated and Ventilated
To stop recall movement, press one short time.
of the memory, power mirror or Front Seats
power seat controls; or press the . The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.
adjustable pedal control (if
equipped).
{ Warning
Obstructions
RKE Transmitters are not labeled If you cannot feel temperature
If something has blocked the driver
with a number. If your memory seat seat and/or adjustable pedals while change or pain to the skin, the
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this recalling a memory position, the seat heater may cause burns. To
position is not automatically recall may stop. Remove the reduce the risk of burns, people
recalling, then store your positions obstruction. Then do one of the with such a condition should use
to the other button or switch RKE following: care when using the seat heater,
transmitters with the other driver. especially for long periods of
. For manual or automatic recall
time. Do not place anything on
positions, press and hold the
the seat that insulates against
appropriate manual control for
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Press I to heat the driver or or ventilated seats are canceled

Warning (Continued) when the ignition is turned on. Press
passenger seatback only.
the heated or ventilated seat button
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Press J to heat the driver or to use the heated or ventilated seats
cover, or similar item. This may passenger seat cushion and after the vehicle is started.
cause the seat heater to seatback.
overheat. An overheated seat The heated or ventilated seat
heater may cause a burn or may Press C to ventilate the driver or indicator lights do not turn on during
damage the seat. passenger seat. a remote start.
The indicator light on the button The temperature performance of an
comes on when this feature is on. unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of The heated or ventilated seats will
the button, the seat will change to not turn on during a remote start
the next lower setting, and then to unless they are enabled in the
the off setting. The indicator lights vehicle personalization menu. See
next to the buttons indicate three for Remote Vehicle Start 0 38 and
the highest setting and one for the Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high for an extended time, their level
may automatically be lowered.
Remote Start Auto Heated and
Heated and Ventilated Seat
Ventilated Seats
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
If equipped, the buttons are on the automatically. When it is cold
center stack. To operate, the engine outside, the heated seats turn on,
must be running. and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Rear Seats 2. Pull up on the seat cushion to

make sure it is locked in place.
Rear Seats (Double Cab Make sure the safety belts are
not twisted or caught in the
Full Bench) seat cushion.
Folding the Rear Seat
{ Warning
Caution
A safety belt that is improperly
Folding a rear seat with the safety routed, not properly attached,
belts still fastened may cause or twisted will not provide the
damage to the seat or the safety protection needed in a crash. The
belts. Always unbuckle the safety To fold the seat: person wearing the belt could be
belts and return them to their 1. Pull up on the front of the seat seriously injured. After raising the
normal stowed position before cushion while pulling down on rear seatback, always check to be
folding a rear seat. the release strap loop under sure that the safety belts are
the seat cushion. properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
2. Pull the seat cushion up until it
latches with the seatback.
3. Pull forward on the seat Rear Seats (Split Bench)
cushion to make sure it is
locked in place. Folding Rear Seat
To unfold the seat: Either side of the rear seat can be
folded for added cargo space.
1. Push the seat cushion
rearward while pulling the
release strap loop under the
seat cushion. Pull the seat
cushion down until it latches.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To return the seat to the normal Safety Belts

Caution seating position, slowly pull the seat
cushion down. This section of the manual
Folding a rear seat with the safety describes how to use safety belts
belts still fastened may cause Make sure the safety belts are not
properly. It also describes some
damage to the seat or the safety twisted or caught in the seat
things not to do with safety belts.
belts. Always unbuckle the safety cushion.
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before { Warning { Warning
folding a rear seat. Do not let anyone ride where a
A safety belt that is improperly
safety belt cannot be worn
routed, not properly attached,
Make sure that nothing is on the properly. In a crash, if you or your
or twisted will not provide the
seat cushion. passenger(s) are not wearing
protection needed in a crash. The
safety belts, injuries can be much
person wearing the belt could be
worse than if you are wearing
seriously injured. After raising the
safety belts. You can be seriously
rear seatback, always check to be
injured or killed by hitting things
sure that the safety belts are
inside the vehicle harder or by
properly routed and attached, and
being ejected from the vehicle. In
are not twisted.
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat are more likely to be seriously
cushion up. injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About

Warning (Continued) Safety Belts
passengers to ride in any area of Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
the vehicle that is not equipped after a crash if I am wearing a
with seats and safety belts. safety belt?
Always wear a safety belt, and A: You could be — whether you are
check that all passenger(s) are wearing a safety belt or not.
restrained properly too. Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
This vehicle has indicators as a much greater if you are belted.
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 139. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
This vehicle may have the Safety belts?
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
Belt Assurance System, which may
as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only; so they work with
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of
Messages 0 160.
It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag
instrument panel, or the safety belts! is provided, all occupants still
When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the
and the vehicle slow down together. most protection.
There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in
you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law
when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts.
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
How to Wear Safety Belts . Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Properly These parts of the body are best
This section is only for people of able to take belt restraining
adult size. forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller { Warning
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older You can be seriously injured,
Children 0 89 or Infants and Young or even killed, by not wearing
Children 0 90. Follow those rules for your safety belt properly.
everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
It is very important for all occupants of you.
to buckle up. Statistics show that loose or twisted.
unbelted people are hurt more often . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder
in crashes than those who are for your seating position. belt under both arms or
wearing safety belts. . Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back.
There are important things to know and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
about wearing a safety belt properly. touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause If the vehicle is a regular cab, then
serious or even fatal injuries. all seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt. If the
vehicle is a double or crew cab,
then all seating positions in the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock

except for the center front if you pull the belt across you
passenger position (if equipped), very quickly. If this happens, let
which has a lap belt. See Lap the belt go back slightly to
Belt 0 72. unlock it. Then pull the belt
The following instructions explain across you more slowly.
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt If the shoulder portion of a
properly. passenger belt is pulled out all
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is the way, the child restraint
adjustable, so you can sit up locking feature may be
straight. To see how, see engaged. If this happens, let
“Seats” in the Index. the belt go back all the way
and start again. If the webbing locks in the latch
Engaging the child restraint plate before it reaches the
locking feature may affect the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
passenger sensing system, unlock.
if equipped. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 82.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button
buckle until it clicks. on the buckle. The belt should
Pull up on the latch plate to return to its stowed position.
make sure it is secure. If the Always stow the safety belt slowly.
belt is not long enough, see If the safety belt webbing returns
Safety Belt Extender 0 72. quickly to the stowed position, the
Position the release button on retractor may lock and cannot be
the buckle so that the safety pulled out. If this happens, pull the
belt could be quickly unbuckled safety belt straight out firmly to
if necessary. unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt locked in the retractor, see your
height adjuster, move it to the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer.
height that is right for you. See up on the shoulder belt.
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” Before a door is closed, be sure the
later in this section for safety belt is out of the way. If a
instructions on use and door is slammed against a safety
important safety information. belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
could reduce the effectiveness of Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort
the safety belt in a crash. See How Guides
This vehicle has safety belt
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 68.
pretensioners for front outboard Rear safety belt comfort guides may
occupants. Although the safety belt provide added safety belt comfort
pretensioners cannot be seen, they for older children who have
are part of the safety belt assembly. outgrown booster seats and for
They can help tighten the safety some adults. When installed on a
belts during the early stages of a shoulder belt, the comfort guide
moderate to severe frontal, near positions the belt away from the
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold neck and head.
conditions for pretensioner
Comfort guides are available
activation are met. And, if your
through your dealer for the rear
vehicle has side impact airbags,
outboard seating positions.
safety belt pretensioners can help
Instructions are included with the
tighten the safety belts in a side
guide.
crash. If the vehicle has rollover
Push down on the release button to roof-rail airbags, safety belt
move the height adjuster to the pretensioners can help tighten the Safety Belt Use During
desired position. safety belts in a rollover event. Pregnancy
Move the adjuster up by pushing up Pretensioners work only once. If the Safety belts work for everyone,
on the shoulder belt guide. pretensioners activate in a crash, including pregnant women. Like all
they will need to be replaced, and occupants, they are more likely to
After the adjuster is set to the
the vehicle's safety belt system will be seriously injured if they do not
desired position, try to move it down
probably need other new parts. See wear safety belts.
without pushing the release button
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
to make sure it has locked into
after a Crash 0 73.
position.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lap Belt
This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68.
The vehicle may have a center
seating position with a lap safety
belt. The lap safety belt does not
have a retractor.
A pregnant woman should wear a To make the belt shorter, pull its free
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap end as shown until the belt is snug.
portion should be worn as low as If the belt is not long enough, see
possible, below the rounding, Safety Belt Extender 0 72.
throughout the pregnancy.
Make sure the release button on the
The best way to protect the fetus is buckle is positioned so you would
to protect the mother. When a safety be able to unbuckle the safety belt
belt is worn properly, it is more likely quickly if necessary.
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety To make the belt longer, tilt the latch Safety Belt Extender
belts effective is wearing them plate and pull it along the belt. If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
properly. Buckle, position, and release it the around you, you should use it.
same way as the lap part of a But if a safety belt is not long
lap-shoulder belt. enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
will wear, so the extender will be Make sure the safety belt reminder Replacing Safety Belt
long enough for you. To help avoid light is working. See Safety Belt
personal injury, do not let someone Reminders 0 139.
System Parts after a
else use it, and use it only for the Keep safety belts clean and dry.
Crash
seat it is made to fit. The extender See Safety Belt Care 0 73.
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
{ Warning
wear it, attach it to the regular safety Safety Belt Care A crash can damage the safety
belt. For more information, see the Keep belts clean and dry. belt system in the vehicle.
instruction sheet that comes with A damaged safety belt system
the extender. { Warning may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
Safety System Check Do not bleach or dye safety belt serious injury or even death in a
Now and then, check that the safety webbing. It may severely weaken crash. To help make sure the
belt reminder light, safety belts, the webbing. In a crash, they safety belt systems are working
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and might not be able to provide properly after a crash, have them
anchorages are all working properly. adequate protection. Clean and inspected and any necessary
Look for any other loose or rinse safety belt webbing only replacements made as soon as
damaged safety belt system parts with mild soap and lukewarm possible.
that might keep a safety belt system water. Allow the webbing to dry.
from doing its job. See your dealer After a minor crash, replacement of
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed safety belts may not be necessary.
safety belts may not protect you in a But the safety belt assemblies that
crash. They can rip apart under
were used during any crash may
impact forces. If a belt is torn or have been stressed or damaged.
frayed, get a new one right away. See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
New parts and repairs may be Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word
necessary even if the safety belt AIRBAG is on the center of the
system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
time of the crash. airbags: the instrument panel for the front
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passenger.
checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
stays on after you start the vehicle seatback closest to the door.
or while you are driving. See Airbag The vehicle may have the following
airbags: For roof-rail airbags, the word
Readiness Light 0 139. AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
. A seat-mounted side impact belts. Even though today's airbags
airbag for the front outboard are also designed to help reduce
passenger. the risk of injury from the force of an
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
and the passenger seated very quickly to do their job.
directly behind the driver. Here are the most important things
. A roof-rail airbag for the front to know about the airbag system:
outboard passenger and the
person seated directly behind { Warning
the front outboard passenger.
You can be severely injured or
All of the airbags in the vehicle will
killed in a crash if you are not
have the word AIRBAG on the trim
or on a label near the deployment wearing your safety belt, even
opening. with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

belts, not replace them. Also, sit unnecessarily close to any Children who are up against,
airbags are not designed to inflate airbag, as you would be if sitting or very close to, any airbag when
in every crash. In some crashes on the edge of the seat or leaning it inflates can be seriously injured
safety belts are the only restraint. forward. Safety belts help keep or killed. Always secure children
See When Should an Airbag you in position before and during properly in the vehicle. To read
Inflate? 0 77. a crash. Always wear a safety how, see Older Children 0 89 or
Wearing your safety belt during a belt, even with airbags. The driver Infants and Young Children 0 90.
crash helps reduce the chance of should sit as far back as possible
hitting things inside the vehicle or while still maintaining control of
being ejected from it. Airbags are the vehicle. The safety belts and
“supplemental restraints” to the the front outboard passenger
safety belts. Everyone in the airbags are most effective when
vehicle should wear a safety belt you are sitting well back and
properly, whether or not there is upright in the seat with both feet
an airbag for that person. on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
sleep against the door or side
shows the airbag symbol.
{ Warning windows in seating positions with
The system checks the airbag
seat-mounted side impact airbags
Because airbags inflate with great and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical system for malfunctions.
force and faster than the blink of The light tells you if there is an
an eye, anyone who is up electrical problem. See Airbag
against, or very close to any Readiness Light 0 139 for more
airbag when it inflates can be information.
seriously injured or killed. Do not
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,

Passenger Side Double and
The driver frontal airbag is in the Regular Cabs Similar
center of the steering wheel. Driver Side Shown, Passenger If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags
Side Similar for the driver, front outboard
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side passenger, and second row
impact airbags for the driver and outboard passengers, they are in
front outboard passenger, they are the ceiling above the side windows.
in the side of the seatbacks closest
to the door. { Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or

Warning (Continued) Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide.
or even death. The path of an to be in time for the airbags to
inflating airbag must be kept Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has
between an occupant and an rear impacts, or in many side
electronic sensors which help the impacts.
airbag, and do not attach or put airbag system determine the
anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, if the GVWR (Gross
hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific Vehicle Weight Rating) is at or
airbag covering. vehicle design. below 3 855 kg (8,500 lb), the
vehicle has advanced technology
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags. You can find the
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal GVWR on the Certification/Tire label
seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help on the center pillar of the vehicle.
reduce the potential for severe See Vehicle Load Limits 0 272 for
Never secure anything to the roof injuries, mainly to the driver's or
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags more information.
front outboard passenger's head
by routing a rope or tie‐down and chest. Advanced technology frontal airbags
through any door or window adjust the restraint according to
opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or crash severity. Vehicles with
inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily advanced technology frontal airbags
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. have a seat position sensor that
blocked.
It depends on what is hit, the enables the sensing system to
direction of the impact, and how monitor the position of the driver
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. seat. The seat position sensor
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at provides information that is used to
different crash speeds depending on adjust the deployment of the driver
This vehicle is equipped with whether the vehicle hits an object frontal airbag.
airbags. See Airbag System 0 74. straight on or at an angle, and
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If the GVWR is at or below 4 536 kg sensing system predicts that the are designed to inflate in moderate
(10,000 lb), the vehicle has vehicle is about to roll over on its to severe side crashes depending
seat-mounted side impact airbags. side, or in a severe frontal impact. on the location of the impact. Both
Vehicles with a GVWR above Vehicles with a GVWR above roof-rail airbags will inflate when
4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) up to and either side of the vehicle is struck.
have seat-mounted side impact including 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) also In addition, these roof-rail airbags
airbags. Seat-mounted side impact have roof-rail airbags. These are designed to inflate in a severe
airbags, if equipped, are designed roof-rail airbags are designed to frontal impact. If the vehicle has
to inflate in moderate to severe side inflate in moderate to severe side single rear wheels and has a
crashes depending on the location crashes depending on the location factory-installed pickup box and
of the impact. Seat-mounted side of the impact. Both roof-rail airbags roof-rail airbags, the roof-rail airbags
impact airbags are not designed to will inflate when either side of the are rollover capable. If the vehicle
inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal vehicle is struck. In addition, these has dual rear wheels, or is sold as
impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. roof-rail airbags are designed to an incomplete vehicle, as a chassis
A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflate in a severe frontal impact. cab, or with the pickup box
is designed to inflate on the side of The roof-rail airbags are also removed, and has roof-rail airbags,
the vehicle that is struck. rollover capable except on models the roof-rail airbags are not rollover
Vehicles with a GVWR at or below sold as an incomplete vehicle with capable. If the airbags are rollover
3 855 kg (8,500 lb) have roof-rail the pickup box removed. If the capable, both roof-rail airbags will
airbags. These roof-rail airbags are roof-rail airbags are rollover also inflate if the sensing system
designed to inflate in moderate to capable, both roof-rail airbags will predicts that the vehicle is about to
severe side crashes depending on also inflate if the sensing system roll over on its side. The roof-rail
the location of the impact. In predicts that the vehicle is about to airbags are not designed to inflate in
addition, these roof-rail airbags are roll over on its side. The roof-rail rear impacts.
designed to inflate during a rollover airbags are not designed to inflate in In any particular crash, no one can
or in a severe frontal impact. The rear impacts. say whether an airbag should have
roof-rail airbags are not designed to Vehicles with a GVWR above inflated simply because of the
inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not vehicle damage or repair costs.
airbags will inflate when either side be equipped with roof-rail airbags.
of the vehicle is struck or if the These roof-rail airbags, if equipped,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags even realize an airbag inflated.
are designed to help contain the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
Inflate? head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after
In a deployment event, the sensing outboard seating positions in the they inflate. Some components of
system sends an electrical signal first and second rows. The rollover the airbag module may be hot for
triggering a release of gas from the capable roof-rail airbags are several minutes. For location of the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of airbags, see Where Are the
airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover Airbags? 0 76.
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can The parts of the airbag that come
and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. into contact with you may be warm,
the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many but not too hot to touch. There may
For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming
the Airbags? 0 76. because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated
not toward those airbags. See When airbags. Airbag inflation does not
How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 77. prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
as anything more than a supplement
In moderate to severe frontal or to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle.
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
What Will You See after { Warning
moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there
even belted occupants can contact For an eAssist vehicle, see the may be dust in the air. This dust
the inside of the vehicle. Silverado/Sierra eAssist could cause breathing problems
Airbags supplement the protection supplement. for people with a history of
provided by safety belts by asthma or other breathing trouble.
After the frontal airbags and
distributing the force of the impact To avoid this, everyone in the
seat-mounted side impact airbags
more evenly over the inflate, they quickly deflate, so vehicle should get out as soon as
occupant's body. quickly that some people may not (Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
airbag system will not be there

Warning (Continued) { Warning to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
it is safe to do so. If you have A crash severe enough to inflate airbag modules and possibly
breathing problems but cannot the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual
get out of the vehicle after an damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need
airbag inflates, then get fresh air the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
by opening a window or a door. system, brake and steering
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
If you experience breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
and diagnostic module which
problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a
records information after a
deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be
crash. See Vehicle Data
medical attention. concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 498
make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data
The vehicle has a feature that may the vehicle. Recorders 0 498.
automatically unlock the doors, turn Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
on the interior lamps and hazard to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems.
warning flashers, and shut off the has occurred. Improper service can mean that
fuel system after the airbags inflate. an airbag system will not work
The feature may also activate, properly. See your dealer for
without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors, broken by vehicle deformation.
and turn off the interior lamps, and Additional windshield breakage may Airbag On-Off Switch
turn off the hazard warning flashers also occur from the front outboard If the passenger side instrument
by using the controls for those passenger airbag. panel endcap has the switch
features. . Airbags are designed to inflate pictured in the following illustration,
only once. After an airbag the vehicle has an airbag on-off
inflates, you will need some new switch that you can use to manually
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
turn on or off the front outboard . My vehicle has a rear seat too Medical Condition. A passenger
passenger frontal airbag. See small to accommodate a has a medical condition which,
Instrument Panel 0 6. rear-facing infant seat; or according to his or her physician:
. The infant has a medical . Causes the passenger airbag to
condition which, according to the pose a special risk for the
infant's physician, makes it passenger; and
necessary for the infant to ride in . Makes the potential harm from
the front seat so that the driver the passenger airbag in a crash
can constantly monitor the greater than the potential harm
child's condition. from turning off the airbag and
Child age 1 to 12. A child allowing the passenger, even if
age 1 to 12 must ride in the front belted, to hit the instrument
If the vehicle does not have an seat because: panel or windshield in a crash.
airbag on-off switch, it may have a . My vehicle has no rear seat;
passenger sensing system. See
. Although children ages 1 to 12
{ Warning
Passenger Sensing System 0 82.
ride in the rear seat(s) whenever If the front outboard passenger
This switch should only be turned to possible, children ages 1 to 12 frontal airbag is turned off for a
the off position if the person in the sometimes must ride in the front person who is not in a risk group
front outboard passenger position is because no space is available in identified by the national
a member of a passenger risk group the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or government, that person will not
identified by the national
. The child has a medical have the extra protection of an
government as follows:
condition which, according to the airbag. In a crash, the airbag will
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year child's physician, makes it not be able to inflate and help
old) must ride in the front seat necessary for the child to ride in protect the person sitting there.
because: the front seat so that the driver Do not turn off the front outboard
. My vehicle has no rear seat; can constantly monitor the (Continued)
child's condition.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
you know that the front outboard

Warning (Continued) passenger frontal airbag is off. See
Airbag On-Off Light 0 140. The front
passenger frontal airbag unless outboard passenger airbag will
the person sitting there is in a risk remain off until you turn it back on
group. again.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever To turn the front outboard passenger
comes on and stays on, it means frontal airbag on again, insert the
that something may be wrong ignition key into the switch, push in,
with the airbag system. For and move the switch to the on
example, the front outboard position.
passenger frontal airbag could The front outboard passenger
inflate even though the airbag frontal airbag is now enabled
on-off switch is turned off. (may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
To turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, insert the To help avoid injury to yourself or Light 0 140.
ignition key into the switch, push in, others, have the vehicle serviced
and move the switch to the off right away. See Airbag Readiness Passenger Sensing
position. Light 0 139 for more information, System
The word OFF or the off symbol will including important safety If the vehicle has one of the
come on in the passenger airbag information. following indicators, then the vehicle
status indicator located in the has a passenger sensing system for
overhead console to let you know the front outboard passenger
that the front outboard passenger position, unless there is an airbag
frontal airbag is off, after the system on-off switch on the instrument
check is completed. The airbag off panel endcap. If there is an airbag
light will come on and stay on to let on-off switch, the vehicle does not
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
have a passenger sensing system. The passenger sensing system

See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for turns off the front outboard { Warning
more information. passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child
The passenger airbag status restraint can be seriously injured
indicator will light on the overhead is affected by the passenger
sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal
console when the vehicle is started. airbag inflates. This is because
The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child
works with sensors that are part of restraint would be very close to
the front outboard passenger seat
the inflating airbag. A child in a
and safety belt. The sensors are
forward-facing child restraint can
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the
determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
United States passenger frontal airbag should be and the passenger seat is in a
allowed to inflate or not. forward position.
According to accident statistics, Even if the passenger sensing
children are safer when properly system has turned off the
secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag, no
child restraint for their weight system is fail-safe. No one can
and size. guarantee that an airbag will not
Canada and Mexico Whenever possible, children age deploy under some unusual
12 and under should be secured in circumstance, even though the
The words ON and OFF, or the
a rear seating position. airbag is turned off.
symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the Never put a rear-facing child seat in Never put a rear-facing child
system check is complete, either the the front. This is because the risk to restraint in the front seat, even if
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for the rear-facing child is so great, the airbag is off. If securing a
on or off, will be visible. See if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in
Passenger Airbag Status (Continued)
Indicator 0 141.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who
Warning (Continued) the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should
passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt
the front outboard passenger properly — whether or not there is
seat, always move the seat as far When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front an airbag for that person.
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear outboard passenger frontal airbag,
seat. Consider using another the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning
vehicle to transport the child as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status If the airbag readiness light ever
when a rear seat is not available. comes on and stays on, it means
Indicator 0 141.
that something may be wrong
The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help
If the vehicle does not have a rear designed to turn on the front
seat that will accommodate a avoid injury to yourself or others,
outboard passenger frontal airbag
rear-facing child restraint, a have the vehicle serviced right
anytime the system senses that a
rear-facing child restraint should not away. See Airbag Readiness
person of adult size is sitting
be installed in the vehicle, even if properly in the front outboard Light 0 139 for more information,
the airbag is off. passenger seat. including important safety
The passenger sensing system is information.
When the passenger sensing
designed to turn off the front system has allowed the airbag to be
outboard passenger frontal airbag if: enabled, the on indicator will light
. The front outboard passenger and stay lit as a reminder that the
seat is unoccupied. airbag is active.
. The system determines an infant For some children, including
is present in a child restraint. children in child restraints, and for
. A front outboard passenger very small adults, the passenger
takes his/her weight off of the sensing system may or may not turn
seat for a period of time. off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Make sure the safety belt The passenger sensing system may
Child Restraint retractor is locked by pulling or may not turn off the airbag for a
the shoulder belt all the way child in a child restraint depending
The passenger sensing system is out of the retractor when upon the child’s size. It is better to
designed to turn off the front installing the child restraint, secure the child restraint in a rear
outboard passenger frontal airbag if even if the child restraint is seat. Never put a rear-facing child
the system determines that an infant equipped with a safety belt restraint in the front seat, even if the
is present in a child restraint. If a lock-off. When the retractor on indicator is not lit.
child restraint has been installed lock is set, the belt can be
and the on indicator is lit: tightened but not pulled out of If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
1. Turn the vehicle off. the retractor. Adult-Sized Occupant
2. Remove the child restraint from 5. If, after reinstalling the child
the vehicle. restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
3. Remove any additional items
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
from the seat such as blankets,
slightly recline the vehicle
cushions, seat covers, seat
seatback and adjust the seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
cushion, if adjustable, to make
4. Reinstall the child restraint sure that the vehicle seatback
following the directions is not pushing the child
provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion.
manufacturer and refer to
Also make sure the child
Securing Child Restraints
restraint is not trapped under
(Center Front Seat) 0 107 or
the vehicle head restraint.
Securing Child Restraints If a person of adult size is sitting in
If this happens, adjust the head
(Rear Seat) 0 107 or Securing the front outboard passenger seat,
restraint. See Head
Child Restraints (Front but the off indicator is lit, it could be
Restraints 0 58.
Passenger Seat) 0 110. because that person is not sitting
6. Restart the vehicle. properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If this happens, use the following and then buckle the belt again sensing system maintain the
steps to allow the system to detect without pulling the belt out all passenger airbag status. See
that person and enable the front the way. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
outboard passenger frontal airbag: 6. Restart the vehicle and have in the Index for additional
1. Turn the vehicle off. the person remain in this information about the importance of
position for two to three minutes proper restraint use.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as after the on indicator is lit. A thick layer of additional material,
blankets, cushions, seat such as a blanket or cushion,
covers, seat heaters, or seat { Warning or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers.
If the front outboard passenger massagers can affect how well the
3. Place the seatback in the fully airbag is turned off for an passenger sensing system
upright position. adult-sized occupant, the airbag operates. We recommend that you
4. Have the person sit upright in will not be able to inflate and help not use seat covers or other
the seat, centered on the seat protect that person in a crash, aftermarket equipment except when
cushion, with legs comfortably resulting in an increased risk of approved by GM for your specific
extended. serious injury or even death. An vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
adult-sized occupant should not the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87
5. If the shoulder portion of the for more information about
belt is pulled out all the way, ride in the front outboard
modifications that can affect how
the child restraint locking passenger seat, if the passenger the system operates.
feature will be engaged. This airbag off indicator is lit.
may unintentionally cause the The on indicator may be lit if an
passenger sensing system to object, such as a briefcase,
Additional Factors Affecting handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this System Operation or other electronic device, is put on
happens, unbuckle the belt, let Safety belts help keep the an unoccupied seat. If this is not
the belt go back all the way, passenger in position on the seat desired, remove the object from
during vehicle maneuvers and the seat.
braking, which helps the passenger
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
modules, ceiling headliner or pillar

{ Warning { Warning garnish trim, overhead console,
front sensors, side impact sensors,
Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the or airbag wiring.
passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the
passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag Your dealer and the service manual
seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper have information about the location
proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you of the airbag sensors, sensing and
sensing system. are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the In addition, the vehicle may have a
Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow passenger sensing system for the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and front outboard passenger position,
make sure the person performing which includes sensors that are part
Airbags affect how the vehicle of the passenger seat. The
should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so.
passenger sensing system may not
of the airbag system in several operate properly if the original seat
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
Adding Equipment to the trim is replaced with non-GM
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
information about servicing the GM covers, upholstery, or trim
vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any
purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat
Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
Information 0 495. metal, may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top
from working properly. The of the seat fabric, could also
operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the
also be affected by changing or passenger sensing system. This
moving any parts of the front seats, could either prevent proper
safety belts, the airbag sensing and deployment of the passenger
diagnostic module, steering wheel, airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
instrument panel, roof-rail airbag sensing system from properly
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Customer Assistance Offices Replacing Airbag System
See Passenger Sensing 0 485 or Customer Assistance
System 0 82. Offices 0 485.
Parts after a Crash
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires Airbag System Check { Warning
and Wheels 0 427 for additional The airbag system does not need A crash can damage the airbag
important information. regularly scheduled maintenance or systems in the vehicle.
If a snow plow is added to the replacement. Make sure the airbag A damaged airbag system may
vehicle, the airbags should still work readiness light is working. See not work properly and may not
properly. The airbag systems were Airbag Readiness Light 0 139. protect you and your
designed to work properly under a passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
wide range of conditions, including Caution in serious injury or even death. To
snow plowing with vehicles that help make sure the airbag
have the optional snow plow prep If an airbag covering is damaged, systems are working properly
package (RPO VYU). Do not opened, or broken, the airbag after a crash, have them
change or defeat the snow plow's may not work properly. Do not inspected and any necessary
“tripping mechanism.” If you do, it open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as
can damage the snow plow and the coverings. If there are any possible.
vehicle, and may cause an airbag opened or broken airbag
deployment. coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module If an airbag inflates, you will need to
If you have to modify your vehicle
replaced. For the location of the replace airbag system parts. See
because you have a disability and
airbags, see Where Are the your dealer for service.
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the Airbags? 0 76. See your dealer If the airbag readiness light stays on
vehicle's airbag system, or if you for service. after the vehicle is started or comes
have questions about whether the on when you are driving, the airbag
airbag system will be affected if the system may not work properly. Have
vehicle is modified for any other the vehicle serviced right away. See
reason, call Customer Assistance. Airbag Readiness Light 0 139.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child If you have the choice, a child
passes the fit test below: should sit in a position with a
. Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the
Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder
edge? If yes, continue. If no, belt can provide.
return to the booster seat. Q: What is the proper way to
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. wear safety belts?
Does the shoulder belt rest on A: An older child should wear a
the shoulder? If yes, continue. lap-shoulder belt and get the
If no, try using the rear safety additional restraint a shoulder
belt comfort guide, if available. belt can provide. The shoulder
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort belt should not cross the face or
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt neck. The lap belt should fit
Older children who have outgrown
0 68. If a comfort guide is not snugly below the hips, just
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt touching the top of the thighs.
vehicle safety belts.
still does not rest on the This applies belt force to the
shoulder, then return to the child's pelvic bones in a crash.
booster seat. It should never be worn over the
. Does the lap belt fit low and abdomen, which could cause
snug on the hips, touching the severe or even fatal internal
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, injuries in a crash.
return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
Belt 0 68.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
According to accident statistics,

children are safer when properly Warning (Continued)
restrained in a rear seating position.
That could cause serious or fatal
In a crash, children who are not injuries. The shoulder belt should
buckled up can strike other people go over the shoulder and across
who are buckled up, or can be the chest.
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The { Warning
safety belt cannot properly spread Never allow a child to wear the
the impact forces. In a crash, they safety belt with the shoulder belt
can be crushed together and behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured. A safety belt seriously injured by not wearing
must be used by only one person the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
at a time. crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young
forward increasing the chance of Children
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against,
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
wrapped around a child’s neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) outboard seat. Secure a
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear
tightened around a child’s neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a
the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant should be forward-facing child restraint in a
to cut it. secured in an appropriate rear seat. If you must secure a
Never leave children unattended restraint. forward-facing child restraint in
in a vehicle and never allow the front outboard seat, always
children to play with the safety move the front passenger seat as
belts. far back as it will go.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
restraint will have a label saying

that it meets federal motor Warning (Continued)
vehicle safety standards.
the hip bones, as it should.
The restraint manufacturer Instead, it may settle up around
instructions that come with the the child's abdomen. In a crash,
restraint state the weight and
the belt would apply force on a
height limitations for a particular
body area that is unprotected by
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints any bony structure. This alone
available for children with could cause serious or fatal
special needs. injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate
To reduce the risk of neck and child restraints.
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle head injury in a crash, infants and
owner, are available in four basic toddlers should be secured in a
types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age
restraint should take into two, or until they reach the
consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits
weight, height, and age but also of their child restraint.
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many A young child's hip bones are still
different models available. When so small that the vehicle's regular
purchasing a child restraint, be safety belt may not remain low on
sure it is designed to be used in (Continued)
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to Securing an Add-On Child
keep the infant positioned in the Restraint in the Vehicle
restraint.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the

Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint
copy from the manufacturer.
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning
LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or
instructions that came with that
people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint and the instructions
properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child
in this manual.
the vehicle — even when no child is restraint. Secure the child
in it. properly following the instructions
To help reduce the chance of injury, that came with that child restraint.
In some areas of the United States
the child restraint must be secured
and Canada, Certified Child
in the vehicle. Child restraint
Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the
systems must be secured in vehicle
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Restraint
and demonstrate how to correctly
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
use and install child restraints. In According to accident statistics,
the LATCH system. See Lower
the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when
Anchors and Tethers for Children
Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child
(LATCH System) 0 96. Children can
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint
be endangered in a crash if the child
locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating
restraint is not properly secured in
inspection station. For CPST position.
the vehicle.
availability in Canada, check with
When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children age
restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in
that come with the restraint which a rear seating position.
may be on the restraint itself or in a If a child restraint is secured in the
booklet, or both, and to this manual. front outboard passenger seat, and
The child restraint instructions are the vehicle has a switch on the
passenger side instrument panel
endcap to manually turn off the front
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
outboard passenger airbag, see

Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 and Warning (Continued) { Warning
Securing Child Restraints (Center
Front Seat) 0 107 or Securing Child outboard passenger frontal airbag A child in a child restraint in the
Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 107 or inflates and the passenger seat is center front seat can be badly
Securing Child Restraints (Front in a forward position. injured or killed by the frontal
Passenger Seat) 0 110 for more Even if the passenger sensing airbags if they inflate. Never
information, including important system or airbag switch has secure a child restraint in the
safety information. turned off the front outboard center front seat. It is always
passenger frontal airbag, no better to secure a child restraint in
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
system is fail-safe. No one can a rear seat.
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not
if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual Do not use child restraints in the
circumstance, even though it is center front seat position.
{ Warning turned off. When securing a child restraint in a
Secure rear-facing child restraints rear seating position, study the
A child in a rear-facing child instructions that came with your
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
restraint can be seriously injured child restraint to make sure it is
is off. If you secure a
or killed if the front outboard compatible with this vehicle.
forward-facing child restraint in
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
the front outboard passenger Child restraints and booster seats
This is because the back of the
seat, always move the front vary considerably in size, and some
rear-facing child restraint would
outboard passenger seat as far may fit in certain seating positions
be very close to the inflating
back as it will go. It is better to better than others.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
secure the child restraint in a Depending on where you place the
child restraint can be seriously
rear seat. child restraint and the size of the
injured or killed if the front
child restraint, you may not be able
(Continued)
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
restraints. Adjacent seating restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions
positions should not be used if the restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint,
child restraint prevents access to or vehicle. The LATCH system is and also the instructions in this
interferes with the routing of the designed to make installation of a manual.
safety belt. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
If the vehicle does not have a rear In order to use the LATCH system in a top tether, you must also use
seat that will accommodate a your vehicle, you need a child either the lower anchors or the
rear-facing child restraint, a restraint that has LATCH safety belts to properly secure the
rear-facing child restraint should not attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must
be installed in the vehicle, even if rear-facing and forward-facing child never be attached using only the top
the airbag is off. seats can be properly installed tether.
Wherever a child restraint is using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
installed, be sure to secure the child the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
restraint properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
Keep in mind that an unsecured a rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can move around in a alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
your vehicle — even when no child the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach
is in it. recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these
be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle.
this can be done as long as the
Lower Anchors and booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors
(LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this
The LATCH system secures a child case, the safety belt must be used
restraint during driving or in a crash. (with top tether where available) to
LATCH attachments on the child secure the child restraint. See
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Securing Child Restraints (Center Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a
Front Seat) 0 107 or Securing Child top tether are designed for use with
Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 107 or or without the top tether being
Securing Child Restraints (Front attached. Others require the top
Passenger Seat) 0 110. tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
Lower Anchors forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars the vehicle in order to reduce the
built into the vehicle. There are two forward movement and rotation of
lower anchors for each LATCH the child restraint during driving or in
seating position that will a crash.
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2). The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Regular Cab — Two-Passenger
Either will have a single Front Seat
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
has two labels near the crease

between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
For double cab models, the rear
outboard seating positions have
exposed metal lower anchors in the
crease between the seatback and
the seat cushion.
Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Crew and Double Cab Rear Seat

Front Seat i : Seating positions with
i : Seating positions with top tether anchors.
top tether anchors. j : Seating positions with two lower For regular cab models, there is an
anchors. anchor symbol on the cover to
Do not install a child restraint in the
assist you in locating the top tether
center front seating position. See
anchors.
Securing Child Restraints (Center
Front Seat) 0 107 or Securing Child Do not install a child restraint in the
Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 107 or center seating position. See
Securing Child Restraints (Front Securing Child Restraints (Center
Passenger Seat) 0 110 for more Front Seat) 0 107 or Securing Child
information. Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 107 or
To assist in locating the lower Securing Child Restraints (Front
anchors on crew cab models, each Passenger Seat) 0 110 for more
seating position with lower anchors information.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Do not secure a child restraint in a

position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
Regular Cab Crew Cab Shown, Double Cab position. See Where to Put the
For regular cab models, the top Similar Restraint 0 94 for additional
tether anchors are under covers on information.
For crew and double cab models,
the back panel behind the the top tether anchors are the loops Securing a Child Restraint
passenger seat. Remove the trim near the top of the seatback for Designed for the LATCH
plug to access the anchor. Be sure each rear seating position. These System
to use an anchor on the same side loops will be used to route the top
of the vehicle as the seating tether through, as well as to secure
position where the child restraint will the top tether to the vehicle. Be sure { Warning
be placed. to use the anchor (loop) on the
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will be placed. restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
Be sure to read the following child could be seriously injured or
instructions to properly install a child killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint using these loops.
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Warning (Continued) { Warning Caution

restraint properly using the Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH
anchors, or use the vehicle's or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the
safety belts to secure the wrapped around their neck. The vehicle’s safety belts. This may
restraint, following the instructions shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary,
that came with the child restraint cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to
and the instructions in this The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH
manual. pulled all the way out of the attachments.
retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the rear seatback
shoulder belt is allowed to go all when the seat is occupied. Do not
{ Warning the way back into the retractor, fold the empty rear seat with a
but it cannot do this if it is safety belt buckled. This could
Do not attach more than one child wrapped around a child’s neck.
restraint to a single anchor, damage the safety belt or the
If the shoulder belt is locked and seat. Unbuckle and return the
except for the center top tether tightened around a child’s neck,
anchors in the crew and double safety belt to its stowed position,
the only way to loosen the belt is before folding the seat.
cabs. Attaching more than one to cut it.
child restraint to a single anchor
could cause the anchor or Buckle any unused safety belts If you need to secure more than one
attachment to come loose or even behind the child restraint so child restraint in the rear seat, see
break during a crash. A child or children cannot reach them. Pull Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
others could be injured. To reduce the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock, This system is designed to make
the risk of serious or fatal injuries installation of child restraints easier.
during a crash, attach only one and tighten the belt behind the
When using lower anchors, do not
child restraint per anchor. child restraint after the child
use the vehicle's safety belts.
restraint has been installed.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
secure the restraints. Some 1.2. Find the top tether anchor.
restraints also use another vehicle 1.3. Remove the cover to
anchor to secure a top tether. expose the anchor.
Regular Cab Models 1.4. Route, attach, and tighten
1. For models without a rear seat, the top tether according to
forward-facing child restraints your child restraint
should only be installed in the instructions and the
right front seating position with following instructions:
safety belts and a top tether. If the position you are
See Securing Child Restraints using has an adjustable
(Center Front Seat) 0 107 or head restraint and you are
Securing Child Restraints using a single tether, raise
(Rear Seat) 0 107 or Securing the head restraint and
Child Restraints (Front route the tether under the
Passenger Seat) 0 110. head restraint and in
If the child restraint between the head
manufacturer recommends that restraint posts.
the top tether be attached, 2. Secure the child restraint in the
attach and tighten the top If the position you are
right front seating position with
tether to the top tether anchor, using has an adjustable
the vehicle safety belts. See
if your vehicle has one. Refer head restraint and you are
using a dual tether, route Securing Child Restraints
to the child restraint (Center Front Seat) 0 107 or
instructions and the following the tether around the head
Securing Child Restraints
steps: restraint.
(Rear Seat) 0 107 or Securing
1.1. Fold the passenger Child Restraints (Front
seatback forward to Passenger Seat) 0 110.
access the top tether 3. Before placing a child in the
anchor. See Reclining child restraint, make sure it is
Seatbacks 0 61. securely held in place. To
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
check, grasp the child restraint 1.3. Attach and tighten the
at the safety belt path and lower attachments on the
attempt to move it side to side child restraint to the lower
and back and forth. There anchors.
should be no more than 2.5 cm 2. For forward-facing child
(1 in) of movement for proper restraints, attach and tighten
installation. the top tether to the top tether
Crew Cab Models anchor (loop), if your vehicle
has one. Follow the child
1. Attach and tighten the lower restraint instructions the
attachments to the lower vehicle LATCH anchor weight
anchors. If the child restraint limits described at the
does not have lower beginning of this section, and Example — Rear Driver Side
attachments or the desired the following steps: Position
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child 2.1. For a top tether in the rear
restraint with the top tether and driver side position:
the safety belts. Refer to your 2.1.1. Raise the headrest.
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions and the 2.1.2. Route the top
instructions in this manual. tether (4) between
the headrest posts,
1.1. Find the lower anchors for through the
the desired seating loop (3), behind the
position. inboard headrest
1.2. Put the child restraint on post, and under the
the seat. center shoulder
Example — Rear Driver Side belt (2).
Position
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2.1.3. Then attach the top and behind the check, grasp the child restraint
tether (4) to the top inboard at the LATCH path and attempt
tether headrest post. to move it side to side and
anchor (loop) (1) at 2.3.3. Then attach the top back and forth. There should
the center rear tether (4) to the top be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
seating position. tether of movement for proper
2.2. For a top tether in the rear anchor (loop) (1) at installation.
center position: the center rear Double Cab Models
2.2.1. Route the top seating position.
1. Remove the headrest prior to
tether (4) through 3. Tighten the top tether per the installing a forward-facing child
the center loop (1), child restraint manufacturer's restraint in an outboard rear
and behind the instructions. seating position. See “Headrest
passenger side When the top tether is properly Removal and Reinstallation” at
headrest post. tightened, the anchor (loop) the end of this section.
2.2.2. Then attach the top may bend. This is normal and 2. Attach and tighten the lower
tether (4) to the top will not damage the vehicle. attachments to the lower
tether anchor (loop) If child restraints are installed anchors. If the child restraint
at the rear in both outboard positions, both does not have lower
passenger side top tethers can be attached to attachments or the desired
seating position. the center loop. Top tethers seating position does not have
2.3. For a top tether in the rear can be attached for child lower anchors, secure the child
passenger position: restraints in all three rear restraint with the top tether and
seating positions at the same the safety belts. Refer to your
2.3.1. Raise the headrest. child restraint manufacturer’s
time, following the routing
2.3.2. Route the top instructions above. instructions and the
tether (4) between instructions in this manual.
the headrest posts, 4. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is 2.1. Find the lower anchors for
through the loop on the desired seating
the passenger side securely held in place. To
position.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2.2. Put the child restraint on

the seat.
2.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
3. For forward-facing child
restraints, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor (loop). Follow the child
restraint instructions, the
vehicle LATCH anchor weight
Example — Rear Driver Side Example — Rear Driver Side
limits described at the
beginning of this section, and Position Position
the following steps: 3.1. For a top tether in the rear
driver side position:
3.1.1. Remove the
headrest.
3.1.2. Route the top
tether (4) through
the loop (3) on the
driver side under
the center shoulder
belt (2).
3.1.3. Then attach the top
tether (4) to the top
tether
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
anchor (loop) (1) at anchor (loop) (1) at Headrest Removal and

the center rear the center rear Reinstallation
seating position. seating position.
Crew Cab Models
3.2. For a top tether in the rear 4. Tighten the top tether per the
center position: child restraint manufacturer's For outboard rear seating positions,
instructions. if the child restraint cannot be
3.2.1. Route the top installed properly with the headrest
tether (4) through When the top tether is properly in place, the headrest may be
the center loop (1), tightened, the anchor (loop) removed. See your dealer for
and behind the may bend. This is normal and assistance with removal.
passenger side will not damage the vehicle.
headrest post. Store the removed headrests in a
If child restraints are installed secure place. Reinstall the headrest
3.2.2. Then attach the top in both outboard positions, both before the seating position is
tether (4) to the top top tethers can be attached to moved.
tether anchor (loop) the center loop. Top tethers
at the rear can be attached for child To reinstall the headrest:
passenger side restraints in all three rear
seating position. seating positions at the same
3.3. For a top tether in the rear time, following the routing
passenger position: instructions above.
3.3.1. Remove the 5. Before placing a child in the

headrest. child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
3.3.2. Route the top check, grasp the child restraint
tether (4) through at the LATCH path and attempt
the loop on the to move it side to side and
passenger side. back and forth. There should
3.3.3. Then attach the top be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
tether (4) to the top of movement for proper
tether installation.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
1. Insert the headrest posts into 1. Press both buttons on the 2. Push the headrest all the way
the holes in the top of the headrest posts and pull up on down until it contacts the top of
seatback with the longer the headrest. the seatback.
chrome plated post toward the 2. Store the headrest in a secure
driver side of the vehicle. place. Replacing LATCH System
2. Push the headrest all the way 3. When the child restraint is Parts After a Crash
down until it contacts the top of removed, reinstall the headrest
the seatback. before the seating position { Warning
Double Cab Models is used.
A crash can damage the LATCH
The rear outboard headrests should To reinstall the headrest: system in the vehicle. A damaged
be removed when installing LATCH system may not properly
forward-facing child restraints. secure the child restraint,
To remove the headrest: resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system

1. Insert the headrest posts into and it was being used during a
the holes in the top of the crash, new LATCH system parts
seatback with the longer may be needed.
chrome plated post toward the
driver side of the vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
New parts and repairs may be Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that
necessary even if the LATCH forward-facing child restraints have
system was not being used at the
(Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be
time of the crash. When securing a child restraint in a attached.
rear seating position, study the If the child restraint or vehicle seat
Securing Child Restraints instructions that came with the child position does not have the LATCH
(Center Front Seat) restraint to make sure it is system, you will be using the safety
compatible with this vehicle. belt to secure the child restraint in
{ Warning If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
A child in a child restraint in the Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the
center front seat can be badly System) 0 96 for how and where to child restraint when and as the
injured or killed by the frontal install the child restraint using instructions say.
airbags if they inflate. Never LATCH. If a child restraint is secured If more than one child restraint
secure a child restraint in the in the vehicle using a safety belt needs to be installed in the rear
center front seat. It is always and it uses a top tether, see Lower seat, be sure to read Where to Put
Anchors and Tethers for Children the Restraint 0 94.
better to secure a child restraint in
(LATCH System) 0 96 for top tether
a rear seat.
anchor locations. Double Cab
Do not secure a child seat in a 1. Remove the headrest prior to
Do not use child restraints in the position without a top tether anchor installing a forward-facing child
center front seat position. if a national or local law requires restraint in an outboard rear
that the top tether be anchored, or if seating position. See “Headrest
the instructions that come with the Removal and Reinstallation”
child restraint say that the top strap under Lower Anchors and
must be anchored. Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
the retractor. back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
4. Push the latch plate into the restraint, it may be helpful to
buckle until it clicks. use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
Position the release button on
tighten the belt.
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled Try to pull the belt out of the
if necessary. retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
7. For forward-facing child Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors 3. Push the latch plate into the
restraints, attach and tighten and Tethers for Children (LATCH buckle until it clicks.
the top tether to the top tether System) 0 96 for additional Position the release button on
anchor (loop). Refer to the child information on installing the the buckle so that the safety
restraint instructions, the headrest properly. belt could be quickly unbuckled
vehicle LATCH anchor weight if necessary.
limits and instructions listed in Crew Cab
Lower Anchors and Tethers for 1. Put the child restraint on
Children (LATCH System) 0 96. the seat.
8. Before placing a child in the 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
child restraint, make sure it is the lap and shoulder portions
securely held in place. To of the vehicle's safety belt
check, grasp the child restraint through or around the restraint.
at the safety belt path and The child restraint instructions
attempt to move it side to side will show you how.
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
To remove the child restraint, way out of the retractor to set
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the lock. When the retractor
let it return to the stowed position. lock is set, the belt can be
If the top tether is attached to a top tightened but not pulled out of
tether anchor, disconnect it. the retractor.
Reinstall the headrest before the
seating position is used. See
“Headrest Removal and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
6. If the child restraint has a top removed. See your dealer for
tether, follow the child restraint assistance with removal, and store
manufacturer's instructions the removed headrest in a secure
regarding the use of the top place. When the child restraint is
tether. See Lower Anchors and removed, reinstall the headrest
Tethers for Children (LATCH before the seating position is used.
System) 0 96 for more For reinstallation instructions, see
information on using the top “Headrest Removal and
tether anchors. Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
7. Before placing a child in the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
child restraint, make sure it is System) 0 96.
5. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint Securing Child Restraints
on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and (Front Passenger Seat)
shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side
tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the With Passenger Sensing
belt, and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly System
back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no This vehicle has airbags. A rear
installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of seat is a safer place to secure a
restraint, it may be helpful to movement. forward-facing child restraint. See
use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint, Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
tighten the belt. In addition, the vehicle may have a
let it return to the stowed position. passenger sensing system which is
Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top designed to turn off the front
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. outboard passenger frontal airbag
retractor is locked. If the For outboard rear seating positions,
retractor is not locked, repeat if the child restraint cannot be
Steps 4 and 5. installed properly with the headrest
in place, the headrest may be
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
under certain conditions. See If the vehicle does not have a rear
Passenger Sensing System 0 82 Warning (Continued) seat that will accommodate a
and Passenger Airbag Status rear-facing child restraint, a
Indicator 0 141 for more information The vehicle may have a rear-facing child restraint should not
on this, including important safety passenger sensing system which be installed in the vehicle, even if
information. is designed to turn off the front the airbag is off.
outboard passenger frontal airbag
Never put a rear-facing child seat in under certain conditions. If a child restraint uses a top tether,
the front. This is because the risk to see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for
if the airbag deploys. system, if equipped, has turned top tether anchor locations.
off the front outboard passenger
Do not secure a child seat in a
{ Warning frontal airbag, no system is
fail-safe. No one can guarantee
A child in a rear-facing child that an airbag will not deploy that the top tether be anchored, or if
restraint can be seriously injured under some unusual the instructions that come with the
or killed if the front outboard circumstance, even though it is child restraint say that the top strap
passenger airbag inflates. This is turned off. must be anchored.
because the back of the Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that
rear-facing child restraint would in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have
be very close to the inflating is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be
airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in attached.
child restraint can be seriously the front outboard seat, always
injured or killed if the front move the front passenger seat as
outboard passenger airbag far back as it will go. It is better to
inflates and the passenger seat is secure the child restraint in a
in a forward position. rear seat.
(Continued)
See Passenger Sensing System
0 82 for additional information.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to Position the release button so

secure the child restraint in this that the safety belt could be
position, follow the instructions that quickly unbuckled if necessary.
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned
off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, the
off indicator in the passenger Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
airbag status indicator should belt, if needed.
light and stay lit when you start
the vehicle. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 141. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
2. Put the child restraint on the lock. When the retractor
the seat. lock is set, the belt can be
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run tightened but not pulled out of
the lap and shoulder portions the retractor.
of the vehicle's safety belt
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
7. If the vehicle does not have a If a child restraint has been installed
rear seat and the child restraint and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
manufacturer recommends On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
using a top tether anchor, Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
attach the top tether to the top System 0 82 for more information.
tether anchor. Refer to the To remove the child restraint,
instructions that came with the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
child restraint and to Lower let it return to the stowed position.
Anchors and Tethers for If the top tether is attached to a top
Children (LATCH System) 0 96. tether anchor, disconnect it.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is With Airbag On-Off Switch
6. To tighten the belt, push down securely held in place. To This vehicle has airbags. A rear
on the child restraint, pull the check, grasp the child restraint seat is a safer place to secure a
shoulder portion of the belt to at the safety belt path and forward-facing child restraint. See
tighten the lap portion of the attempt to move it side to side Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and back and forth. When the
There may be a switch on the
back into the retractor. When child restraint is properly
instrument panel endcap that you
installing a forward-facing child installed, there should be no
can use to turn off the front
restraint, it may be helpful to more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
use your knee to push down on movement.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for
the child restraint as you If the vehicle is equipped with a more information, including
tighten the belt. passenger sensing system, and important safety information.
Try to pull the belt out of the when the passenger sensing system
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
retractor to make sure the has turned off the front outboard
the front. This is because the risk to
retractor is locked. If the passenger frontal airbag, the off
the rear-facing child is so great,
retractor is not locked, repeat indicator in the passenger airbag
if the airbag deploys.
Steps 5 and 6. status indicator should light and stay
lit when the vehicle is started.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If the vehicle does not have a rear

{ Warning Warning (Continued) seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in rear-facing child restraint should not
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard seat, always be installed in the vehicle, even if
or killed if the front outboard move the front passenger seat as the airbag is off.
passenger airbag inflates. This is far back as it will go. It is better to
because the back of the secure the child restraint in a If a child restraint uses a top tether,
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for
be very close to the inflating
top tether anchor locations.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously { Warning Do not secure a child restraint in a
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger airbag If the airbag readiness light ever if a national or local law requires
inflates and the passenger seat is comes on and stays on, it means that the top tether be anchored, or if
in a forward position. that something may be wrong the instructions that come with the
with the airbag system. For child restraint say that the top strap
Even if the airbag switch has example, the front outboard must be anchored.
turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag could In Canada, the law requires that
passenger frontal airbag, no inflate even though the airbag forward-facing child restraints have
system is fail-safe. No one can on-off switch is turned off. a top tether, and that the tether be
guarantee that an airbag will not attached.
deploy under some unusual To help avoid injury to yourself or
circumstance, even though it is others, have the vehicle serviced
turned off. right away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 139 for more information,
Secure rear-facing child restraints including important safety
in a rear seat, even if the airbag information.
is off. If you secure a
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to Position the release button so

secure the child restraint in this that the safety belt could be
position, follow the instructions that quickly unbuckled if necessary.
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the airbag off switch (if
equipped) has turned off the
front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, the off indicator
in the airbag off light should Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
light and stay lit when you start belt, if needed.
the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off
Light 0 140.
2. Put the child restraint on way out of the retractor to set
the seat. the lock. When the retractor
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run lock is set, the belt can be
the lap and shoulder portions tightened but not pulled out of
of the vehicle's safety belt the retractor.
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
7. If your vehicle does not have a from the vehicle unless the person
rear seat and your child who will be sitting there is a member
restraint has a top tether, follow of a passenger airbag risk group.
the child restraint See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for
manufacturer's instructions more information, including
regarding the use of the top important safety information.
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH Heavy-Duty Crew Cab Only
System) 0 96. This vehicle has airbags. A rear
8. Before placing a child in the seat is a safer place to secure a
child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraint. See
securely held in place. To Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
6. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint Never put a rear-facing child seat in
on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and the front. This is because the risk to
shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side the rear-facing child is so great,
tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the if the airbag deploys.
belt, and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
{ Warning
restraint, it may be helpful to movement. A child in a rear-facing child
use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint, restraint can be seriously injured
the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and or killed if the front outboard
tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. passenger airbag inflates. This is
Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top because the back of the
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. rear-facing child restraint would
retractor is locked. If the If you turned the airbag off with the be very close to the inflating
retractor is not locked, repeat switch (if equipped), turn on the airbag. Always secure a
Steps 5 and 6. front outboard passenger airbag rear-facing child restraint in a
when you remove the child restraint rear seat.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If the vehicle does not have a rear 1. Move the seat as far back as it Make sure the release button is
seat that will accommodate a will go before securing the positioned so you would be
rear-facing child restraint, a forward-facing child restraint. able to unbuckle the safety belt
rear-facing child restraint should not 2. Put the child restraint on quickly if necessary.
be installed in the vehicle, even if the seat.
the airbag is off.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
If a child restraint uses a top tether, the lap and shoulder portions
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for of the vehicle's safety belt
Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for through or around the restraint.
top tether anchor locations. The child restraint instructions
Do not secure a child seat in a will show you how.
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that way out of the retractor to set
forward-facing child restraints have the lock. When the retractor
a top tether, and that the tether be lock is set, the belt can be
attached. tightened but not pulled out of
When using the lap-shoulder belt to the retractor.
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the 4. Push the latch plate into the
following instructions: buckle until it clicks.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
7. If your child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
6. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint
on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and
shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side
tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly
back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no
installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
restraint, it may be helpful to movement.
use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint,
the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Storage 119
Storage Storage To access, pull down on the handle.
Compartments Card Holder

Storage Compartments If equipped, there is a card holder
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 119 { Warning on the front instrument panel to the
left of the steering wheel.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 119
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Do not store heavy or sharp
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 objects in storage compartments. Glove Box
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 120 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 120 cause the cover to open and
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 121 could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Instrument Panel Storage
If equipped, there is storage under
the climate control system.
To access the upper glove box,

unlock with the key and pull up on
the handle.
If equipped, there is a USB port in
the upper glove box.
To access the lower glove box, pull
down on the handle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
120 Storage
Cupholders Sunglasses Storage Center Console Storage

Front
There may be cupholders on the
center front seat console armrest.
Rear
Bench Seat
If equipped, sunglasses storage is
If equipped, pull the front center
on the overhead console. Press the
seat armrest down to access the
fixed button on the cover and
storage area with cupholders.
release to access.
Press the button and lift to open.
There is a removable divider.
If equipped, pull the rear seat
armrest down to access the If equipped, there are dual USB
cupholders. ports, an accessory power outlet,
and an auxiliary jack inside.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Storage 121
Floor Console Storage Additional Storage

Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
Bucket Seat
If equipped, press the latch and lift
to open. Depending on the options If equipped with front seat floor
there may be a tote compartment, console storage, unlock with the
accessory power outlet, auxiliary ignition key, press the button, and
jack, and USB port(s) inside. There lift to open.
are openings for power cords on the The vehicle may be equipped with
edge of the storage area. cargo tie-downs.
See Power Outlets 0 128, USB Port Any of the nine holes inside the
(Base Radio) 0 209 or USB Port truck bed can be used for tie-downs.
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) The maximum load is 113 kg
0 212, and Auxiliary Jack 0 213. (250 lb) per tie-down.
If equipped with the uplevel radio,
see the infotainment manual.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
122 Storage
3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by

Caution hand only. Do not use tools.
The truck bed walls will collapse if To remove:
the tie-downs are overloaded. 1. Remove the tie-down loop
completely by turning
counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the
truck bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away
from the truck bed wall until a
click is heard. This locks the
toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against
the truck bed wall. This allows
the toggle nut to spin.
4. Remove the backing plate,
To install: toggle guide, and toggle nut
from the truck bed wall
1. Insert a tie-down loop completely.
assembly until it is flush with
the truck bed wall. 5. Reinstall the tie-down loop
through the backing plate into
2. Turn the tie-down loop the toggle nut for reuse.
clockwise to tighten. The
tie-down will be hard to turn
until the toggle moves past the
installation point on the toggle
guide.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Instruments and Controls 123
Instruments and Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 139

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 139
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 150
Information Displays
Controls Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Passenger Airbag Status Driver Information Center (DIC)
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 142 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 124 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 125 (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 143 Vehicle Messages
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 126 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Battery Voltage and Charging
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 126 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Brake System Messages . . . . . 156
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 145 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 156
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 146 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 156
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 146 Engine Cooling System
Lane Departure Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light (2500/3500 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 157
Indicators Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 157
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 158
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 (1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 158
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 147 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 147 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Airbag System Messages . . . . 160
Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 148 Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 160
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 149 Steering System
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 149 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 149
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
124 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Transmission Messages . . . . . . 162 Wheel
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Steering Wheel
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 164 Adjustment
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 165
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 165
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 172
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Universal Remote System To adjust the tilt and telescoping
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Push the lever (1) down to
To adjust the steering wheel: move the steering wheel
1. Hold the steering wheel and forward or rearward. Lift the
pull the lever. lever up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. 2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
3. Release the lever to lock the
down, then release the lever to
wheel in place.
lock the wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Steering Wheel Controls g : For vehicles with OnStar® or a

Bluetooth® system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 500 or OnStar Overview
0 501, Bluetooth (Voice Recognition
- Base Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 232,
or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the
infotainment manual. The favorite and volume switches
i : Press to reject an incoming are on the back of the steering
If equipped, some audio controls call or end a current call. Press to wheel.
can be adjusted at the steering mute or unmute the infotainment 1. Favorite: When on a radio
wheel. system when not on a call. source, press to select the next
o or p : Press to go to the or previous favorite. When on a
previous or next menu option. media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection. 2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 394.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. An internal circuit
breaker to the motor will stop the
motor until it cools down.
Wiper Parking
The windshield wiper control is on
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
the turn signal lever.
wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT,
The windshield wipers are controlled they will immediately stop.
by turning the band with z on it.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
1 (High Speed) : Fast wipes. moved to OFF before the driver
w (Low Speed) : Slow wipes. door is opened or within 10 minutes,
( (Heated Steering Wheel, If the wipers will restart and move to
Equipped) : Press to turn it on or 3 INT (Adjustable Interval the base of the windshield.
off. A light next to the button Wipes) : Turn the band up for more
displays when the feature is frequent wipes or down for less If the ignition is put in OFF while the
turned on. frequent wipes. wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
The steering wheel takes about OFF : Turns the windshield continue to run until they reach the
three minutes to start heating. wipers off. base of the windshield.
Horn 8 (Mist) : For a single wipe,
turn to 8, then release. For several
To sound the horn, press a on the wipes, hold the band on 8 longer.
steering wheel.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Windshield Washer its heading and other information 2. Select the desired function.
from the Global Positioning 3. Turn the MENU knob to
{ Warning System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
increase or decrease the value.
In freezing weather, do not use information. 4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the washer until the windshield is the next value. After the last
The compass system is designed to value is selected, the system
warmed. Otherwise the washer operate for a certain number of will update and return to the
fluid can form ice on the miles or degrees of turn before
windshield, blocking your vision. needing a signal from the GPS Settings menu. Press o BACK
satellites. When the compass to go to the last menu and
display shows CAL, drive the save the changes.
L m (Washer Fluid) : Push the vehicle for a short distance in an
paddle marked with the windshield Auto Set requires an OnStar
open area where it can receive a subscription.
washer symbol at the top of the turn
GPS signal. The compass system
signal lever, to spray washer fluid If auto timing is set, the time
will automatically determine when a
and activate the wipers. The wipers displayed on the clock may not
GPS signal is restored and provide
will continue until the paddle is update immediately when driving
a heading again. See Compass
released or the maximum wash time into a new time zone.
Messages 0 156 for the messages
is reached. When the paddle is
that may be displayed for the To set the clock display:
released, additional wipes may
compass. 1. Select SETTINGS from the
occur depending on how long the
windshield washer had been Home Page, then select Time
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 385 Clock and Date.
for information on filling the Setting the Time and Date with 2. Select Clock Display.
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Faceplate Controls 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
Compass To set the time or date: or On.
The vehicle may have a compass 1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to
display on the Driver Information Home Page, then select Time select.
Center (DIC). The compass receives and Date.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Press o BACK to go to the last To set the date: Power Outlets

menu and save the changes. 1. Touch the SETTINGS screen Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
button from the Home Page, Current
Setting the Time and Date with then touch Time and Date.
Touchscreen Controls Accessory power outlets can be
To set the time: 2. Touch Set Date and touch « used to plug in electrical equipment,
or ª to increase or decrease such as a cell phone, MP3
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen player, etc.
month, day, or year.
button from the Home Page,
then touch Time and Date. 3. Touch the } or 0 screen The vehicle may have up to four
accessory power outlets.
2. Touch Set Time and touch « button to go back to the
previous menu. Vehicles with a Center Console
or ª to increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. To set the clock display: . One or two in front of the
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or 1. Touch the SETTINGS screen cupholders on the center
24 hour clock. button and touch Time console.
and Date. . One inside the center console.
3. Touch the } or 0 screen
button to go back to the 2. Touch Clock Display and touch . One on the rear of the center
previous menu. OFF or ON to turn the clock console.
display off or on.
Auto Set requires an OnStar Vehicles with Bench Seats
subscription. 3. Touch the } or 0 screen . One on the center stack below
If auto timing is set, the time button to go back to the the climate control system.
displayed on the clock may not previous menu.
. One or two in the storage area
update immediately when driving on the bench seat.
into a new time zone.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The power outlets on the center Certain power accessory plugs may Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
stack and in front of the cupholders not be compatible with the Alternating Current
are powered at all times. The power accessory power outlet and could
outlets inside the storage area and overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
on the rear of the console are If a problem is experienced, see
powered when the ignition is in ON/ your dealer.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, When adding electrical equipment,
or when RAP is active. be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
{ Warning the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 355.
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
Caution
vehicle is not in use because the Hanging heavy equipment from
vehicle could catch fire and cause Base Shown, Uplevel Similar
the power outlet can cause
injury or death. damage not covered by the If equipped with this power outlet, it
vehicle warranty. The power can be used to plug in electrical
outlets are designed for equipment that uses a maximum
Caution accessory power plugs only, such limit of 150 watts.
as cell phone charge cords. For vehicles with a center console,
Leaving electrical equipment the 110/120 volt power outlet is in
plugged in for an extended period front of the cupholders in the center
of time while the vehicle is off will console.
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in For vehicles with bench seats, the
use and do not plug in equipment 110/120 volt power outlet is on the
center stack.
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
An indicator light on the outlet turns . Other equipment requiring an

on to show it is in use. The light extremely stable power supply, { Warning
comes on when the ignition is in such as
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less microcomputer-controlled Wireless charging can affect the
than 150 watts is plugged into the electric blankets and touch operation of an implanted
outlet, and no system fault is sensor lamps. pacemaker or other medical
detected. devices. If you have one, it is
. Medical equipment. recommended to consult with
The indicator light does not come on your doctor before using the
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or Wireless Charging wireless charging system.
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet. The vehicle may have wireless
charging on top of the center The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
If equipment is connected using console. See Center Console
more than 150 watts or a system ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
Storage 0 120. The system Accessory Power (RAP). The
fault is detected, a protection circuit wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
shuts off the power supply and the wireless charging feature may not
compatible mobile device. correctly indicate charging when the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it To check for phone or other device vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
back in or turn the Retained compatibility: Accessory Power (RAP) 0 284.
Accessory Power (RAP) off and . In the U.S., see The operating temperature is −20 °C
then back on. See Retained my.chevrolet.com/learn. (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 284. . In Canada, see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
The power outlet is not designed for 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
gmtotalconnect.ca.
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Or, see your dealer for details.
{ Warning
. Equipment with high initial peak Remove all metal objects from the
wattage, such as charging pad before charging
compressor-driven refrigerators your mobile device. Metal objects,
and electric power tools.
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
1. Remove all objects from the Warning Lights,

Warning (Continued) charging pad. The system may
such as coins, keys, rings,
not charge if there are any Gauges, and
objects on the charging pad.
or paper clips, between the phone Indicators
and charging pad will become 2. Place the mobile device face
Warning lights and gauges can
very hot. On the rare occasion up on the @ symbol on the signal that something is wrong
that the charging system does not charging pad. before it becomes serious enough
detect a metal object, and the to cause an expensive repair or
3. The } will display on the V
object gets wedged between the replacement. Paying attention to the
on the infotainment screen.
phone and charger, remove the warning lights and gauges could
This indicates that the mobile
phone and allow the metallic device is properly positioned prevent injury.
object to cool before removing it and charging. If a phone is Some warning lights come on briefly
from the charging pad, to prevent placed on the charging pad when the engine is started to
burns. indicate they are working. When
and } does not display,
remove the phone from the one of the warning lights comes on
pad, turn 180 degrees and wait and stays on while driving, or when
three seconds before placing/ one of the gauges shows there may
aligning the phone on the pad be a problem, check the section that
again. explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
To charge a mobile device:

9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Instrument Cluster
Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster) viewed. See “Driver Information phone source. If there is an active
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the call, mute the phone or switch to
There is an interactive display area
Index. handset operation.
in the center of the instrument
cluster. . Audio Navigation
. Phone Press V to select the Navigation
. Navigation app, then press p to enter the
. Settings Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
Audio last route and turn the voice
Press V to select the Audio app, prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, you can cancel the route.
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings
music, select from the favorites,
Press V to select the Settings app.
or change the audio source. In the
main view, use w or x to change Use w or x to scroll through items
the station or go to the next or in the Settings menu.
Use the right steering wheel control previous track.
to open and scroll through the Units : Press p while Units is
different items and displays. Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
Press o to access the cluster Press V to select the Phone app, pressing V while the desired item is
applications. Use w or x to scroll then press p to enter the Phone highlighted. A checkmark will be
through the list of available menu. In the Phone menu, if there is displayed next to the selected item.
applications. Not all applications will no active phone call, view recent
be available on all vehicles. calls, scroll through contacts, select Info Pages : Press p while Info
from the favorites, or change the Pages is displayed to enter the Info
. Info App. This is where the Pages menu and select the items to
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
be displayed in the Info app. See Odometer Fuel Gauge

“Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel)” in the Index. The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
Speed Warning : The Speed kilometers or miles.
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to Trip Odometer
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press p when Speed Warning is The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
displayed, or press V on the main the trip odometer was last reset.
view to set the speed value. Press
w or x to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and
V to set the speed. Once the speed reset through the Driver Information
is set, this feature can be turned off Center (DIC). See Driver
by pressing V while viewing this Information Center (DIC) (Base Metric
Level) 0 150 or Driver Information
page. If the selected speed limit is
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 152.
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.
Tachometer
Software Information : Press p
The tachometer displays the engine
while Software Information is speed in revolutions per
highlighted to display open source minute (rpm).
software information.
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. At the service station, the fuel Engine Oil Pressure
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
Gauge
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
English
turning a corner or speeding up.
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds
gauge indicates about how much
to stabilize after the ignition is Metric
fuel is left in the tank.
turned on, and goes back to
There is an arrow near the fuel empty when the ignition is
gauge pointing to the side of the turned off.
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE” Engine Coolant

under Engine Oil Messages 0 157
and Engine Oil 0 369.
Temperature Gauge
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
English the oil level as soon as possible.
The engine oil pressure gauge Add oil if required, but if the oil
shows the engine oil pressure level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low, Metric
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is have the vehicle serviced. Always
running. follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature and oil
viscosity. If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
A reading outside the normal
supplement.
operating range can be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See “OIL
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal

operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
English charging system to create maximum
power.
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine The vehicle can only be driven for a
When the ignition is on, this gauge
coolant. short time with the readings outside
indicates the battery voltage.
the normal operating range. If the
While driving under normal When the engine is running, this vehicle must be driven, turn off all
operating conditions, if the needle gauge shows the condition of the accessories, such as the radio and
moves into the red warning area, charging system. The gauge can air conditioner.
the engine is too hot. Pull off the transition from a higher to lower or a
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off Readings outside the normal
lower to higher reading. This is
the engine as soon as possible. operating range indicate a possible
normal. If the vehicle is operating
problem in the electrical system.
outside the normal operating range,
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
the charging system light comes on.
as possible.
See Charging System Light 0 142
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn
Driver Safety Belt Reminder on if an object is put on the seat
Light There may be a passenger safety such as a briefcase, handbag,
belt reminder light near the grocery bag, laptop, or other
There is a driver safety belt passenger airbag status indicator. electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light on the instrument See Passenger Sensing reminder light and/or chime, remove
cluster. System 0 82. the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
When the vehicle is started, this For vehicles equipped with the the airbag sensor(s), passenger
light flashes and a chime may come passenger safety belt reminder light, sensing system (if equipped), the
on to remind the driver to fasten when the vehicle is started this light pretensioners, the airbag modules,
their safety belt. Then the light stays flashes and a chime may come on the wiring, and the crash sensing
on solid until the belt is buckled. to remind passengers to fasten their and diagnostic module. For more
This cycle may continue several safety belt. Then the light stays on information on the airbag system,
times if the driver remains or solid until the belt is buckled. This see Airbag System 0 74.
becomes unbuckled while the cycle continues several times if the
vehicle is moving. passenger remains or becomes
If the driver safety belt is buckled, unbuckled while the vehicle is
neither the light nor the chime moving.
comes on. If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The airbag readiness light comes on Airbag On-Off Light the on or off symbol, will light to let
for several seconds when the you know the status of the front
vehicle is started. If the light does If the vehicle has an airbag on-off outboard passenger frontal airbag.
not come on then, have it fixed switch, it also has a passenger
airbag status indicator located in the When the front outboard passenger
immediately. frontal airbag is manually turned off
overhead console.
using the airbag on-off switch on the
{ Warning instrument panel endcap, the OFF
indicator light or the off symbol will
If the airbag readiness light stays come on and stay on as a reminder
on after the vehicle is started or that the airbag has been turned off.
comes on while driving, it means This light will go off when the airbag
the airbag system might not be has been turned on. See Airbag
working properly. The airbags in United States On-Off Switch 0 80 for more
the vehicle might not inflate in a information, including important
crash, or they could even inflate safety information.
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag Canada and Mexico

system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on. When the vehicle is started, the
See Airbag System passenger airbag status indicator
Messages 0 160. will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, will light for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator ON or OFF, or either
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Passenger Airbag Status

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Indicator
If the front outboard passenger example, the front outboard If the vehicle has one of the
frontal airbag is turned off for a passenger frontal airbag could following indicators, then the vehicle
person who is not in a risk group inflate even though the airbag has a passenger sensing system for
identified by the national on-off switch is turned off. the front outboard passenger
government, that person will not To help avoid injury to yourself or position unless there is an airbag
have the extra protection of an others, have the vehicle serviced on-off switch on the instrument
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will right away. See Airbag Readiness panel endcap. If there is an airbag
not be able to inflate and help Light 0 139 for more information, on-off switch, the vehicle does not
protect the person sitting there. including important safety have a passenger sensing system.
Do not turn off the front outboard information. See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80.
passenger frontal airbag unless The passenger airbag status
the person sitting there is in a risk indicator is on the overhead
group identified by the national If the word ON or the on symbol is
console. See Passenger Sensing
government. See Airbag On-Off lit, it means that the front outboard
System 0 82 for important safety
Switch 0 80 for more information, passenger frontal airbag is enabled
information.
including important safety (may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
information. Switch 0 80 for more information,
including important safety
information.
{ Warning If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
If the airbag readiness light ever are no lights at all, there may be a
comes on and stays on, it means problem with the lights or the airbag United States
that something may be wrong on-off switch. See your dealer for
with the airbag system. For service.
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If, after several seconds, both status The charging system light comes on
indicator lights remain on, or if there briefly when the ignition is turned
are no lights at all, there may be a on, but the engine is not running, as
problem with the lights or the a check to show the light is working.
passenger sensing system. See It should go out when the engine is
your dealer for service. started.
Canada and Mexico If the light stays on, or comes on
When the vehicle is started, the
{ Warning while driving, there may be a
passenger airbag status indicator problem with the electrical charging
If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol comes on and stays on, it means
for on and off, for several seconds dealer. Driving while this light is on
that something may be wrong could drain the battery.
as a system check. Then, after with the airbag system. To help
several more seconds, the status When this light comes on, or is
avoid injury to yourself or others,
indicator will light either ON or OFF, flashing, the Driver Information
have the vehicle serviced right
or either the on or off symbol to let Center (DIC) also displays a
you know the status of the front away. See Airbag Readiness
message.
outboard passenger frontal airbag. Light 0 139 for more information,
including important safety See Battery Voltage and Charging
If the word ON or the on symbol is information. Messages 0 155.
lit on the passenger airbag status
If a short distance must be driven
indicator, it means that the front with the light on, be sure to turn off
outboard passenger frontal airbag is Charging System Light all accessories, such as the radio
enabled (may inflate).
and air conditioner.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Malfunction Indicator Caution

If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
Lamp (Check Engine could damage the emission control
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle
with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service
This light is part of the vehicle’s control system may not work as
emission control on-board may be required.
well, the fuel economy may be
diagnostic system. If this light is on lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce
while the engine is running, a vehicle speed and avoid hard
run smoothly. This could lead to
malfunction has been detected and accelerations and uphill grades.
costly repairs that might not be
the vehicle may require service. The If towing a trailer, reduce the
light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty.
amount of cargo being hauled as
is working when the ignition is in soon as possible.
ON/RUN and the engine is not
Caution If the light continues to flash, find a
running. See Ignition
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
Positions 0 281.
Modifications to the engine, off and wait at least 10 seconds
transmission, exhaust, intake, before restarting the engine. If the
or fuel system, or the use of light is still flashing, follow the
replacement tires that do not previous guidelines and see your
meet the original tire dealer for service as soon as
specifications, can cause this light possible.
to come on. This could lead to If the light is on steady : A
costly repairs not covered by the malfunction has been detected.
Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also Diagnosis and service may be
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass required.
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when an Emissions Inspection/
it comes on may prevent damage. Maintenance test. See
Accessories and
Modifications 0 362.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Check the following: before the system is ready for

. A loose or missing fuel cap may inspection. This can happen if
cause the light to come on. See the 12-volt battery has recently
Filling the Tank 0 325. A few been replaced or run down, or if
driving trips with the cap the vehicle has been recently
properly installed may turn the serviced.
light off. The DLC is under the instrument See your dealer if the vehicle will
. Poor fuel quality can cause panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready
inefficient engine operation and wheel. Connecting devices that are for the test.
poor driveability, which may go not used to perform an Emissions
away once the engine is warmed Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning
up. If this occurs, change the service the vehicle may affect Light
fuel brand. It may require at vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 355. See The vehicle brake system consists
least one full tank of the proper
your dealer if assistance is needed. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
fuel to turn the light off. See
circuit is not working, the remaining
Fuel 0 322. The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the
If the light remains on, see your inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking
dealer. . The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to
is running. be working.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs . The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there
when the ignition is in ON/RUN is a brake problem. Have the brake
If the vehicle requires an Emissions while the engine is off. system inspected right away.
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to . Critical emission control systems
the vehicle's Data Link have not been completely
Connector (DLC). diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
Metric English
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
This light should come on briefly system. If the ABS light stays on,
when the engine is started. If it does Warning (Continued) or comes on again while driving, the
not come on then, have it fixed so it vehicle needs service. A chime may
will be ready to warn you if there is warning light on can lead to a also sound when the light comes on
a problem. crash. If the light is still on after steady.
the vehicle has been pulled off
When the ignition is on, the brake the road and carefully stopped, If the ABS light is the only light on,
system warning light also comes on have the vehicle towed for the vehicle has regular brakes, but
when the parking brake is set. The service. the antilock brakes are not
light stays on if the parking brake functioning.
does not fully release. If it stays on If both the ABS and the brake
after the parking brake is fully Antilock Brake System system warning light are on, the
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
If the light comes on while driving, with the regular brakes. See your
pull off the road and stop carefully. dealer for service.
The pedal might be harder to push, See Brake System Warning Light
or the pedal can go closer to the 0 144 and Brake System
floor. It may take longer to stop. Messages 0 156.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 447.
This light comes on briefly when the Four-Wheel-Drive Light
engine is started.
{ Warning If the light does not come on, have it

fixed so it will be ready to warn if
The brake system might not be there is a problem.
working properly if the brake If the light comes on while driving,
system warning light is on. stop as soon as it is safely possible
Driving with the brake system and turn off the vehicle. Then start
(Continued) the engine again to reset the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The four-wheel-drive light comes on Hill Descent Control Light If equipped, this light comes on
when a vehicle with a manual briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
transfer case is shifted into does not come on, have the vehicle
four-wheel drive and the front axle serviced.
engages. This light is green if LDW is on and
Some delay between the shifting ready to operate.
and the light coming on is normal. This light changes to amber and
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 297 for flashes to indicate that the lane
more information. If equipped, the Hill Descent Control marking has been crossed without
light comes on when the system is using a turn signal in that direction.
Tow/Haul Mode Light ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
(2500/3500 Series) 0 319.
See Hill Descent Control
(HDC) 0 310. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Lane Departure Warning Light (1500 Series)
(LDW) Light (2500/3500
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Series)
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 295. If available, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced.
This light is green if LKA is available
to assist.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
LKA may assist by gently turning Traction Off Light StabiliTrak® OFF Light
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while
marking has been crossed. starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not,
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your
Series) 0 320. dealer. If the system is working dealer.
normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the
Vehicle Ahead Indicator turns off. StabiliTrak system is turned off.
The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off.
has been turned off by pressing and If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak system does not assist in controlling
button. the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF the StabiliTrak systems, and the
light come on when StabiliTrak is warning light turns off.
If equipped, this indicator will turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic
display green when a vehicle is
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control 0 308.
detected ahead and amber when
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 308.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 317.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Traction Control System Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 418.
This light comes on briefly when the Monitor System (TPMS), this light
engine is started. comes on briefly when the engine is Low Fuel Warning Light
started. It provides information
If the light does not come on, have about tire pressures and the TPMS.
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, When the Light Is On Steady
the indicator light turns off. This indicates that one or more of
If the light is on and not flashing, the the tires are significantly
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak underinflated.
system have been disabled. A DIC A Driver Information Center (DIC) This light is near the fuel gauge and
message may display. Check the tire pressure message may also comes on briefly when the ignition is
DIC messages to determine which display. See Tire Messages 0 161. turned on as a check to show it is
feature(s) is no longer functioning Stop as soon as possible, and working.
and whether the vehicle requires inflate the tires to the pressure value
service. It also comes on when the fuel tank
shown on the Tire and Loading is low on fuel. The light turns off
If the light is on and flashing, the Information label. See Tire when fuel is added. If it does not,
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system Pressure 0 416. have the vehicle serviced.
is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 308.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Security Light High-Beam On Light Front Fog Lamp Light
The security light should come on This light comes on when the For vehicles with fog lamps, this
briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. light comes on when the fog lamps
does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam are on.
serviced by your dealer. If the Changer 0 180. The light goes out when the fog
system is working normally, the lamps are turned off. See Fog
®
indicator light turns off. IntelliBeam Light Lamps 0 183 for more information.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a Lamps On Reminder
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 46.
This light comes on when the

IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled.
This light comes on when the
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178. exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Cruise Control Light .

Information Displays Unit
Digital Speedometer
Driver Information Center The speedometer shows how fast
(DIC) (Base Level) the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
The DIC displays are shown in the
per hour (mph). The speedometer
center of the instrument cluster. The
cannot be reset.
displays show the status of many
For vehicles with cruise control, the vehicle systems. The trip odometer Trip
cruise control light is white when the reset stem in the instrument cluster
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
cruise control is on and ready, and is used to access the DIC menu
until TRIP displays. The current
turns green when the cruise control items.
distance traveled, in either
is set and active. kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
DIC Menu Items
The light turns off when the cruise the last reset for the trip odometer is
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to shown. The trip odometer can be
control is turned off. See Cruise
scroll through the following menu reset to zero by pressing and
Control 0 311.
items: holding the trip odometer reset stem
. Digital Speedometer while the trip odometer is displayed.
. Trip Fuel Range
. Fuel Range This display shows the approximate
. Average Fuel Economy distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
. Tire Pressure estimate is based on an average of
. Remaining Oil Life the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
. Transmission Fluid Temperature amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
. Trailer Brake tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
. Hourmeter
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life Transmission Fluid Temperature

The Average Fuel Economy display Turn the trip odometer reset stem The temperature of the automatic
shows the approximate average until REMAINING OIL LIFE transmission fluid displays in either
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) displays. An estimate of the oil's degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
or miles per gallon (mpg). This remaining useful life is shown. Fahrenheit (°F).
number reflects only the REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
approximate average fuel economy 99% of the current oil life remains. Trailer Brake
that the vehicle has right now, and When the remaining oil life is low, On vehicles with the Integrated
will change as driving conditions the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
change. This number is based on message will appear on the display. turn the trip odometer reset stem
the number of L/100 km (mpg) See Engine Oil Messages 0 157. until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER
recorded since the last time this The oil should be changed as soon OUTPUT displays.
menu item was reset. Reset this as possible. See Engine Oil 0 369. TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer
display by pressing the trip In addition to the engine oil life Gain setting. This setting can be
odometer reset stem. system monitoring the oil life, adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
Tire Pressure additional maintenance is a trailer connected or disconnected.
recommended in the Maintenance TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
Turn the trip odometer reset stem Schedule. See Maintenance
until a vehicle with the approximate power output to the trailer anytime a
Schedule 0 462. trailer with electric brakes is
pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either The Oil Life display must be reset connected. Output is displayed as a
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per after each oil change. It will not bar graph. Dashes may appear in
square inch (psi). reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a
display at any time other than when trailer is not connected.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System the oil has just been changed.
0 417 and Tire Pressure Monitor Hourmeter
It cannot be reset accurately until
Operation 0 418. the next oil change. To reset the This display shows the total number
engine oil life system, see Engine of hours the engine has run.
Oil Life System 0 372.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Unit 1. Press o to access the cluster

This will change the displays on the applications.
instrument cluster and DIC to either
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
metric or English (US)
measurements. To change the units, Settings application.
press the trip odometer reset stem 3. Press V to enter the
when UNITS is displayed to enter Settings menu.
the Unit menu. Turn the trip
odometer reset stem to switch 4. Scroll to Info Pages and
between English and metric. Press press p.
the trip odometer reset stem when
the desired setting is displayed. 5. Press w or x to move
through the list of possible
Compass w or x : Press to move up or information displays.
The vehicle may have a compass in down in a list. In the main view, you
can press up and down to move 6. Press V while an item is
the Driver Information Center (DIC). highlighted to select or
See Compass 0 127. between different info app pages.
deselect that item. When an
o or p : Press to move between item is selected, a checkmark
Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the will appear next to it.
(DIC) (Uplevel) cluster.
DIC Info Pages
The DIC displays are shown in the V (Set/Reset) : Press to open a
menu or select a menu item. Press The following is the list of all
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster and hold to reset values on certain possible DIC info page displays.
screens. Some may not be available for your
0 132. The displays show the status
particular vehicle. Some items may
of many vehicle systems. The DIC Info Page Options
controls for the DIC are on the right not be turned on by default but can
steering wheel control. The info pages on the DIC can be be turned on through the Settings
turned on or off through the app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
Settings menu. earlier in this section.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel the next oil change. To reset the
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an engine oil life system, press and
miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel hold V for several seconds while
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history the Oil Life display is active. See
current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in Engine Oil Life System 0 372.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the fuel tank.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the approximate pressures of all four
This also shows the approximate oil's remaining useful life. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
average liters per 100 kilometers If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
(L/100 km) or miles per displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure
gallon (mpg). This number is current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is
calculated based on the number of When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Monitor System 0 417 and Tire
last time this menu item was reset. message will appear on the display. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 418.
This number reflects only the See Engine Oil Messages 0 157. Fuel Economy : The center
approximate average fuel economy The oil should be changed as soon displays the approximate
that the vehicle has right now, and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 369. instantaneous fuel economy as a
will change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life number and bar graph. Displayed
change. system monitoring the oil life, above the bar graph is a running
additional maintenance is average of fuel economy for the
Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance
is active to reset the trip odometer most recently traveled selected
Schedule. See Maintenance distance. Displayed below the bar
and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 462.
A and Trip B can also be reset by graph is the best average fuel
The Oil Life display must be reset economy that has been achieved for
pressing p and choosing reset. the selected distance. The selected
after each oil change. It will not
Fuel Range : Shows the reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life distance is displayed at the top of
approximate distance the vehicle display at any time other than when the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next
can be driven without refueling. the oil has just been changed. to the odometer, the Active Fuel
LOW will be displayed when the It cannot be reset accurately until Management displays the number of
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
cylinders the vehicle is running on. the timer to zero, press and hold V is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
See Active Fuel while this display is active, or may appear in the OUTPUT display
Management® 0 288. if a trailer is not connected.
press p and select reset.
Press p to select the distance or Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel
reset best value. Use w and x to sign information, which comes from angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
choose the distance and press V. a roadway database in the onboard status.
navigation.
Press w and x to select “Reset Blank Page : Shows no
Best Score.” Press V to reset the Engine Hours : Shows the total information.
number of hours the engine has run.
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the momentary average fuel Transmission Fluid
economy will display. Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
The display provides information on
transmission fluid in either degrees
how current driving behavior affects
Celsius (°C) or degrees
the running average and how well
Fahrenheit (°F).
recent driving compares to the best
that has been achieved for the Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On
selected distance. vehicles with the Integrated Trailer
Brake Control (ITBC) system, the
Timer : This display can be used as
trailer brake display appears in
a timer. To start the timer, press V the DIC.
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
that has passed since the timer was gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
last reset. To stop the timer, press V a trailer connected or disconnected.
briefly while this display is active
and the timer is running. To reset OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer anytime a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY

Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or On some vehicles, this message
BATTERY LOW START displays if there is a problem with
some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
correct a condition. Multiple the battery charging system. Under
messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is certain conditions, the charging
another. severely discharged, this message system light may also turn on in the
will display and four chimes will instrument cluster. See Charging
The messages that do not require System Light 0 142. Driving with this
sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be problem could drain the battery.
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by Turn off all unnecessary
started and the battery continues to
pressing V or the trip odometer discharge, the climate controls, accessories. Have the electrical
reset stem on the base cluster. heated seats, and audio systems system checked as soon as
will shut off and the vehicle may possible. See your dealer.
The messages that require
immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems
TRANSPORT MODE ON
until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle
is started. This message is displayed when the
All messages should be taken vehicle is in transport mode. Some
seriously and clearing the message BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
does not correct the problem. This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
The following are the possible battery voltage drops below Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
messages and some information expected levels and features are and the vehicle alarm system. Take
about them. disabled. Turn off all unnecessary the vehicle to your dealer for service
accessory features. to turn transport mode off.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
supplement.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Brake System Messages As soon as it is safe to do so, obstructions, and close the door
carefully pull your vehicle over to again. Check to see if the message
BRAKE FLUID LOW the side of the road and turn the still appears on the DIC.
This message is displayed when the ignition off. Check the wiring
connection to the trailer and turn the HOOD OPEN
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid 0 387. ignition back on. If this message still This message displays and a chime
displays, either your vehicle or the may sound if the hood is not fully
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST trailer needs service. See your closed. Stop and turn off the
dealer. vehicle, check the hood for
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the See “Integrated Trailer Brake obstructions, and close the hood
brake boost assist system. When Control System” under Towing again. Check to see if the message
this message is displayed, the brake Equipment 0 345 for more still appears on the DIC.
boost assist motor might be heard information.
operating and you might notice Engine Cooling System
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Compass Messages Messages
normal under these conditions. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for Dashes may be displayed if the A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
service. vehicle temporarily loses ENGINE TEMP
communication with the Global
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Positioning System (GPS). This message displays when the
SYSTEM engine coolant becomes hotter than
Door Ajar Messages the normal operating temperature.
On vehicles with the Integrated See Engine Coolant Temperature
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, DOOR OPEN Gauge 0 137. To avoid added strain
this message displays and a chime on a hot engine, the air conditioning
may sound when there is a problem This message displays and a chime compressor automatically turns off.
with the ITBC system. may sound if a door is not fully When the coolant temperature
closed. Stop and turn off the returns to normal, the air
When this message displays, power vehicle, check the door for
is no longer available to the trailer conditioning compressor turns back
brakes. on. You can continue to drive your
vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If this message continues to appear, Engine Oil Messages and allow the vehicle to idle until it
have the system repaired by your cools down. See Engine Coolant
dealer as soon as possible to avoid CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Temperature Gauge 0 137.
damage to the engine. This message displays when the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE OVERHEATING IDLE engine oil needs to be changed. ENGINE
ENGINE When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE This message displays if low oil
This message displays when the OIL SOON message. See Engine pressure levels occur. Stop the
engine coolant temperature is too Oil Life System 0 372 for vehicle as soon as safely possible
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to information on how to reset the and do not operate it until the cause
idle until it cools down. See Engine message. See Engine Oil 0 369 and of the low oil pressure has been
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 137. Maintenance Schedule 0 462. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
When towing, use Tow/Haul mode possible and have the vehicle
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL serviced by your dealer. See Engine
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul On some vehicles, this message Oil 0 369.
Mode 0 295. displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP before filling to the recommended
ENGINE level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a chime message remains on, take the This message displays and a chime
may sound if the engine cooling vehicle to your dealer for service. may sound when the cooling system
system reaches unsafe See Engine Oil 0 369. temperature gets too hot and the
temperatures for operation. Stop engine further enters the engine
ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE coolant protection mode. See
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it ENGINE
is safe to do so to avoid severe Engine Overheating 0 382 for more
damage. This message clears when This message displays when the information.
the engine has cooled to a safe engine oil becomes hotter than the This message also displays when
operating temperature. normal operating temperature. Stop the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
accelerate. If this message is on, diagnostic system can determine if Object Detection System
but there is no reduction in the fuel cap has been left off or
performance, proceed to your improperly installed. A loose or
Messages
destination. The performance may missing fuel cap allows fuel to FORWARD COLLISION
be reduced the next time the vehicle evaporate into the atmosphere. ALERT OFF
is driven. The vehicle may be driven A few driving trips with the cap
at a reduced speed while this properly installed should turn this This message displays when the
message is on, but acceleration and light and message off. Forward Collision Alert has been
speed may be reduced. Anytime turned off.
this message stays on, the vehicle Key and Lock Messages FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible. REPLACE BATTERY IN CLEAN WINDSHIELD
REMOTE KEY This message displays when the
Fuel System Messages This message displays if a Remote camera is blocked. Cleaning the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter outside of the windshield behind the
FUEL LEVEL LOW rearview mirror may correct the
battery is low. The battery needs to
This message displays and a chime be replaced in the transmitter. See issue. The Lane Departure Warning
may sound if the fuel level is low. “Battery Replacement” under (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA),
Refuel as soon as possible. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Fuel Gauge 0 135 and Fuel 0 322. System Operation 0 36. will not operate.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP LANE DEPARTURE WARNING

Lamp Messages UNAVAILABLE
This message may display along
with the malfunction indicator lamp TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays when
on the instrument cluster if the attempting to activate the Lane
This message displays and a chime
vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened Departure Warning (LDW) system
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
properly. See Malfunction Indicator when it is temporarily unavailable.
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 143. The LDW system does not need
signal lever to the off position.
Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See service.
Filling the Tank 0 325. The
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
This message could be due to the Assist (LKA), Lane Departure SERVICE TRACTION
camera being blocked. Cleaning the Warning (LDW), and Forward CONTROL
outside of the windshield behind the Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take
rearview mirror may correct the the vehicle to your dealer. This message displays when there
issue. is a problem with the Traction
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST Control System (TCS). When this
LANE KEEPING ASSIST This message displays if there is a
message displays, the system will
UNAVAILABLE not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
problem with the Parking Assist
driving accordingly. See your dealer
This message displays when the system. Do not use this system to
for service. See Traction Control/
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane help you park. See your dealer for
Electronic Stability Control 0 308.
Departure Warning (LDW) system is service.
temporarily unavailable. The LKA STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
system does not need service. Ride Control System This message may come on if the
This message could be due to the Messages StabiliTrak system has not fully
camera being blocked. Cleaning the initialized because of road
outside of the windshield behind the SERVICE STABILITRAK conditions or the incorrect tire size.
rearview mirror may correct the If this message displays, it means When the StabiliTrak system is fully
issue. there may be a problem with the initialized, the message will turn off.
StabiliTrak system. If you see this See Traction Control/Electronic
PARK ASSIST OFF message, try to reset the system. Stability Control 0 308. If this
This message displays when the Stop; turn off the engine for at least message continues to be displayed
Parking Assist system has been 15 seconds; then start the engine for multiple ignition cycles and on
turned off or when there is a again. If this message still comes different road surfaces, see your
temporary condition causing the on, it means there is a problem. You dealer for service.
system to be disabled. should see your dealer for service.
The vehicle is safe to drive; TRACTION CONTROL OFF
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA however, you do not have the This message displays when the
If this message remains on after benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce traction control has been turned off.
continued driving, the vehicle needs your speed and drive accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic
service. Do not use the Lane Keep Stability Control 0 308.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
TRACTION CONTROL ON . The stability system takes longer Safety Belt Messages
than usual to complete its
This message displays when the SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE
diagnostic checks due to driving
traction control is active. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
conditions. SEATBELT
Control 0 308. . An engine or vehicle-related This message displays if the vehicle
problem has been detected and is equipped with the Safety Belt
STABILITRAK OFF the vehicle needs service. See Assurance System and the driver
This message displays when the your dealer. and front outboard passenger,
StabiliTrak system has been turned . The transfer case is in if present, safety belts are not
off. Adjust your driving accordingly. Four-Wheel Drive Low. buckled. The vehicle will not shift
To limit wheel spin and realize the out of P (Park). Buckle the safety
full benefits of the stability The message turns off as soon as belt(s) to unlock the shift lever.
enhancement system, you should the conditions that caused the
message to be displayed are no This system may not allow the
normally leave StabiliTrak on. See vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
Traction Control/Electronic Stability longer present.
object — such as a briefcase,
Control 0 308. handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Airbag System Messages or other electronic device — is on
STABILITRAK OFF may also
display when the stability control SERVICE AIRBAG the front outboard passenger seat.
has been automatically disabled. If this happens, remove the object
This message displays if there is a from the seat or buckle the
The following conditions can cause
problem with the airbag system. safety belt.
this message to appear:
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
. The system is overheating, service. If the driver or front outboard
which could occur if StabiliTrak passenger unbuckles their safety
activates continuously for an belt while driving, the safety belt
extended period of time. reminder chime and light(s) will
come on. See Safety Belt
. The brake system warning light
Reminders 0 139.
is on. See Brake System
Warning Light 0 144.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE Steering System SERVICE POWER STEERING

TO SHIFT Messages (2500/3500 Series)
This message displays when the This message displays when there
Safety Belt Assurance System times STEERING ASSIST IS is a problem with the power steering
out and allows the vehicle to be REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE assist system. If this message
shifted out of P (Park) after This message may display if a displays the vehicle can be driven
30 seconds following brake apply. problem occurs with the electric but should be repaired as soon as
See “Safety Belts” and “Child power steering system. If this possible. See your dealer. See
Restraints” in the Index for message appears, steering effort Steering 0 262.
information about the importance of may be slightly higher than normal.
proper restraint use. The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use Tire Messages
This system may not function caution while in reduced assist
mode. If this message is persistent SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
properly if the airbag readiness light
is on. See Airbag Readiness or appears repeatedly, take the SYSTEM
Light 0 139. vehicle to your dealer for service. If equipped with the Tire Pressure
See Steering 0 262. Monitor System (TPMS), this
Security Messages SERVICE POWER STEERING message displays if a part on the
system is not working properly. The
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT (1500 Series) tire pressure light also flashes and
SYSTEM This message displays when there then remains on during the same
This message displays when there is a problem with electric power ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
is a problem with the theft-deterrent steering. If this message displays Light 0 148. Several conditions may
system. The vehicle may or may not and a reduction in steering cause this message to appear. See
restart, so you may want to take the performance or loss of power Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
vehicle to your dealer before turning steering assistance is noticed. See 0 418. If the warning comes on and
off the engine. See Immobilizer your dealer. See Steering 0 262. stays on, there may be a problem
Operation 0 46. with the TPMS. See your dealer.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE shown on the Tire and Loading FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
Information label. See Tires 0 407, NEUTRAL
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Vehicle Load Limits 0 272, and Tire
Monitor System (TPMS), this If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
Pressure 0 416. The DIC also
message displays when the system requested, and the vehicle speed is
shows the tire pressure values. See
is relearning the tire positions on correct, but the transmission is not
Driver Information Center (DIC)
your vehicle. The tire positions must in N (Neutral), this message will
be relearned after rotating the tires display until the transmission is
or after replacing a tire or sensor. shifted to N (Neutral).
(Uplevel) 0 152.
See Tire Inspection 0 422, Tire
Rotation 0 422, Tire Pressure FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
Monitor System 0 417, and Tire Transmission Messages
Pressure 0 416. If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
4WD OFF requested, but the vehicle speed is
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD If equipped with four-wheel drive, too high, this message will display
AIR TO TIRE this message displays when the until the correct vehicle speed is
If equipped with the Tire Pressure four-wheel-drive system is reached.
Monitor System (TPMS), this temporarily disabled due to an
overheated condition. The vehicle GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the will run in two-wheel drive when this This message displays when grade
vehicle's tires is low. This message message is present. Once the braking has been activated while
also displays with a vehicle picture four-wheel-drive system cools down, driving on downhill grades. This
to indicate the location of the low the message turns off and the message will only appear the first
tire. The low tire pressure warning four-wheel-drive system returns to time the feature is activated in an
light will also come on. See Tire normal operation. ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode
Pressure Light 0 148. You can 0 295, Automatic Transmission
4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS 0 289, and Cruise Control 0 311.
receive more than one tire pressure
message at a time. If a tire pressure This message will display while the
message appears on the DIC, stop four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
as soon as you can. Have the tire
pressures checked and set to those
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
GRADE BRAKING OFF you begin driving, the TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
four-wheel-drive system needs ENGINE
This message displays when grade
service. See your dealer.
braking has been disabled with the This message displays and a chime
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of SHIFT DENIED may sound if the transmission fluid
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
0 295, Automatic Transmission This message displays when the
the transmission fluid temperature
0 289, and Cruise Control 0 311. shift lever is in M (Manual Mode)
high can cause damage to the
and a transmission range has been
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
GRADE BRAKING ON selected that is unavailable at the
idle to allow the transmission to
current vehicle speed.
This message displays when grade cool. This message clears and the
braking has been enabled with the TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO chime stops when the fluid
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of NEUTRAL temperature reaches a safe level.
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
0 295, Automatic Transmission If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
to prevent damage to the engine or
0 289, and Cruise Control 0 311. requested, and the vehicle speed is
transmission. See Tow/Haul
correct, but the transmission is not
SERVICE 4WD Mode 0 295.
in N (Neutral), this message will
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, display until the transmission is VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
this message may display if a shifted to N (Neutral).
This message will display if the
problem occurs with the
four-wheel-drive system. If this
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
message appears, stop as soon as TO XXX 10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).
possible and turn off the vehicle. If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ requested, but the vehicle speed is
OFF position for at least too high, this message will display
one minute, then restart the vehicle until the correct vehicle speed is
and check for the message on the reached.
DIC display. If the message is still
displayed or appears again when
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, This message clears itself after
carefully pull the vehicle over to the several seconds. This message also
Messages side of the road and turn the ignition clears if you acknowledge it. After
CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to this message clears, the TRAILER
the trailer and turn the ignition back GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer in the DIC.
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also
this message may display and a See Driver Information Center (DIC)
clears if you acknowledge it. If this (Base Level) 0 150 or Driver
chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the
following conditions exists: Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
vehicle or the trailer needs service. 0 152 and “Integrated Trailer Brake
. A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. Control System” under Towing
becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake Equipment 0 345.
vehicle. Control System” under Towing
‐ If the disconnect occurs while Equipment 0 345. Vehicle Speed Messages
the vehicle is stopped, this
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL
message clears itself after a
short time. WITH CARE DESCENT CONTROL
‐ If the disconnect occurs while This message displays when ice This message displays when
the vehicle is moving, this conditions are possible. attempting to enable Hill Descent
message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED Control (HDC) when the vehicle
ignition is turned off. speed is too high. See Hill Descent
On vehicles with the Integrated Control (HDC) 0 310.
. There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when
When this message displays, power a trailer with electric or electric over
is no longer available to the trailer hydraulic brakes is first connected
brakes. to the vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle Uplevel Radio Audio System

Controls
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization 1. Touch the desired feature to
FLUID Use the audio system controls to display a list of available
This message displays when the access the personalization menus options.
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill for customizing vehicle features. 2. Touch to select the desired
the windshield washer fluid reservoir The following are all possible feature setting.
as soon as possible. See Engine personalization features. Depending
Compartment Overview 0 364 for on the vehicle, some may not be 3. Press o BACK on the
the location of the windshield available. faceplate or the 0 screen
washer fluid reservoir. Also, see button to return to the previous
Washer Fluid 0 385 for more Base Radio Audio System menu or exit.
information. Controls
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
MENU : Press to enter menus and access the Settings menu, then
select menu items. Turn to scroll select SETTINGS from the Home
through the menus. page on the infotainment system
o BACK : Press to return to the display.
previous menu or exit.
Personalization Menus
Base Radio with Touchscreen The following list of menu items may
Audio System Controls be available:
{ : Press to access the Home . Time and Date
Page Menu.
. Language (Language)
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the
menus or setup items. . Valet Mode
0 : Touch to exit or return to the . Radio
previous screen or menu. . Vehicle
. Bluetooth
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Apple CarPlay Valet Mode (If Equipped) . Audio Cue Volume
. Android Auto This will lock the infotainment Manage Favorites
. USB Auto Launch system and steering wheel controls.
This allows favorites to be edited.
It may also limit access to vehicle
. Voice See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio
storage locations (if equipped).
Setup” under Home Page (Base
. Display To enable valet mode: Radio) 0 194 or Home Page (Base
. Rear Camera 1. Enter a four-digit code on the Radio with Touchscreen) 0 196 or
keypad. “Manage Favorites” in “Settings”
. Return to Factory Settings under “Radio” in the infotainment
. Software Information 2. Select Enter to go to the manual.
confirmation screen.
Detailed information for each menu Number of Favorites Shown
follows. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Select to set the number of favorites
Time and Date Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or to display.
unlock the system. Press Back to go
Manually set the time and date. See back to the previous menu. Select the desired number or select
Clock 0 127. Auto and the infotainment system
Radio will automatically adjust the number
Language (Language) of favorites shown.
Select and the following may
Select Language, then select from display: Audible Touch Feedback
the available language(s).
. Manage Favorites This allows Audible Touch
The selected language will display Feedback to be turned on or off.
. Number of Favorites Shown
on the system, and voice
recognition will reflect the selected . Audible Touch Feedback Select Off or On.
language. . Text Scroll Text Scroll
. Tone Settings Select to see text scroll on the
. screen.
Auto Volume
. Select Off or On.
Maximum Startup Volume
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Tone Settings Select On, then press + or − to Auto Rear Defog

Select to adjust the radio tone. See increase or decrease the volume. This feature will automatically turn
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio Vehicle on the rear defogger when it is cold
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) outside.
0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base Select and the following may
display: Select Off or On.
Radio) 0 197.
. Climate and Air Quality Collision/Detection Systems
Auto Volume
. Collision/Detection Systems Select and the following may
This feature adjusts the volume display:
based on vehicle speed and . Comfort and Convenience
ambient noise. . Alert Type
. Lighting
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, . Park Assist
. Power Door Locks
Medium, Medium-High, or High. Alert Type
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Maximum Startup Volume This feature will set crash alerts to
Climate and Air Quality
This feature sets the maximum beeps or seat vibrations. This
startup volume. If the vehicle is Select and the following may setting affects all crash alerts
started and the volume is greater display: including Forward Collision, Lane
than this level, the volume is . Auto Fan Max Speed Departure Warning, and Park Assist
adjusted to this level. To set the alerts.
maximum startup volume, turn the . Auto Rear Defog
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
MENU knob or press + or − to Auto Fan Max Speed
increase or decrease. Park Assist
This feature will set the maximum
Audio Cue Volume auto fan speed. If equipped, this feature can assist
in backing up and parking the
This feature sets the volume of Select Low, Medium, or High. vehicle. See Assistance Systems for
audio files played at system startup Parking or Backing 0 314.
and shutdown.
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Comfort and Convenience Turn the MENU knob, touch + or − Vehicle Locator Lights
Select and the following may to adjust the volume, or select This feature will flash the exterior
display: Normal or High. lamps and allows some of the
. Auto Memory Recall Reverse Tilt Mirror exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly
. Easy Exit Options When on, the driver and/or
passenger mirrors will tilt downward when K on the Remote Keyless
. Chime Volume when the vehicle is shifted to Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed
. Reverse Tilt Mirror R (Reverse) to improve visibility of to locate the vehicle.
the ground near the rear wheels. Select Off or On.
. Auto Mirror Folding
Select Off, On - Driver and Exit Lighting
Auto Memory Recall Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
This feature automatically recalls Passenger. This allows the selection of how
the current driver’s previously stored long the exterior lamps stay on
Auto Mirror Folding when leaving the vehicle when it is
1 or 2 button positions when
entering the vehicle. See Memory When on, the outside rearview dark outside.
Seats 0 62. mirrors will automatically fold or Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
unfold when the Remote Keyless Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
Select On or Off. Entry (RKE) transmitter lock or
Easy Exit Options unlock button is pressed and held. Power Door Locks
This feature moves the seat Select Off or On. Select and the following may
rearward automatically allowing the display:
Lighting
driver more room to exit the vehicle. . Auto Door Unlock
See Memory Seats 0 62. Select and the following may
. Delayed Door Lock
display:
Select On or Off.
. Vehicle Locator Lights Auto Door Unlock
Chime Volume This allows selection of which of the
. Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of the doors will automatically unlock when
chime volume level. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
with an automatic transmission or Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
when the vehicle is turned off with a When on, the exterior lamps will If equipped and turned on, this
manual transmission. flash when unlocking the vehicle feature will turn the heated seats on
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. with the RKE transmitter. when using remote start on
Select Off or Flash Lights. cold days.
Delayed Door Lock
Select Off or On.
When on, this feature will delay the Remote Lock Feedback
locking of the doors. To override the This allows selection of what type of Remote Window Operation
delay, press the power door lock feedback is given when locking the This feature enables the window to
switch on the door. vehicle with the RKE transmitter. open by using the RKE transmitter.
Select Off or On. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Only, or Horn Only. System Operation 0 36.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select Off or On.
Select and the following may Remote Door Unlock
display: This allows selection of which doors Passive Door Unlock
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback will unlock when pressing K on the This allows the selection of what
. Remote Lock Feedback RKE transmitter. doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
. Remote Door Unlock Select All Doors or Driver Door. the vehicle. See Remote Keyless
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36.
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats If equipped and turned on, this Select All Doors or Driver
feature will turn the ventilated seats Door Only.
. Remote Window Operation
on when using remote start on Passive Door Lock
. Passive Door Unlock warm days.
This feature can be turned on or off,
. Passive Door Lock Select Off or On. or can be used to select feedback
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert when using the button on the driver
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
door to lock the vehicle. See Pair New Device Voice Mail Numbers
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Select to pair a new device. See This feature displays the voice mail
System Operation 0 36. “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” number for all connected phones.
Select Off, On with Horn under Bluetooth (Voice Recognition To change the voice mail number,
Chirp, or On. - Base Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth select EDIT. Type a new number,
(Infotainment Controls - Base then select SAVE.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth
This feature sounds an alert when (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth Text Message Alerts
the RKE transmitter is left in the (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio This allows the feature to be turned
vehicle. with Touchscreen) 0 232 or “Pairing” on or off.
Select Off or On. in “Infotainment Controls” under Select Off or On.
“Bluetooth” in the infotainment
Bluetooth manual. Apple CarPlay™
Select and the following may Discoverable Select and the following may
display: display:
This allows the system to find a
. Pair New Device device. . Apple CarPlay
. Discoverable Select Off or On. . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
. Device Management Device Management Apple CarPlay
. Ringtones Select to connect to a different This feature allows Apple devices to
. Voice Mail Numbers phone source, disconnect a phone, be connected to the infotainment
or delete a phone. system through a USB port.
. Text Message Alerts
Ringtones Select Off or On.
Select to change the ring tone for Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
the specific phone. The phone does Select to manage Apple devices.
not need to be connected to change Apple CarPlay must be on for this
the ring tones. feature to be accessed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Android Auto . Audio Feedback Speed Display

Select and the following may Prompt Length Select and the following may
display: display:
This feature adjusts the voice
. Android Auto prompt length. . Calibrate Touchscreen
. Manage Android Auto Devices Select Short or Long. . Turn Display Off
Android Auto Audio Feedback Speed Calibrate Touchscreen
This feature allows Android devices This feature adjusts the audio Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
to be connected to the infotainment feedback speed. then follow the prompts.
system through a USB port.
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Turn Display Off
Select Off or On.
Voice Select to turn the display off. Press
Manage Android Auto Devices anywhere on the display area or any
Select and the following may faceplate button to turn the
Select to manage Android devices. display:
Android Auto must be on for this display on.
. Prompt Length
feature to be accessed. Rear Camera
. Audio Feedback Speed
USB Auto Launch Select and the following may
Prompt Length display:
This allows Android and Apple
CarPlay devices to automatically This feature adjusts the voice . Guidance Lines
connect when plugged into the prompt length. . Rear Park Assist Symbols
USB port. Select Short or Long.
Select Off or On. Guidance Lines
Audio Feedback Speed
Select to turn Off or On. See
Voice This feature adjusts the audio Assistance Systems for Parking or
Select and the following may feedback speed. Backing 0 314.
display: Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
. Prompt Length
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Rear Park Assist Symbols Clear All Private Data Universal Remote
Select to turn Off or On. See This allows selection to clear all
Assistance Systems for Parking or private information from the vehicle.
System
Backing 0 314. Select Delete or Cancel. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 496 or Radio Frequency
Return to Factory Settings Restore Radio Settings Statement 0 496.
Select and the following may This allows selection to restore
display: radio settings. Universal Remote System
. Restore Vehicle Settings Select Restore or Cancel. Programming
. Clear All Private Data
Software Information
. Restore Radio Settings
Select to view the infotainment
Restore Vehicle Settings system current software information.
This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.
If equipped, these buttons are in the

overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
home automation devices. These Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
instructions refer to a garage door has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
opener, but can be used for other accurate transmission of the not release either button until
devices. radio-frequency signal. the indicator light goes from a
Do not use the Universal Remote slow to a rapid flashing light.
Programming the Universal Then release both buttons.
system with any garage door opener Remote System
that does not have the stop and Some garage door openers
reverse feature. This includes any For questions or help programming may require substitution of
garage door opener model the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure
manufactured before April 1, 1982. 1-800-355-3515 or see under “Radio Signals for
www.homelink.com. Canada and Some Gate
Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal Programming involves Operators” later in this section.
Remote system. It may help to have time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly
another person assist with the out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
programming process. repeated. system button for five seconds
Keep the original hand-held To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
transmitter for use in other vehicles light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
as well as for future programming. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
Erase the programming when to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
vehicle ownership is terminated. Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
See “Erasing Universal Remote buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
System Buttons” later in this in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then
section. transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
To program a garage door opener, manufacturer of the garage There is no need to
park outside directly in line with and door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6.
facing the garage door opener 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
receiver. Clear all people and hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
objects near the garage door. transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
be required. For a second The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and
time, press and hold the button may vary by Some Gate Operators
newly programmed button manufacturer.
for five seconds. If the light For questions or programming help,
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
moves, programming is www.homelink.com.
completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
. If the indicator light blinks some U.S. gate operators require
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light after several seconds of
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
and the garage door does button for two seconds and
not move, continue with enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage system to pick up the signal during
programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the programming.
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under “Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System” with
two seconds, then release it. the following:
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
button inside the garage on the garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
garage door opener receiver. light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining “Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System” to complete.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal
garage door opener model Remote System
Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982.
For questions or help programming
Read the instructions completely the Universal Remote system, call
before programming the Universal 01-800-466-0811 or see
Remote system. It may help to have www.homelink.com.
another person assist with the
programming process. Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
Keep the original hand-held out causing the procedure to be
transmitter for use in other vehicles repeated.
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when To program up to three devices:
vehicle ownership is terminated. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
See “Erasing Universal Remote transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
System Buttons” later in this to 3 in) away from the
If equipped, these buttons are in the section. Universal Remote system
overhead console. To program a garage door opener, buttons with the indicator light
park outside directly in line with and in view. The hand-held
This system can replace up to three transmitter was supplied by the
remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and manufacturer of the garage
activate devices such as garage door opener receiver.
door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door.
home automation devices. These Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and
instructions refer to a garage door has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held
opener, but can be used for other accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of
devices. radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote
system buttons to be used to
Do not use the Universal Remote operate the garage door. Do
system with any garage door opener not release either button until
that does not have the stop and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
the indicator light goes from a for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or
slow to a rapid flashing light. stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
Then release both buttons. moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of
Some garage door openers complete. pressing this button.
may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and
Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
under “Radio Signals for Some then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system
Gate Operators” later in this and the garage door does button for two seconds and
section. not move, continue with then release it. If the garage
3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the
programmed Universal Remote lamp on the garage door
system button for five seconds opener receiver does not flash,
while watching the indicator press and hold the same
light and garage door button a second time for
activation. two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
. If the indicator light stays on move or the garage door lamp
continuously or the garage does not flash, press and hold
door moves when the the same button a third time for
button is pressed, then Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it.
programming is complete.
There is no need to 4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system
complete Steps 4–6. locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the
button inside the garage on the garage door.
. If the indicator light does
garage door opener receiver. Repeat the process for
not come on or the garage
The name and color of the programming the two remaining
door does not move, a
button may vary by buttons.
second button press may
manufacturer.
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Radio Signals for Some Gate Universal Remote System 1. Press and hold any one of the
Operators buttons. Do not release the
Operation button.
For questions or programming help,
call 01-800-466-0811 or see Using the Universal Remote 2. The indicator light will begin to
www.homelink.com. System flash after 20 seconds. Without
Press and hold the appropriate releasing the button, proceed
Some gate operators require with Step 1 under
transmitter signals to time out or quit Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The “Programming the Universal
after several seconds of Remote System.”
transmission. This may not be long indicator light will come on while the
enough for the Universal Remote signal is being transmitted.
system to pick up the signal during Erasing Universal Remote
programming.
System Buttons
If the programming did not work,
Erase all programmed buttons when
replace Step 2 under “Programming
vehicle ownership is terminated.
the Universal Remote System” with
the following: To erase:
Press and hold the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside
Remote system button while buttons until the indicator light
pressing and releasing the begins to flash. This should
hand-held transmitter button every take about 10 seconds.
two seconds until the signal has 2. Release both buttons.
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote system indicator Universal Remote System
light will flash slowly at first and then Button
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System” to complete. buttons:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
178 Lighting
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 178
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Lighting Features
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Battery Load Management . . . 186
Daytime Running Battery Power Protection . . . . . 187
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 182
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change
steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 O (Off) : Turns off the automatic
Auxiliary headlamps and Daytime Running
Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . 184 Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically
turns on the headlamps, parking
lamps, taillamps, instrument panel
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lighting 179
lights, roof marker lamps (if off and then back to the headlamp This light comes on in the
equipped), front/rear sidemarker on position to make the headlamps instrument cluster when the
lamps, and license plate lamps. stay on for an additional 10 minutes. IntelliBeam system is enabled.
When the vehicle is turned off and To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in Turning On and Enabling
the headlamps are in AUTO, the IntelliBeam
headlamps turn off. When the key is the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
removed, they automatically turn on position. To enable the IntelliBeam system,
with the turn signal lever in the
for a set time. The time of the delay # (Fog Lamps) (If Equipped) : neutral position, turn the exterior
can be changed using the DIC. See Turns on the fog lamps. See Fog
Driver Information Center (DIC) lamp control to AUTO. The blue
Lamps 0 183.
(Base Level) 0 150 or Driver high-beam on light appears on the
Information Center (DIC) IntelliBeam® System instrument cluster when the high
beams are on.
(Uplevel) 0 152. If equipped, this system turns the
; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the vehicle's high-beam headlamps on Driving with IntelliBeam
parking lamps including all lamps, and off according to surrounding The system only activates the high
except the headlamps. traffic conditions. beams when driving over 40 km/h
2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the The system turns the high-beam (25 mph).
headlamps together with the parking headlamps on when it is dark There is a sensor near the top
lamps and instrument panel lights. enough and there is no other traffic center of the windshield that
present. automatically controls the system.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the Keep this area of the windshield
headlamps turn off automatically clear of debris to allow for best
10 minutes after the ignition is system performance.
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
180 Lighting
The high-beam headlamps remain The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam
on, under the automatic control, automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled
until one of the following situations detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist.
occurs: because of any of the following:
. The system detects an . The other vehicle's lamps are Exterior Lamps Off
approaching vehicle's missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder
headlamps. from view, or otherwise
A reminder chime sounds when the
. The system detects a preceding undetected.
headlamps or parking lamps are
vehicle's taillamps. . The other vehicle's lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is
. The outside light is bright covered with dirt, snow, and/or off, and a door is open. To disable
enough that high-beam road spray. the chime, turn the lamps off.
headlamps are not required. . The other vehicle's lamps cannot
. The vehicle's speed drops below be detected due to dense Headlamp High/
20 km/h (12 mph). exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer
spray, mist, or other airborne
. The IntelliBeam system is obstructions. $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam
disabled by the high/low-beam Changer) : Push the turn signal
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, lever toward the instrument panel to
changer or the flash-to-pass
feature. If this happens, the high/ cracked, or obstructed by change the headlamps from low to
low-beam changer must be something that blocks the view high beam.
activated two times within of the light sensor.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
two seconds to reactivate the . The vehicle is loaded such that and release it to return to low-beam
IntelliBeam system. The the front end points upward, headlamps.
instrument cluster light will come causing the light sensor to aim
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is high and not detect headlamps
reactivated. See Headlamp and taillamps.
High/Low-Beam Changer 0 180 . Driving on winding or hilly roads.
and Flash-to-Pass 0 181.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lighting 181
instrument cluster will come on. When it begins to get dark, the
Release the lever to return to automatic headlamp system
normal operation. switches from DRL to the
headlamps.
Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
Lamps (DRL) lamp control to the off position and
When the high-beam headlamps are then release. For vehicles first sold
on, this indicator light on the DRL can make it easier for others to
in Canada, off will only work when
instrument cluster will also be on. see the front of the vehicle during
the vehicle is in P (Park).
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Flash-to-Pass Canada. Automatic Headlamp
This feature lets you use the The DRL system comes on when
System
high-beam headlamps to signal a the following conditions are met: When the exterior lamp control is
driver in front of you that you want set to AUTO and it is dark enough
to pass. It works even if the . The ignition is on.
outside, the headlamps come on
headlamps are in the automatic . The exterior lamp control is automatically.
position. in AUTO.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The transmission is not in
toward you, then release it. P (Park).
If the headlamps are in the . The light sensor determines it is
automatic position or on low beam, daytime.
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of When the DRL system is on, only
headlamp, they will either turn off the DRL are on. The taillamps,
after a short duration or stay on as sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
long as you hold the lever toward lights, and other lamps will not
you. The high-beam indicator on the be on.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
182 Lighting
There is a light sensor on top of the The automatic headlamp system Hazard Warning Flashers
instrument panel. Do not cover the turns off when the exterior lamp
sensor, otherwise the headlamps control is turned to O or the ignition
will come on when they are not is off.
needed.
The system may also turn on the
Lights On with Wipers
headlamps when driving through a If the windshield wipers are
parking garage or tunnel. activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
If the vehicle is started in a dark
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
garage, the automatic headlamp
lamps, and other exterior lamps
system comes on immediately. If it
come on. The transition time for the
is light outside when the vehicle
lamps coming on varies based on
leaves the garage, there is a slight
wiper speed. When the wipers are
delay before the automatic
not operating, these lamps turn off.
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the Move the exterior lamp control to O | (Hazard Warning Flashers) :
instrument cluster may not be as or ; to disable this feature. Press this button to make the front
bright as usual. Make sure the and rear turn signal lamps flash on
instrument panel brightness control and off. Press again to turn the
is in the full bright position. See flashers off.
Instrument Panel Illumination When the hazard warning flashers
Control 0 184. are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
When it is bright enough outside, not work.
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lighting 183
Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Fog Lamps
position whenever it is released.
Signals
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out. If equipped with LED
turn signals, see your dealer.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses 0 400.
Turn Signal On Chime If equipped, the control is on the
An arrow on the instrument cluster If the turn signal is left on for more center of the exterior lamp control,
flashes in the direction of the turn or than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime to the left of the steering column.
lane change. sounds at each flash of the turn The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
Move the turn signal lever all the signal. The message TURN position for the fog lamps to
way up or down to signal a turn. SIGNAL ON will also appear in the come on.
Driver Information Center (DIC). To
Raise or lower the lever for less turn the chime and message off,
# (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the
than one second until the arrow fog lamps on or off. A light will come
move the turn signal lever to the off
starts to flash to signal a lane on in the instrument cluster.
position.
change. This causes the turn When the fog lamps are turned on,
signals to automatically flash three the parking lamps automatically
times. It will flash six times if Tow/ turn on.
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
When the headlamps are changed
turn signal lever for more than
to high beam, the fog lamps go off.
one second will cause the turn
When the high-beam headlamps are
signals to flash until the lever is
turned off, the fog lamps will come
released.
on again.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
184 Lighting
Some localities have laws that this button. Pressing the top of the Interior Lighting
require the headlamps to be on with button will turn off the roof-mounted
the fog lamps. lamp and indicator.
Instrument Panel
The emergency roof lamp circuit is
Auxiliary fused at 30 amps, so the total
Illumination Control
Roof-Mounted Lamp current draw of the attached lamps
should be less than this value. The
If equipped, this button includes
attachment points for the roof lamp
wiring provisions for a dealer or a
circuits are two blunt cut wires
qualified service center to install an
above the overhead console: a dark
auxiliary roof lamp.
green with blue stripe switched
power wire and a black ground wire.
For information on roof-mounted
emergency lamp installation, see
www.gmupfitter.com or contact your This feature controls the brightness
dealer. of the steering wheel and instrument
If the vehicle has this button, the panel lights. The instrument panel
vehicle may have the snow plow illumination control is next to the
prep package. See Add-On exterior lamp control.
Electrical Equipment 0 355. D (Instrument Panel
This button is on the overhead
Illumination) : Move the
console.
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
When the wiring is connected to an or dim the lights.
auxiliary roof-mounted lamp,
pressing the bottom of the button
will activate the lamp and illuminate
an indicator light at the bottom of
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lighting 185
Cargo Lamp mirrors turn on if the shift lever is in ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
the R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
or P (Park) position. Reading Lamps
Dome Lamps
The cargo lamp provides more light

in the cargo area or on the sides of
the vehicle, if needed. The lights There are reading lamps in the
inside the pickup box and/or on the overhead console and the headliner,
outside rearview mirrors also turn There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition
on, if equipped. overhead console and the headliner, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
if equipped. or ON/RUN position, or using
Press the switch down to turn the
To change the dome lamp settings, Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
cargo lamp on or off. An indicator
light will turn on when the lamp is press the following:
turned on, if equipped. The shift OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
lever must be in the P (Park) when a door is open.
position to operate the cargo lamp.
The lights on the outside rearview DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
186 Lighting
Lighting Features automatically turn off. The interior

lamps do not come on if the dome
lamp control is in the Off position.
Entry Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off
Some exterior lamps and the interior immediately by turning the exterior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamps control off.
areas with limited lighting, when K
This feature can be changed. See
is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 165.
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
Press m or n next to each reading door is opened, the interior lamps
lamp to turn it on or off. come on if the dome lamp control is
Battery Load
in the DOOR position. After about Management
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn The vehicle has Electric Power
off. Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM), which
manually by changing the ignition estimates the battery's temperature
out of the OFF position, or by and state of charge. It then adjusts
pressing the RKE transmitter Q the voltage for best performance
button. and extended life of the battery.
This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under is low, the voltage is raised slightly
Vehicle Personalization 0 165. to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
Exit Lighting the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
Some exterior lamps and the interior gauge or the voltage display on the
lamps come on at night, or in areas Driver Information Center (DIC),
with limited lighting when the key is if equipped, may show the voltage
removed from the ignition. The
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lighting 187
moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in

If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being
displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
(alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical
enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. See
power that is needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
electrical loads. Messages 0 155.
A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection

several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog This feature shuts off the dome and
lamps, rear window defogger, reading lamps, if they are left on for
climate control fan at high speed, more than 10 minutes after the
heated seats, engine cooling fans, ignition is turned off. The cargo
trailer loads, and loads plugged into lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
accessory power outlets. prevents the battery from
running down.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
188 Infotainment System
Infotainment Audio Players

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Pictures and Movies (Movie
System with
System USB Port (Base Radio) . . . . . . .
USB Port (Base Radio with
209 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Trademarks and License

Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Agreements
Introduction Trademarks and License
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 189 Voice Recognition
Overview (Base Radio) . . . . . . . 189 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Overview (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Phone
Home Page (Base Radio) . . . . 194 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 222
Home Page (Base Radio with Bluetooth (Infotainment
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 223
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Bluetooth (Voice Recognition -
Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Radio Bluetooth (Infotainment
AM-FM Radio (Base Controls - Base Radio with
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio Apple CarPlay and
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Satellite Radio (Base
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Bluetooth Phone/Devices
Satellite Radio (Base Radio Pictures and Movies (Audio
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 201 System with
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 203 Pictures and Movies (Picture
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 203 System with
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . 204 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Infotainment System 189
Introduction functions may gray out when they Theft-Deterrent Feature

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through TheftLock® is designed to
Infotainment the instrument cluster and steering discourage theft of the vehicle's
Base radio information is included in wheel controls. radio by learning a portion of the
this manual. See the infotainment Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Before driving: The radio does not operate if it is
manual for information on other
available infotainment systems. . Become familiar with the stolen or moved to a different
operation, faceplate buttons, and vehicle.
Read the following pages to screen buttons.
become familiar with these features. Overview (Base Radio)
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
{ Warning tone, and adjusting the
Infotainment System Overview
speakers. The infotainment system is
Taking your eyes off the road for controlled by using the buttons on
too long or too often while using . Set up phone numbers in the faceplate and steering wheel
any infotainment feature can advance so they can be called controls, if equipped. See Steering
cause a crash. You or others easily by pressing a single Wheel Controls 0 125.
could be injured or killed. Do not button or by using a single voice
give extended attention to command if equipped with
infotainment tasks while driving. Bluetooth phone capability.
Limit your glances at the vehicle See Defensive Driving 0 261.
displays and focus your attention
To play the infotainment system with
on driving. Use voice commands the ignition off, see Retained
whenever possible. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 284.
The infotainment system has built-in

features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Radio with CD
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
5. CD Slot (If Equipped)

6. o BACK
. Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
7. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page”
following.
Radio with TONE

8. X (If Equipped) or TONE (If
Equipped)
1. q 3. r . Press X to eject the CD (if
equipped).
. Press to scroll down . Press to scroll up through
through the favorite pages the favorite pages for each . Press TONE to open the
for each source. source. Tone Settings menu (if
equipped).
2. Favorites/Soft Keys 4. MENU
. Press to select favorite . Press to access the menu 9. g or l
stations. for the current audio . CD (If Equipped): Press
. Press and hold to save source. g to seek the beginning of
favorite stations. . Press to select the the current or previous
highlighted menu option. track. If the track has
. Press to select a screen played for less than
button when displayed. . Turn to scroll through a list. five seconds, it seeks the
. Turn to manually select a previous track. If longer
station. than five seconds, the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
current track will start from 12. O

the beginning. Press l to . Press to turn the audio on.
seek the next track.
. Press and hold to turn it off.
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
. When on, press to mute the
Equipped): Press g or l
system. Press again to
to seek to the previous or
next strong station. unmute.
. . Turn to increase or
CD (If Equipped): Press
decrease the volume.
and hold g to quickly
reverse through a track.
Release the button to return
to playing speed. Press and
hold l to fast forward
through a track. Release
the button to return to
playing speed.
10. RADIO
. Press to change the audio
source between AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
11. MEDIA
. Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB,
AUX, and Bluetooth Audio,
if equipped.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Overview (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 1. {

. Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home Page
(Base Radio) 0 194 or
Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 196.
2. 7
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/BT Music/Movies/
Pictures: Press and hold to
go to the previous content.
Press and hold to fast
rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute the system
when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
4. 6 Various functions are disabled when Navigation. See OnStar Overview

the vehicle is moving. 0 500 or OnStar Overview 0 501,
. Radio: Press and release to if equipped.
go to the next station or AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen
channel. Press and hold to icon to display the active source SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
fast seek the next strongest page. The sources available are screen icon to display the Settings
station or channel. AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped), main page. See “Setting Radio
CD (if equipped), USB/iPod, AUX Preferences” following.
. USB/BT Music/Movies/ Input, and Bluetooth Audio (if
Pictures: Press and hold to equipped). See AM-FM Radio (Base Pandora (If Equipped)
go to the next content. Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or Select the PANDORA icon to begin
Press and hold to fast AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197, Pandora. See Pandora Internet
forward. Satellite Radio (Base Radio) 0 201 Radio 0 204.
5. # or Satellite Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 201, CD Player Setting Radio Preferences
. Press and release to 0 207, Auxiliary Jack 0 213, and Select the SETTINGS screen icon
access the phone screen, Bluetooth Audio 0 215. to display the Settings menu and
answer an incoming call, the following may display:
PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
or access the device home
icon to display the Phone main Time and Date : See Clock 0 127.
screen. Press and hold to
access Press to Talk. page. See Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 227 or Language (Current Language) :
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - This will set the display language in
Home Page (Base Radio) Base Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth the radio and instrument cluster.
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth Select to display a list of languages.
Home Page Features
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio Select o BACK to go back to the
The infotainment system displays a with Touchscreen) 0 232. previous menu.
Home Page that makes it easy to
access all of the applications. Turn NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :
the MENU knob to highlight feature Select the NAV screen icon to
icons. Press the MENU knob to display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
access the feature’s options.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Valet Mode: Software Information (If added and removed, or select a

Using the circular numeric keypad, Equipped) : Press the MENU knob number from 5–25 to manually
enter a four-digit code: to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. adjust the number of favorites
Press the MENU knob again to start shown.
1. Turn the MENU knob to downloading the vehicle information
highlight a number. Audible Touch Feedback (If
to the USB. Equipped) : Select Audible Touch
2. Press the MENU knob to select Radio Setup Feedback to turn feedback off or on.
it. Do this for each one of the
four digits. Select Enter to go to Press the RADIO button and the Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
the confirmation screen. following may display: feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed. The options are Off,
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Manage Favorites: Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
Select LOCK to lock the . Turn the MENU knob and press Medium-High, or High. Select the
system. to select a favorite. desired volume.
4. Enter the four-digit code to . To delete a favorite, press Maximum Startup Volume : This
unlock the system. Select o the button just below the feature sets the maximum startup
BACK to go back to the DELETE screen button. volume. If the vehicle is started and
previous menu. . To move a favorite, press the the volume is greater than this level,
MOVE screen button. Turn the volume is adjusted to this level.
Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in To set the maximum startup volume,
this section. the MENU knob to select a
new location, then press the Turn the MENU knob to increase or
Vehicle : See Vehicle DROP screen button to decrease startup volume.
Personalization 0 165. select the new location. Rear Camera (If Equipped)
Display : Press the MENU knob to
turn the display on or off.
. Select o BACK to go back to From the Rear Camera screen
the previous menu. button, the following may display:
Return to Factory Settings : See
Number of Favorites Shown : Park Assist Symbols (If
“Return to Factory Settings” later in
Select Auto and the system will Equipped) : This feature will display
this section.
automatically adjust the number of symbols where objects are detected
favorite pages when favorites are
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
by the Rear Parking Assist system. English and Metric Unit Home Page Features
Select Park Assist Symbols, then Conversion
select Off or On.
To change the display units between
See Assistance Systems for Parking English and metric units, see Driver
or Backing 0 314. Information Center (DIC) (Base
Return to Factory Settings Level) 0 150 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 152 or
Select Return to Factory Settings Instrument Cluster 0 132.
and the following may display:
Restore Vehicle Settings : This Home Page (Base Radio
option will restore factory vehicle with Touchscreen)
personalization settings. Select Press { to go to the Home Page.
Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen Touchscreen Buttons Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
displays stating all vehicle Touchscreen buttons show on the SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/
customization settings will be screen when available. When a Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
restored to the factory settings. function is unavailable, the button
Select Cancel or Confirm. Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
may gray out. When a function is movie.
Clear All Private Data (If selected, the button may highlight.
Equipped) : This option clears all Phone : Touch to activate the
private information from the vehicle. phone features (if equipped). See
Select Clear All Private Data. Select Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base
Cancel or Confirm. Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Restore Radio Settings : This Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth
option will restore factory radio (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
settings. Select Restore Radio (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
Settings. A screen displays stating with Touchscreen) 0 232.
all personalized radio settings will
be restored back to the factory
settings. Select Cancel or Confirm.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Projection : Touch to access Software Updates Radio

supported devices when connected.
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 209 See the website for more
or USB Port (Base Radio with information. AM-FM Radio (Base
Touchscreen) 0 212. Website Information Radio)
Settings : Touch to access the In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com Playing the Radio
Personalization menu. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 165. In Canada, see While on the audio main page,
www.chevrolet.gm.ca press the RADIO button repeatedly
Climate : Touch to access the to cycle through the available
Climate menu. See Climate Control In Mexico, see
sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if
Systems (with Heater Only) 0 250 or www.chevrolet.com.mx
equipped) or press the MEDIA
Climate Control Systems (with Air button repeatedly to cycle through
Conditioning) 0 252 or Dual the available sources Bluetooth®
Automatic Climate Control Audio (if equipped), CD (if
System 0 253. equipped), USB, and AUX.
OnStar : If equipped, touch to The steering wheel controls can
access the OnStar menu. See also be used to adjust the volume.
OnStar Overview 0 500 or OnStar See Steering Wheel Controls 0 125.
Overview 0 501.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped)
To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped), press the RADIO button
to toggle to the desired broadcast
source.
Press the MENU knob and the
following radio settings may display:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Tone Settings: ‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain

. Bass, Midrange, and Treble: provide the best sound for all configurations, the available choices
Turn the MENU knob and seating positions. are Manual and Talk.
highlight. Press the MENU knob ‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to Options for SiriusXM Only
to select. Turn the MENU knob provide the best sound for the
to adjust. driver. XM View : XM view allows the
channel list to be viewed by channel
. Balance: Turn the MENU knob ‐ Centerpoint: Creates a name, artist playing on channel,
to highlight. Press the MENU surround sound from nearly or song playing on channel. Turn
knob to select. Turn the MENU any audio source. the MENU knob to highlight and
knob left for more sound from . EQ (Equalizer): If equipped with press the MENU knob to select.
the left speakers or right for a Bose sound system, turn the Press o BACK to go to the
more sound from the right MENU knob to highlight. Turn previous menu.
speakers. The middle position the MENU knob to scroll through
balances the sound between the Channel List : Select to display a
the options. Press the MENU list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the
left and right speakers.
knob to select. Press the o MENU knob to highlight and press
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to BACK button to go to the
highlight. Press the MENU knob the MENU knob to select. Press o
previous menu. BACK to go to the previous menu.
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to the left for more sound from Station List : Select to display a list Also see the radio settings common
the front speakers and to the of AM or FM stations. Press o for all sources earlier in this section.
right for more sound from the BACK to go to the previous menu.
rear speakers. The middle Finding a Station
Auto Volume : If equipped, this
position balances the sound feature adjusts the volume based on Seeking a Station
between the front and rear
the vehicle speed. Select the level
speakers.
between Off, Low, Medium-Low, Press g or l to search for the
. DSP: If equipped with a Bose Medium, Medium-High, and High. previous or next strongest station.
Surround® sound system, it will Press o BACK to go to the
have three DSP modes previous menu.
including:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Tuning a Station AM-FM Radio (Base 2. Select Auto Volume.

Turn the MENU knob to manually Radio with Touchscreen) 3. Select the desired setting.
find a station.
Playing the Radio 4. Touch 3 to go back to the
Storing Radio Station Presets source screen.
Audio Source Menu
Up to 25 preset stations from all Tone Settings
bands can be stored in the favorite { : Press to go to the Home Page.
The tone settings can be set for
lists in any order. Up to five stations O : Press to turn on, mute, each radio band and each audio
can be stored in each favorite page or unmute the system. Press and
and the number of favorites can player source.
hold to turn off the system.
be set. Preset Tone Settings
Selecting a Band
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If . Touch MENU.
Equipped) : While on the active Press {, then touch AUDIO, .
source main page, such as AM, FM, Touch Tone Settings.
Source, then select AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and or SXM, if equipped. The last station . Select a preset tone setting.
hold a favorites/soft key button on that was playing starts playing . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
the faceplate. again. Touch − or +.
Mixed-Audio Favorites System Settings . Fader or Balance: Adjust the
Media (if equipped) and Broadcast front/rear or left/right speakers
Auto Volume
favorites can be stored. by dragging the dot in the
This feature automatically adjusts vehicle image on the screen.
To display the favorites page, press the radio volume to compensate for
q or r on the radio faceplate. road and wind noise. Custom Tone Settings
To manage favorites, see “Manage . Touch MENU.
The level of volume compensation
Favorites” under Home Page (Base can be selected, or the feature can . Touch Tone Settings.
Radio) 0 194 or Home Page (Base be turned off.
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 196. . Touch Custom.
1. Touch MENU from a source
screen.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Bass, Midrange, or Treble: Manual Tuning Update Station List
Touch − or +. . From the AM or FM menu, touch
Continue touching t or u to
. Fader or Balance: Adjust the manually change the radio station. MENU, then touch Update
front/rear or left/right speakers Station List. The broadcasting
by dragging the dot in the Direct Tune list updating will begin.
vehicle image on the screen. From the AM or FM menu: . During the AM or FM
Touch 3 to go back to the source . Touch Tune. broadcasting list update, touch
screen. Cancel to stop the updates.
. Enter the station number.
Selecting an Auxiliary Device Storing a Station as a Favorite
. Touch Go or t or u to go to
Connect the auxiliary device to the the pervious or next station. Stations from all bands can be
AUX input terminal. Play will begin stored in any order in the favorite
when the system has finished Favorite pages.
reading the information on the . Touch S or T to scroll through Up to 25 stations can be stored.
device. the favorites. Storing Stations
If the AUX device is already . Touch on the station to select it. To store the station to a position in
connected, press {, AUDIO,
Station List the list, touch the corresponding
Source, then select the device. button 1−5 until a beep is heard.
. From the AM or FM menu,
Selecting a Station touch MENU. 1. Select the desired station.
Seek Tuning . Select Station List. 2. Touch S or T to select the
If the radio station is not known: desired page of saved
. Touch Q or R to scroll through favorites.
Press 7 or 6 to automatically the list. Touch the station to
search for available radio stations. select it. 3. Touch and hold down any of
the preset buttons to save the
current radio station to that
button of the selected
favorites page.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To change a preset button, tune to When SiriusXM is active, the commercial-free music, coast to
the new desired radio station and channel name and number, coast, and in digital-quality sound.
touch and hold the preset button. category name, song title, and artist A service fee is required to receive
display on the screen. the SiriusXM service. For more
Satellite Radio (Base Browsing SiriusXM Channels
information, contact SiriusXM at
www.siriusxm.com or
Radio) 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
To browse the SiriusXM channels:
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio 1. Press the MENU knob.
www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
Service (Canada).
2. Turn the MENU knob to
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite highlight XM Channel List. Listening to SiriusXM Radio
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can 3. Turn the MENU knob to 1. Press {.
receive SiriusXM programming. highlight the desired XM 2. Touch AUDIO.
Channels.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service 3. Touch Source.
based in the 48 contiguous United Satellite Radio (Base 4. Touch SXM and the most
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Radio with Touchscreen) recent listened to SiriusXM
channel will display.
variety of programming and Vehicles with an SXM Satellite
commercial-free music, coast to Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM® Touch 0 to return to the
coast, and in digital-quality sound. Satellite Radio subscription can HOME menu.
A service fee is required to receive receive SiriusXM programming.
the SiriusXM service. See Selecting a Category
www.siriusxmradio.com or call SiriusXM Satellite Radio
From Menu, touch Categories, then
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see Service touch the desired category or from
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Categories, touch Q or R to find the
based in the 48 contiguous United desired channel. Touch the channel
States and 10 Canadian provinces. to select it.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
variety of programming and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Selecting a Channel Using the SiriusXM Menu in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 199 or
Touch u or t and the previous or Operation AM-FM Radio (Base
next channel will be selected. 1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio Radio) 0 197.
Touch and hold u or t to jump screen. 2. Touch OK.
four channels backward or forward, 2. Touch the menu to select the
Auto Volume
then release the button at the desired item or to display the
desired channel. detail menu item. 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto
Volume” under “Base Radio
Using the Preset Buttons 3. Touch 0 to return to the with Touchscreen” in AM-FM
Up to seven favorites pages can be previous menu. Radio (Base Radio with
saved, and each page can store up Channel List Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM
to five channels. Radio (Base Radio) 0 197.
1. Touch Channel List from the
To change a preset button, tune to SXM menu. The channel list is 2. Touch OK.
the new desired channel and hold displayed. Categories
the button.
2. Touch Q or R to find the 1. Touch Categories.
Listening to Preset Channels desired channel. Tune to the
2. Touch Q or R to find the
1. Continue touching S or T to channel by selecting it.
desired category. Touch the
select the desired Tone Settings category to select it.
favorites page.
From the tone settings menu, the Explicit Content Filter
2. Touch the preset button to sound features can be set up for
listen to the channel saved to SiriusXM audio and each audio When on, only a filtered list of
that button. player’s functions. channels will be received. When off,
all regular SXM programming
1. Touch Tone Settings. The tone subscribed to will be received.
settings screen is displayed.
See “Tone Settings” under 1. Touch SMX Explicit Filter.
“Base Radio with Touchscreen” 2. Select On or Off.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Radio Reception lines interfere with radio reception. antenna becomes slightly bent,
When this happens, try reducing the straighten it out by hand. If it is
Frequency interference and static treble on the radio. badly bent, replace it.
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as phone SiriusXM Satellite Radio Occasionally check that the antenna
chargers, vehicle convenience Service is tight at the base. If tightening is
accessories, and external electronic required, protect the paint from
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite damage.
devices are plugged into the
Radio Service provides digital radio
accessory power outlet. If there is
reception. Tall buildings or hills can Multi-Band Antenna
interference or static, unplug the
interfere with satellite radio signals,
item from the accessory power The multi-band antenna is on the
causing the sound to fade in and
outlet. roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
out. In addition, traveling or standing
FM under heavy foliage, bridges, used for OnStar, the SiriusXM
garages, or tunnels may cause loss Satellite Radio Service System, and
FM signals only reach about 16 to of the SiriusXM signal for a period GPS (Global Positioning System),
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the of time. if the vehicle has these features.
radio has a built-in electronic circuit Keep the antenna clear of
that automatically works to reduce Cell Phone Usage obstructions for clear reception.
interference, some static can occur,
Cell phone usage, such as making If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
especially around tall buildings or
or receiving phone calls, charging, open, reception can also be
hills, causing the sound to fade in
or just having the phone on may affected.
and out.
cause static interference in the
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off Items on the roof of the vehicle can
AM interfere with the performance of the
if this happens.
The range for most AM stations is radio system and OnStar (if
greater than for FM, especially at equipped). Make sure the
night. The longer range can cause
Fixed Mast Antenna multi-band antenna is not
station frequencies to interfere with The fixed mast antenna will go obstructed.
each other. Static can also occur through most car washes as long as
when things like storms and power it is securely attached. If the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Pandora Internet Radio Launching Pandora If nothing happens when the

available Pandora screen button is
®
If equipped, Pandora is a free Connect the iPhone to the USB
pressed, download the latest
Internet radio service that streams port, or connect Android® or
Pandora application and retry.
personalized radio stations based BlackBerry® through Bluetooth. See
on artists, tracks, genres, and Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base The login screen may display on the
comedians. Create stations using Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth device.
the Pandora website or Smartphone (Infotainment Controls - Base
Using an Android or BlackBerry
application, then use - or , to Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth
Phone
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
personalize stations. To set up an The BlackBerry phone must be
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
account, or for more information, go unlocked to launch Pandora service.
with Touchscreen) 0 232. For first
to www.pandora.com. Pandora may
time use, set up the stations before 1. Pair the phone using Bluetooth.
not be available in Canada or
connecting to the vehicle. The
Mexico. 2. Launch Pandora by selecting
Pandora icon will be available on
A phone or tablet with Internet the Home Page. Pandora on the Home Page.
connection and the Pandora If nothing happens when the
When Pandora is chosen, the
application installed is required. available Pandora screen button is
Pandora logo will populate on the
Personal cell phone data plans are selected, download the latest
screen and the system will display
used. Make sure the latest version Pandora application and retry.
“Acquiring Pandora Radio Station.”
is installed on the device.
Launch times can be significant. The login screen may display on the
Using the iPhone device.
1. Plug the device into the USB

port. The phone screen must
be unlocked.
2. Launch Pandora from the
Home Page by selecting the
Pandora icon.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Pandora Menus , : When selected, Pandora stores Advertisement on Pandora

Press MENU. this information, changes to the next Pandora may display
track, and does not play this track advertisements. The artist name
Pandora has a menu with the on this station again. This helps
following: and track title will not be displayed
Pandora choose which tracks and the skip track button will not be
Tone Settings : Select to adjust the should not play on this station. This available.
tone settings. See AM-FM Radio feature is only available on user
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) created stations. Pandora Troubleshooting
0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base - : When selected, Pandora stores Unable to Connect Device to
Radio) 0 197. Vehicle
this information and - is
Bookmark Artist : Select to highlighted for the remainder of the If the device is unable to connect to
bookmark the artist. track. This helps Pandora choose the USB or Bluetooth:
Bookmark Song : Select to which tracks should play on this
1. Turn the vehicle off.
bookmark the song. station.
2. Take the Remote Keyless Entry
Auto Volume : This feature sets the d : When selected, Pandora (RKE) transmitter at least 6 m
auto volume based on the speed of changes to the next track.
(20 ft) away from the vehicle.
the vehicle and noise in the vehicle. r or j : Select to play or pause
See AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with 3. Wait about 30 seconds, and try
playback.
Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM to connect the device again.
Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. Pandora Skip Limit See Bluetooth (Voice
Pandora limits the number of skips Recognition - Base Radio)
Pandora Features 0 227 or Bluetooth
allowed on their service. When the
Pandora service has features to rate (Infotainment Controls - Base
skip limit is reached, , or next Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth
tracks, skip tracks, or change
stations. arrow will not skip the currently (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
playing track, but the , feedback (Infotainment Controls - Base
} : When selected during a track, a will be recorded. Radio with
choice displays to bookmark the Touchscreen) 0 232.
artist or track. This sends the
bookmark to the Pandora account.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Unable to Start Pandora Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down Volume and song selection may
If the device is unable to launch Error be controlled using the
Pandora: If there is an error trying to rate a Infotainment controls or on the
phone/device. If Pandora is
. Check that the latest version of track with the , or -, the message selected and nothing is heard,
Pandora is installed. “Thumbs Down Error” or “Thumbs check the volume setting on
Up Error” will display. Press OK to both phone/device and the
. Check that there is an active
dismiss. Infotainment system.
account logged into Pandora.
. Have at least one station Loss of Audio Common Pandora Messages
created. Loss of Pandora audio can happen Pandora Error/Please Check
. For Android and BlackBerry in different ways: Device : Not signed in or Pandora
devices, check that the device is . Weak or lost data connection. is down for maintenance.
paired with the vehicle, and . Device needs to be charged. No Stations Available : No stations
whether the device displays in are available on the Pandora server
the Connected phone sources . Application needs to be through the connected device.
list under the Phone icon from relaunched.
the Home Page. Action Unavailable. Please Check
. Connection between phone and Device Connection : A few
. For an iPhone, check that the radio lost. conditions for loss of Internet
USB cable is connected to the . An iPhone is connected to both connection are:
USB port and the screen is Bluetooth and the USB port.
unlocked. . The connected device loses its
Playback can be resumed from cellular connection.
. Close Pandora on the device a loss of audio by double
and launch again. Devices that . The device does not support
tapping on the iPhone home Internet connectivity.
allow multitasking may require button then scrolling through the
an extra step to quit the Pandora icons to find an icon that allows . The device is not in the vehicle.
application. See the cell phone a change of flow between . The Bluetooth signal is lost.
manufacturer's user guide. Bluetooth and USB cable.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
No Skips Remaining For This Audio Players There can be increased skipping,
Station or Permitted During difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
Advertisements : difficulty in loading and ejecting.
CD Player If these problems occur, check the
. The maximum Pandora skip limit
has been reached according to If the vehicle is equipped with a CD disc for damage or try a known
the plan that was obtained. player, it can be used for CD and good disc.
MP3 audio. To avoid damage to the CD player:
. Skipping an advertisement was
tried. With the vehicle on, insert a disc . Do not use scratched or
into the slot, label side up. Press the damaged discs.
See www.pandora.com/help. If the MEDIA button to select CD as a
service will not work, see a dealer source. . Do not apply labels to discs. The
for assistance. labels could get caught in the
The system is capable of player.
playing most:
. Insert only one disc at a time.
. Audio CDs
. Keep the loading slot free of
. CD-R foreign materials, liquids, and
. CD-RW debris.
. MP3 or unprotected WMA . Use a marking pen to label the
formats top of the disc.
When playing any compatible Loading and Ejecting Discs
recordable disc, the sound quality
To load a disc:
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality 1. Turn the vehicle on.
of the music that has been 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
recorded, or the way the disc has side up. The player pulls it in
been handled. the rest of the way. If the disc
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
is damaged or improperly u: While on the CD main page: Tone Settings : Select to adjust
loaded, there is an error and Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
the disc ejects. . Press to seek to the next track. Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
. Press and hold to fast forward “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
Playing an Audio CD through a track. Release the (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
Press the MEDIA button on the button to return to playing 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
faceplate until CD is selected. speed. Elapsed time displays. Radio) 0 197.
On the CD main page, either a track j /r: While on the CD main page, Auto Volume : If equipped, this
number displays at the beginning of press to pause. Press again to feature adjusts the volume based on
each track, or Song, Artist, and resume. the vehicle speed. Select the level
Album information displays when between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
available.
Z: Press Z to play the songs in Medium, Medium-High, and High.
random order. Press again to
Press BACK to go to the
Use the following screen controls to turn off.
previous menu.
play the disc: If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is
DSP : If equipped, this feature
t: While on the CD main page: loaded into the disc player and the
adjusts the pre-defined settings.
. Press to seek to the beginning of CD screen button is selected, a
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base
the current or previous track. message comes on the screen to
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or
If the track has been playing for use the Video application. The
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197.
less than five seconds, it seeks Video application is only available
on vehicles with Rear Seat EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
to the previous track. If longer
Entertainment (RSE). feature adjusts the equalizer
than five seconds, the current
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
track starts from the beginning. CD Menu AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
. Press and hold to fast reverse While on the CD main page, press Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM
through a track. Release the the MENU knob to display the CD Radio (Base Radio) 0 197.
button to return to playing menu and the following may display:
speed. Elapsed time displays.
Browse : Select to display the files
or songs on the CD.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Error Messages If the CD is not playing correctly for Root Directory

any other reason, try a known The root directory is treated as a
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
good CD. folder. All files contained directly
comes out, it could be for one of the
following reasons: If any error continues, contact your under the root directory are
. The disc has an invalid or dealer. accessed prior to any root directory
folders.
unknown format. Playing an MP3 CD
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc Empty Folders
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
again when the temperature instructions as “Playing an If a root directory or folder is empty
returns to normal. Audio CD.” or contains only folders, the player
. The road is very rough. Try the advances to the next folder in the
The following guidelines must be
disc again when the road is file structure that contains a
met when creating an MP3 disc,
smoother. compressed audio file. The empty
otherwise the CD might not play:
folder(s) are not displayed or
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, . Sampling rate: 16 kHz, numbered.
or upside down. 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz. No Folder
. The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, When the CD only contains
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, compressed audio files without any
. There was a problem while folders, all files are under the root
burning the disc. 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
and 320 kbps. folder.
. The label is caught in the CD
player. . Maximum number of folders: USB Port (Base Radio)
eight folders with 255 files per
If Disc Player Error displays, it could folder. Playing from a USB
be for one of the following reasons:
. Maximum of 1,000 files on A USB mass storage device or
. The player temperature is a disc. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
too high. device can be connected to the
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.
. There are load or eject errors. USB port.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The vehicle may have USB ports in . Z Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/

the front of the center console, iPhone®
armrest, or one in the upper glove For information on how to use the
box. See Center Console Storage screen icons, see “Playing an This feature supports the following
0 120 and Glove Box 0 119. Audio CD.” devices:
USB Menu . iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
4th generation)
. The USB MP3 players and USB Press MENU to display the USB
menu and the following may display: . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
drives connected must comply
generation)
with the USB Mass Storage Browse : Select to display the files
Class specification (USB MSC). and folders on the USB device. . iPod classic® (6th generation)
. Hard disk drives are not Tone Settings : Select to adjust . iPod touch® (1st and 2nd
supported. Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, generation)
. Supported file system is FAT32. Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See . iPad
“Tone Settings” under “Playing an
To play a USB device: . iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
Audio CD” in CD Player 0 207.
. Connect the USB. iPhone 4
Auto Volume : If equipped, see
. Press MEDIA on the faceplate “Playing an Audio CD” in CD There may be problems with
Player 0 207. operation and function in the
until the connected device is
following situations:
shown. EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
. When connecting a device with
While the USB source is active, feature adjusts the equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer) a more recent version of the
press the corresponding faceplate
Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base firmware installed than is
button for the icons on the screen to
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or supported by the infotainment
operate USB function:
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. system.
. t . When connecting a device on
which firmware from other
. u providers is installed.
. j /r
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To connect and control a device: Menu 2. Turn MENU to highlight and

1. Connect one end of the Press MENU to display the device press to select a playlist name
standard USB cable to the Menu and the following may display: to view a list of all songs in the
device's dock connector. playlist.
Browse : Select to display the files
2. Connect the other end to a or songs on the device. See 3. Turn MENU to highlight and
USB port in the center console. “Browse Device Media” later in this press to select the song from
See Center Console section. the list to begin playback.
Storage 0 120. Tone Settings : Select to adjust Artists:
3. Press MEDIA to select the Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, 1. Turn MENU to highlight and
source. Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See press to view the artists stored
The music information displays on “Tone Settings” under “Playing an on the device.
the radio’s display and begins Audio CD” in CD Player 0 207. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and
playing through the vehicle’s audio Auto Volume : If equipped, see press to select an artist name
system. “Playing an Audio CD” in CD to view a list of all albums by
The device battery recharges Player 0 207. the artist.
automatically while the vehicle is on. EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this 3. Turn MENU to highlight and
When the vehicle is off while a feature adjusts the Equalizer press to select an album name
device is connected using the USB settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in to view a list of all songs on the
cable, the device battery stops AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with album.
charging and the device will Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM 4. Turn MENU to highlight and
automatically turn off. Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. press to select the song from
If the device is an unsupported Browse Device Media the list to begin playback.
model, it can still be listened to in Albums:
the vehicle by connecting to the Use the following to browse:
auxiliary input jack using a standard Playlists: 1. Turn MENU to highlight and
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. press to view the albums
1. Turn MENU to highlight and stored on the device.
press to view the playlists
stored on the device.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2. Turn MENU to highlight and Songs: Make sure the iPod has the latest
press to select an album name 1. Turn MENU to highlight and firmware from Apple® for proper
to view a list of all songs on the press to view a list of all songs operation. iPod firmware can be
album. stored on the device. updated using the latest iTunes®
3. Turn MENU to highlight and application. See www.apple.com/
2. Turn MENU to highlight and itunes.
press to select the song from press to select the song from
the list to begin playback. the list to begin playback. For help with identifying your iPod,
Genres: go to www.apple.com/support.
1. Turn MENU to highlight and USB Port (Base Radio The USB port can play both lower
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,
press to view the genres stored with Touchscreen) and .wav files stored on a USB
on the device.
Using the USB Port storage device.
2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select a genre name The infotainment system can play Supported Apple® Devices
to view a list of artists of that music or movies by connecting an To view supported devices in U.S.,
genre. auxiliary device to the USB port. see my.chevrolet.com\learned.
3. Turn MENU to highlight and USB Support To view supported devices in
press to select to view albums If equipped, the USB connector is in Canada, see chevroletowner.ca.
by that artist. the center stack below the climate To view supported devices in
4. Turn MENU to highlight and controls, and uses the USB 2.0 Mexico, see your dealer for details.
press to select an album to standard.
view songs. USB Supported File and Folder
USB Supported Devices Structure
5. Turn MENU to highlight and . USB Flash Drives
press to select the song from The infotainment system supports:
the list to begin playback. . Portable USB Hard Drives . FAT16.
Not all iPods and USB drives are . FAT32.
compatible with the USB port.
. exFAT.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Connecting a USB Storage Playing Movies Possible auxiliary audio sources

Device or iPod/iPhone Movies are not available while include:
To connect a USB storage device, driving. . Laptop computer
connect the device to the USB port. If the USB storage device is already . Audio music player
To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect connected: This jack is not an audio output. Do
one end of the device’s cable to the 1. Press {. not plug headphones into the
iPod/iPhone and the other end to auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
the USB port. 2. Touch GALLERY. devices should be set up while the
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is 3. Touch s. vehicle is in P (Park).
connected to the vehicle if the Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or 4. Touch the desired Movie.
from the auxiliary device to the
ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions Viewing Pictures auxiliary input jack.
0 281. When the vehicle is turned
off, the iPod/iPhone automatically Pictures are not available while If an auxiliary device has already
powers off and will not charge or driving. been connected, but a different
draw power from the vehicle's If the USB storage device is already source is currently active, press the
battery. connected: MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
to scroll through all of the available
For more information on USB 1. Press {. audio source screens, until the AUX
usage, see “Audio System source screen is shown.
Information” under Pictures and 2. Touch GALLERY.
Movies (Picture System with Base Radio
Touchscreen) 0 241 or Pictures and
3. Touch \.
Playing from the AUX Jack
Movies (Movie System with
Touchscreen) 0 242 or Pictures and Auxiliary Jack An auxiliary device is played
Movies (Audio System with This vehicle may have an AUX jack through the audio system and
Touchscreen) 0 237. in the center console or armrest. controlled through the device itself.
See Center Console Storage 0 120.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
AUX Menu Base Radio with Touchscreen For iPod/iPhone, connect the iPod/
Press the MENU knob to display the iPhone to the AUX input terminal by
Play will begin when the system has
AUX menu and the following may using the AUX cable for iPod/
finished reading the information on
display: iPhone to play movie files.
the device.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust iPhone 5 cell phones have a
Playing Music connector which no longer supports
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See To play the music from the device, AUX connections to the radio. This
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio if the device is already connected: feature is limited to older versions of
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) iPhone.
1. Press {.
0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base Using the AUX Movie Menu
Radio) 0 197. 2. Touch AUDIO.
1. Touch MENU from the AUX
Auto Volume : If equipped, see 3. Touch Source. movie screen. The AUX menu
“Playing an Audio CD.” 4. Touch AUX. is displayed.
DSP : If equipped, this feature To adjust the tone settings. See 2. Touch the desired menu.
adjusts the pre-defined settings. “Audio Settings” in “System . Audio: Adjust the sound
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base Settings” under AM-FM Radio (Base setup. See “Audio Settings”
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or in “System Settings” under
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this Playing Movies with Touchscreen) 0 199 or
feature adjusts the pre-defined AM-FM Radio (Base
equalizer settings. See “EQ Movies are not available while Radio) 0 197.
(Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio (Base driving.
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or If the device is already connected:
3. Touch 0.
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197.
1. Press {.
2. Touch Movie.
3. Touch the desired Movie.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Bluetooth Audio 2. Once paired, go into the audio paused on the screen. Press play
application from the Home on the device or press r to begin
If equipped, music may be played Page or via the application tray.
from a paired Bluetooth device. See playback.
Select MEDIA until Bluetooth
“Pairing” under “Information displays. Some phones support sending
Controls” inBluetooth (Voice Bluetooth music information to
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 227 or Bluetooth Audio Menu display on the radio. When the radio
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Press the MENU screen button to receives this information, it will
Base Radio) 0 223 or Bluetooth display the Bluetooth Audio menu. check to see if any is available and
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth The following may be available: display it. For more information
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio about supported Bluetooth features,
with Touchscreen) 0 232 for help Tone: Turn the MENU knob to see www.gm.com/bluetooth.
pairing a device. adjust the tone settings.
Volume and song selection may be Press o BACK to go back to the
controlled by using the infotainment previous menu.
controls or the phone/device. Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select
If Bluetooth Audio is selected and to go to the Bluetooth page to add
nothing is heard, check the volume or delete devices.
setting on both the phone/device
and the infotainment system. When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the
radio may not be able to launch the
Launch music by pressing the audio player on the connected
MEDIA screen button on the device to start playing. When the
Home Page. vehicle is not moving, use the
To play music via Bluetooth: phone to begin playback.
1. Power on the device, and pair All devices launch audio differently.
to connect the device. When selecting Bluetooth Audio as
a source, the radio may show as
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Voice Recognition destination entry and voice keypad, instrument cluster displays
can be completed in a single the selections and visual
If equipped, voice recognition allows command. If the task takes more dialog content.
for hands-free operation within the than one command to complete, the . If voice recognition is
audio and phone applications. This first command would be to indicate started from the
feature can be started by pressing the kind of task that is to be infotainment screen, the
either the g button on the steering performed. The system replies with selections and visual dialog
prompts that lead through a dialog
wheel or by selecting the g on the content are displayed on
to enter the necessary information. both the center stack
screen display.
Voice recognition can be used when display and the instrument
However, not all features within
the ignition is on or when Retained cluster display.
these areas are supported by voice
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. 2. The audio system mutes and
commands. Generally, only complex
See Retained Accessory Power the system plays a prompt
tasks that require multiple manual
(RAP) 0 284. followed by a beep.
interactions to complete are
supported by voice commands. Using Voice Recognition 3. Wait until after the beep
For example, tasks that take more Voice recognition becomes available completes, then clearly speak
than one or two button presses such once the system has been one of the commands
as selecting a song or artist to play initialized. This begins when the described in this section.
from a media device would be ignition is turned on. Initialization Press g to interrupt any voice
supported by voice commands. may take a few moments.
Other tasks, like adjusting the recognition system prompt. For
volume or seeking up or down are 1. Press g on the steering wheel example, if the prompt seems
audio features that are easily control to activate voice to be taking too long to finish,
performed by pressing one or two recognition, or select g on the press g again and the beep
buttons, and are not supported by infotainment screen on the should happen right away.
voice commands. center stack.
In general there are flexible ways to . If voice recognition is
speak commands for completing the started from the steering
tasks. Most of them, except wheel control, the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
There are two voice prompt modes to complete the task, or the session Helpful Hints for Speaking
supported: is terminated, the voice recognition Commands
. Long verbal prompts: The longer dialog stops.
Voice recognition can understand
prompts provide more An example of this type of manual commands that are either naturally
information regarding the intervention is pressing on an entry stated in sentence form (English
supported actions. of a displayed number list instead of only), or direct commands that state
. Short prompts: The short speaking the number associated the application and the task.
prompts provide simple with the entry desired.
For languages that do not support
instructions about what can be Canceling Voice Recognition natural language commands in
stated. sentence form, use the direct
. Press the Home screen button
If a command is not spoken, the commands shown as examples on
to terminate the voice
voice recognition system says a the display screen.
recognition session which was
help prompt. For best results:
initiated by pressing g on the
Prompts and Screen Displays infotainment screen on the . Listen for the prompt and wait
While a voice recognition session is center stack. for the beep before saying a
active, there will be corresponding . Press or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to command or reply.
buttons on screens displayed. terminate the voice recognition . Say “Help” or look at the screen
Manual interaction in the voice session and display the screen display for commands.
recognition session is permitted. from which voice recognition . Voice recognition system prompt
Interaction during a voice session was initiated.
can be interrupted during a
may be completed entirely using
voice commands, or some
. Press i on the steering wheel prompt by pressing g again.
selections may expedite a session. controls to terminate the voice
For example, if the prompt
If a selection is made using a session and display the screen
seems to be taking too long to
manual control, the dialog will from which voice recognition
finish, or if what is being
progress in the same way as if the was initiated.
prompted causes a need for an
selection was made through a voice immediate reply, press g again
command. Once the system is able
and wait for the beep.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Speak the command naturally, If the phone number has been If manual selection takes more than
not too fast, not too slow. Use saved with a name and a place, the 15 seconds, the session terminates
direct commands without a lot of direct command should include and prompts that it has timed out.
extra words. both, for example “Call Dave Smith The screen returns back to the
. Usually Phone and Audio at work.” screen where voice recognition was
commands can be spoken in a initiated.
Using Voice Recognition for
single command. List Options The Back Command
For example, “Call Dave Smith When a list is displayed, a voice Say “Back” or press the Back button
at work,” “Play” followed by the prompt will ask to confirm or select to go to the previous screen.
artist or song name, or “Tune” an option from that list. A selection
followed by the radio station If in voice recognition, and “Back” is
can be made by manually selecting stated all the way through to the
number. the item, or by speaking the line initial screen, then “Back” is stated
There is no need to memorize number for the item to select. one more time, the voice recognition
specific command words. Direct When a screen contains a list, session will cancel.
commands might be more clearly options may be available but not
understood by the system. An Help
displayed. The list on a voice
example of a direct command would recognition screen functions the Say “Help” on any voice recognition
be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of same as a list on other screens. screen and the help prompt for the
these direct commands are Scrolling can be used to help screen is played. Additionally, a
displayed on most of the screens display other entries from the list. pop-up displays a text version of the
while a voice session is active. help prompt. Depending on how
If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is Manually scrolling or paging the list voice recognition was initiated, the
stated, the system understands that on a screen during a voice Help pop-up will either display on
a phone call is requested and will recognition session suspends the the instrument cluster or the
respond with questions until enough current voice recognition event and infotainment screen. Press the
details are gathered. plays the prompt “Make your Dismiss button to make the pop-up
selection from the list using the go away.
manual controls or press the Back
button to try again.”
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Pressing g while the help prompt is “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to
playing will terminate the prompt Tune to the radio station whose enter a specific album name.
and a beep will be heard. Doing this frequency is identified in the “Play Album <album name>” :
will stop the help prompt so that a command (like “one o one Begin playback of the identified
voice command can be used. point one”). album name in the command.
“Tune to XM <XM channel “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to
Voice Recognition for the number>” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if
Radio enter a specific song name.
equipped) radio station whose
Select the g screen button to channel number is identified in the “Play Song <song name>” : Begin
command. playback of the identified song
launch audio voice recognition.
name in the command.
If the voice button is pressed in a “Tune to XM <XM channel
radio screen, the voice commands name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to
for radio and media features are equipped) radio station whose enter a specific genre.
available. channel name is identified in the “Play Genre <genre name>” :
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to command. Begin playback of the media
AM and tune to the last AM radio Voice Recognition for Audio selection identified in the command.
station. My Media “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to
“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to enter a specific playlist name.
If browsing My Media when the
FM and tune to the last FM radio voice button is selected, the voice “Play Playlist <playlist name>” :
station. recognition commands for My Media Begin playback of the identified
“Switch to XM” : Switch bands to features are available. playlist in the command.
SiriusXM (if equipped) and tune to “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to “Play <device name>” : Play
the last SiriusXM channel. enter a specific Artist name. music from a specific device
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : identified by name. The device
“Play Artist <artist name>” :
Tune to the radio station whose name is the name displayed on the
Begin playback of the media
frequency is identified in the screen when the device is first
selection identified in the command.
command (like “nine fifty”). selected as an audio source.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to “Play Video” : Begin a dialog to . Album type folders including
enter a specific name. enter a specific name. types such as albums and
“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : “Play Video <video name>” : audiobooks.
Begin playback of the media Begin playback of the media There are no restrictions if the
selection identified in the command. selection identified in the command. number of song files and albums is
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog “My Media” : Begin a dialog to less than 4,000. When the number
to enter a specific name. enter the desired media content. of song files connected to the
system is between 4,000 and 8,000,
“Play Audiobook <audiobook Handling Large Amounts of Media the content cannot be accessed
name>” : Begin playback of the Content directly with one command like
media selection identified in the “Play <song name>.”
command. It is expected that large amounts of
media content will be brought into The restriction is that the command
“Play CD Track <track the vehicle. It may be necessary to “Play Song” must be spoken first;
number>” : Begin playback of the handle large amounts of media the system will then ask for the song
CD at the track identified in the content in a different way than name. The reply command would be
command. smaller amounts of media. The to say the name of the song to play.
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to system may limit the options of Similar limits exist for album
enter a specific name. voice recognition by not allowing content. If there are more than
selection of song titles by voice at 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
“Play Episode <episode the highest level if the number of
name>” : Begin playback of the the content cannot be accessed
songs exceeds the maximum limit. directly with one command like,
media selection identified in the
command. Voice command option changes “Play <album name>.” The
through media content limits are: command “Play Album” must first be
“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to spoken; the system will then ask for
enter a specific name. . Song files including other
individual files of all media types the album name. The reply would
“Play Podcast <podcast such as audiobook chapters, be to say the name of the album
name>” : Begin playback of the podcast episodes, and videos. to play.
media selection identified in the
command.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Once the number of songs has contact and location at home, at Voice Recognition for OnStar
exceeded approximately 8,000, work, on mobile device, or on (If Equipped)
there is no support for accessing the another phone.
songs directly through voice “OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice
“Call <phone number>” : Initiate a Recognition.
commands. There will still be call to a standard phone number
access to the media content by seven or 10 digits in length, and Bluetooth Speech Recognition
using commands for playlists, also 911, 411, or 611. (If Equipped)
artists, and genres.
“Pair Phone” : Begins the Voice Pass-Thru allows access to
The access commands for playlists, Bluetooth pairing process. Follow the speech recognition commands
artists, and genres are prohibited instructions on the radio display. on the cell phone. See your cell
after the number of this type of phone manufacturer’s user guide to
media exceeds 4,000. “Switch Phone” : Select a different
see if the cell phone supports this
phone for outgoing calls.
The system will provide feedback feature.
the first time voice recognition is “Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog
Activating this function will start the
initiated if it has become apparent to enter special numbers like
Bluetooth Speech Recognition on a
that any of these limits are reached international numbers. The numbers
connected phone.
during a device initializing process. can be entered in groups of digits
with each group of digits being The steering wheel controls are
Voice Recognition for the repeated back by the system. If the used to operate this function.
Phone group of digits is not correct, the
command “Delete” will remove the Press and hold g to activate.
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a A voice session begins so that voice
call to an entered contact. The last group of digits and allow them
to be re-entered. Once the entire commands can be given to Siri® or
command may include location if many other controls provided by the
the contact has location numbers number has been entered, the
command “Call” will start dialing the cell phone.
stored.
number. Press @ to exit or press i to
“Call <contact name> At Home,”
“At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice close and return to the previous
Other” : Initiate a call to an entered mail numbers. application prior to the start of Voice
Pass-Thru.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Phone duplicate or rarely used entries.

If possible, program speed dial
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
or other shortcuts. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Bluetooth (Overview) make and receive phone calls. The
. Review the controls and
Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment infotainment system and voice
may differ between infotainment system. recognition are used to control the
systems. The base radio and base system. The system can be used
radio with touchscreen instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. while in ON/RUN or ACC/
are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with ACCESSORY. The range of the
infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
on the uplevel radios. this section. (30 ft). Not all phones support all
. If the cell phone has voice functions and not all phones work
Bluetooth-capable systems can with the Bluetooth system. See
interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
allowing: information about compatible
address book or contact list.
. Placement and receipt of calls in phones.
a hands-free mode. . See “Deleting a Paired Phone”
and/or “Deleting a Bluetooth Bluetooth Controls
. Sharing of the cell phone’s Device” in this section.
address book or contact list with Use the buttons on the instrument
the vehicle. panel, faceplate, and the steering
{ Warning wheel to operate the Bluetooth
To minimize driver distraction, system.
before driving, and with the vehicle When using a cell phone, it can
parked: be distracting to look too long or Steering Wheel Controls
. Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the g : Press to answer incoming calls,
features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system. confirm system information, and
Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too start voice recognition.
contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
i : Press to end a call, reject a Voice Recognition Bluetooth Audio Quality

call, or cancel an operation. Press If equipped, the voice recognition Turn off the Echo and Noise
to mute or unmute the infotainment system uses commands to control cancellation feature on your phone,
system. the system and dial phone numbers. if supported, for the best hands-free
Infotainment System Controls Noise : The system may not performance.
For information about how to recognize voice commands if there See www.gm.com/bluetooth.
navigate the menu system using the is too much background noise, such
infotainment controls, see Overview as noise from open windows or loud Bluetooth (Infotainment
talking inside the vehicle.
(Base Radio) 0 189 or Overview Controls - Base Radio)
(Base Radio with When to Speak : A tone sounds to
Touchscreen) 0 193. For information about how to
indicate that the system is ready for
navigate the menu system using the
MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. a voice command. Wait for the tone
infotainment controls, see Overview
Press to select the highlighted list and then speak.
(Base Radio) 0 189 or Overview
option. How to Speak : Speak clearly in a (Base Radio with
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. calm and natural voice. Touchscreen) 0 193.
See Home Page (Base Radio) Audio System Switching to Handset or
0 194 or Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 196. When using the Bluetooth system, Hands-Free Mode
sound comes through the vehicle's To switch between handset mode
PHONE or # : Select to enter the front audio system speakers and and hands-free mode, use the
phone main menu. See Bluetooth overrides the audio system. Use the OnStar command, “transfer call.”
(Voice Recognition - Base Radio) O knob during a call to change the
0 227 or Bluetooth (Infotainment volume level. The system maintains Pairing
Controls - Base Radio) 0 223 or a minimum volume level. A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 222 or must be paired to the Bluetooth
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - system and then connected to the
Base Radio with vehicle before it can be used. See
Touchscreen) 0 232. your cell phone manufacturer's user
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
guide for Bluetooth functions before to a different paired phone, see 5. Locate the device named “Your
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth “Connecting to a Different Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone is not connected, calls can Phone” later in this section. phone. Follow the instructions
be made using OnStar Hands-Free on the cell phone to enter the
Calling, if available. See OnStar Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
Overview 0 500 or OnStar Overview 1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the
0 501, if equipped. MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen,
PHONE screen button, then confirm the codes are the
Pairing Information press the MENU knob to select same. The system recognizes
. Up to five cell phones can be the PHONE screen button. If a the new connected phone after
paired to the Bluetooth system. device has been previously the pairing process is
. The pairing process is disabled paired, the main Phone menu complete.
when the vehicle is moving. will be shown. If no devices 6. If the phone prompts to accept
have been paired, Step 2 can connection or allow phone
. Pairing only needs to be be skipped.
completed once per phone, book download, select Always
unless the pairing information on 2. Turn the MENU knob and Accept and Allow. The phone
the cell phone changes or the press to select Manage book may not be available if
cell phone is deleted from the Phones. not accepted.
system. 3. Press the button just below the 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair
. Only one paired cell phone can PAIR screen button. A four-digit additional phones or devices.
be connected to the Bluetooth Personal Identification Number
(PIN) appears on the display. Listing All Paired and Connected
system at a time. Phones
The PIN is used in Step 5.
. If multiple paired cell phones are 1. To list all paired devices, from
within range of the system, the 4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the the Home Page turn the MENU
system connects to the first knob, then press to select the
available paired cell phone in the vehicle. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for PHONE screen button.
order that they were newly
paired to the system. To connect information on this process.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2. Turn the MENU knob and 2. Turn the MENU knob and Manage Phones : Turn the MENU
press to select Manage press to select Manage knob to highlight Manage Phones
Phones. Phones. and press to select.
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using Contacts
highlight the phone to be and Recent Calls
1. From the Home Page, turn the connected.
MENU knob, then press to For cell phones that support the
select the PHONE screen 4. Press the button just below the Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
button. CONNECT screen button to the Bluetooth system can use the
connect to the highlighted contacts stored on your cell phone
2. Turn the MENU knob and device.
press to select Manage to make calls. See your cell phone
Phones. Phone Menu manufacturer’s user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
3. Turn the MENU knob to Once a phone is connected and find out if this feature is supported
highlight the phone to be selected, the following may display: by your phone.
deleted.
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU If the phone prompts to allow phone
4. Press the button below the knob to highlight Recent Calls and book download during the pairing
DELETE screen button to press to select. process, select Always Accept and
delete the highlighted device. Allow. The phone book may not be
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
5. A confirmation screen is highlight Contacts and press to available if not accepted.
displayed. Press the button just select. When a cell phone supports the
below the DELETE screen phone book feature, the Contacts
Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
button to confirm deletion. and Recent Calls menus are
highlight Keypad and press to
Connecting to a Different Phone select. automatically available.
1. From the Home Page, turn the Active Call : Turn the MENU knob The Contacts menu allows you to
MENU knob, then press to to highlight Active Call and press to access the phone book stored in the
select the PHONE screen select and display the active call cell phone to make a call.
button. screen.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The Recent Calls menu allows you To make a call using the Recent 2. Turn the MENU knob and
to access the phone numbers from Calls menu: press to select Keypad.
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, 1. From the Home Page, turn the 3. Turn the MENU knob to
and Missed Calls menus on the cell MENU knob, then press to highlight the first digit and
phone to make a call. select the PHONE screen press to select. Continue this
To make a call using the button. process through the number.
Contacts menu: 2. Turn the MENU knob to To call, press the button just
1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight Recent Calls and below the CALL screen button.
MENU knob, then press to press to select. Accepting or Declining a Call
select the PHONE screen If necessary, select between
button. When an incoming call is received,
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls the infotainment system mutes and
2. Turn the MENU knob to by pressing the button below a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
highlight Contacts and press to the appropriate screen button.
select. Accepting a Call
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the contact or the To accept a call, do one of the
highlight the letter group and phone number. following:
press to select. 4. Press the MENU knob to call . Press the button just below the
4. Turn the MENU knob to the contact. ANSWER screen button.
highlight the contact and press
Making a Call Using the . Press g on the steering wheel
to select.
Keypad controls.
highlight the desired number, To make a call: Declining a Call
then press the MENU knob to 1. From the Home Page, turn the To decline a call, do one of the
call the contact. MENU knob, then press to following:
select the PHONE screen . Press the button just below the
button. IGNORE screen button.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
. Press i on the steering wheel Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice

controls. To end a call, do one of the Recognition - Base
. Do nothing. following: Radio)
. Press the button just below the
Call Waiting Using Voice Recognition
END screen button.
Call waiting must be supported on To use voice recognition, press g
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by . Press i on the steering wheel
controls. on the steering wheel. Use the
the wireless service carrier to work.
commands below for the various
Accepting a Call Waiting Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency voice features. For additional
(DTMF) Tones information, say “Help” while you
To accept a call waiting call, do one
are in a voice recognition menu.
of the following: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
. Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is Pairing
SWITCH screen button. used when calling a menu-driven
phone system. Pairing a Phone
. Press g on the steering wheel 1. When a call is active, press the 1. Press g. The system responds
controls. button just below the KEYPAD “Ready,” followed by a tone.
Declining a Call Waiting Call screen button. 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
To decline a call waiting call, do one 2. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Say “Pair.” The system
of the following: highlight the first digit and responds with instructions and
press to select. a four-digit Personal
. Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button. If not initially in the phone Identification Number (PIN).
application, from the Home Page, The PIN is used in Step 5.
. Press i on the steering wheel turn the MENU knob, then press to 4. Start the pairing process on the
controls. select the PHONE screen button. cell phone that you want to
. Do nothing. From the PHONE main menu, turn pair. For help with this process,
the MENU knob to highlight Active see your cell phone
Call and press to select. manufacturer's user guide.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
5. Locate the device named “Your Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
Vehicle” in the list on the cell Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
phone. Follow the instructions The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
on the cell phone to enter the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
PIN provided in Step 3. The also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell
system may respond with a six system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. This may need
digit code to be confirmed on after that phone name. to be repeated depending on how
the cell phone (instead of many cell phones have been
entering a four digit code), 1. Press g. The system responds connected.
check that the same digits are “Ready,” followed by a tone.
shown on the cell phone and 1. Press g. The system responds
say "Yes" to confirm. Select 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
Confirm on the cell phone as 3. Say “List.”
well. After the PIN is 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
successfully entered, the Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.”
system prompts you to provide If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is
a name for the paired cell unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be
phone. This name will be used and Connected Phones.” “<Phone name> is now
to indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the 1. Press g. The system responds connected.”
vehicle. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. This can be repeated to
with “<Phone name> has been 2. Say “Bluetooth.” connect any of the up to
successfully paired” after the five paired phones.
pairing process is complete. 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete. . If another cell phone is not
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair found, the original phone
additional phones. 4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected.
delete.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Storing and Deleting Phone directions given by the system 2. Say “Delete.”
Numbers to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers. Using the “Digit Store” Command Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is Command
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored
numbers as a name tag. “Correction” at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free
last number. Calling Directory and the
Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the digits recognized Destinations Directory.
name tag by entering the digits one by the system, say “Verify” at To delete all name tags:
at a time. any time.
1. Press g. The system responds
Delete : This command is used to 1. Press g. The system responds
delete individual name tags. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
Delete All Name Tags : This 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
2. Say “Digit Store.”
command deletes all stored name Listing Stored Numbers
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Directory and the Destinations After each digit is entered, the The list command will list all the
Directory. system repeats back the digit it stored numbers and name tags.
heard followed by a tone. After
Using the “Store” Command the last digit has been entered, Using the “List” Command
say “Store,” and then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
1. Press g. The system responds directions given by the system
“Ready,” followed by a tone. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
to save a name tag for this
2. Say “Store.” number. 2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say the entire phone number Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
or a group of digits all at once 4. Say “List.”
with no pauses, then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency (U.S. and To hear all of the numbers
Canada) recognized by the system, say
Calls can be made using the
“Verify” at any time.
following commands. 1. Press g. The system responds
Dial or Call : The dial or call “Ready,” followed by a tone. 1. Press g. The system responds
command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” “Ready,” followed by a tone.
interchangeably to dial a phone 2. Say “Digit Dial.”
number or a stored name tag. 3. Say “911.”
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Digit Dial : This command allows a After each digit is entered, the
phone number to be dialed by Calling 066 Emergency (Mexico) system repeats back the digit it
entering the digits one at a time. heard followed by a tone. After
1. Press g. The system responds the last digit has been entered,
Re-dial : This command is used to
“Ready,” followed by a tone. say “Dial.”
dial the last number used on the cell
phone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” Once connected, the person called
Using the “Dial” or “Call” 3. Say “066.” will be heard through the audio
Command speakers.
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
1. Press g. The system responds Using the “Re-dial” Command
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
The digit dial command allows a 1. Press g. The system responds
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” phone number to be dialed by “Ready,” followed by a tone.
3. Say the entire number without entering the digits one at a time. 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
pausing or say the name tag. After each digit is entered, the The system dials the last
system repeats back the digit it number called from the
Once connected, the person called heard followed by a tone. connected cell phone.
will be heard through the audio
speakers. If an unwanted number is Once connected, the person called
recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio
“Correction” at any time to clear the speakers.
last number.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Receiving a Call Three-Way Calling To Transfer Audio from the

Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
When an incoming call is received, Three-way calling must be
the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and During a call with the audio in the
tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service vehicle:
carrier.
. Press g to answer the call. 1. Press g.
1. While on a call, press g. 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
. Press i to ignore a call.
2. Say “Three-way call.” To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
Call Waiting 3. Use the “Dial” or “Call” System from a Cell Phone
Call waiting must be supported on command to dial the number of During a call with the audio on the
the cell phone and enabled by the the third party to be called.
wireless service carrier. cell phone, press g. The audio
4. Once the call is connected, transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
. Press g to answer an incoming press g to link all callers does not transfer to the vehicle, use
call when another call is active. together. the audio transfer feature on the cell
The original call is placed phone. See your cell phone
on hold. Ending a Call manufacturer's user guide for more
Press i to end a call. information.
. Press g again to return to the
original call. Transferring a Call Voice Pass-Thru
. To ignore the incoming call, no Voice pass-thru allows access to the
Audio can be transferred between
action is required. the Bluetooth system and the cell voice recognition commands on the
phone. cell phone. See your cell phone
. Press i to disconnect the manufacturer's user guide to see if
current call and switch to the call The cell phone must be paired and the cell phone supports this feature.
on hold. connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
To access contacts stored in the cell 3. Say the number or name tag phone is not connected, calls will be
phone: to send. made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar
1. Press g. The system responds Clearing the System Overview 0 500
“Ready,” followed by a tone. Unless information is deleted out of or OnStar Overview 0 501.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
Pairing Information
will be retained indefinitely. This
3. Say “Voice.” The system . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
includes all phone pairing
responds “OK, accessing capability cannot be paired to
information. For information on how
<phone name>.” the vehicle as a phone and an
to delete this information, see
The cell phone's normal prompt “Deleting a Paired Phone.” MP3 player at the same time.
messages will go through their cycle . Up to 10 cell phones can be
according to the phone's operating Bluetooth (Infotainment paired to the Bluetooth system.
instructions.
Controls - Base Radio . The pairing process is disabled
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency with Touchscreen) when the vehicle is moving.
(DTMF) Tones . Pairing only needs to be
To use infotainment controls to
The Bluetooth system can send access the menu system, see completed once, unless the
numbers and the numbers stored as Overview (Base Radio) 0 189 or pairing information on the cell
name tags during a call. You can Overview (Base Radio with phone changes or the cell phone
use this feature when calling a Touchscreen) 0 193. is deleted from the system.
menu-driven phone system. . Only one paired cell phone can
Account numbers can also be Pairing
be connected to the Bluetooth
stored for use. A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone system at a time.
Sending a Number or Name Tag must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are
During a Call within range of the system, the
vehicle before it can be used. See
1. Press g. The system responds your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first
“Ready,” followed by a tone. guide for Bluetooth functions before
2. Say “Dial.” pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
available paired cell phone in the 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up 6. Touch the desired device to
order that they were first paired screen of the Bluetooth device pair on the searched list
to the system. and infotainment system. screen.
When the Bluetooth device and 6. When the Bluetooth device and 7. Touch Yes on the pop-up
infotainment system are infotainment system are screen of the Bluetooth device
successfully paired, the phone book successfully paired, the phone and infotainment system.
is downloaded automatically. This is screen is displayed on the . The connected phone is
dependent on the type of the phone infotainment system.
paired. If the automatic download highlighted by 5.
does not occur, proceed with the Pairing a Phone - SSP and Paired
Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
phone book download on the
and phone music functions are
phone. When a paired device is on the
enabled.
infotainment system and SSP is
Pairing a Phone - SSP and No
Paired Device
supported: . 5 indicates only the hands-free
1. Press {. function is enabled.
When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and Simple 2. Touch Settings. . Z indicates only Bluetooth
Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: music is enabled.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
1. Press {. Management. Pairing a Phone - No SSP and No
Paired Device
2. Touch PHONE, press # on the 4. Touch the desired device to
pair. When the Bluetooth When there is no paired device on
faceplate, or press g on the device and infotainment system the infotainment system and SSP is
steering wheel without OnStar. not supported:
are successfully paired, Z / 5
3. Touch Search Device. is displayed on the pair device 1. Press {.
4. Touch the desired device to screen. If no desired device is
pair on the searched list available go to Step 5. 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the
screen. 5. Touch Search Device to search faceplate, or press g on the
for the desired device. steering wheel without OnStar.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
3. Touch Search Device. 1. Press {. . The connected phone is

4. Touch the desired device to highlighted by 5.
2. Touch Settings.
pair on the searched list
screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
Management. and phone music functions are
5. Input the Personal enabled.
Identification Number (PIN) 4. Touch the desired device to
code (default: 1234) to the pair. When the Bluetooth . 5 indicates only the hands-free
Bluetooth device. When the device and infotainment system function is enabled.
Bluetooth device and are successfully paired, Z / 5
infotainment system are is displayed on the pair device
. Z indicates only Bluetooth
successfully paired, the screen. If no desired device is music is enabled.
PHONE screen is displayed on available go to Step 5. Connecting a Paired Bluetooth
the infotainment system. Device
5. Touch Search Device to search
When the connection fails, a failure for the desired device. 1. Press {.
message is displayed on the
6. Touch the desired device to 2. Touch Settings.
infotainment system. pair on the searched list
If a Bluetooth device was previously screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
connected, the infotainment system Management.
7. Input the Personal
executes the auto connection. Identification Number (PIN) 4. Touch the device to be
However, if the Bluetooth setting on connected.
code (default: 1234) to the
the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
Bluetooth device. When the Checking the Bluetooth
failure message is displayed on the
Bluetooth device and Connection
infotainment system. infotainment system are
Pairing a Phone - No SSP and successfully paired, Z / 5 is 1. Press {.
Paired Device displayed on the pair device 2. Touch Settings.
When a paired device is on the screen.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
infotainment system and SSP is not
Management.
supported:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
4. The paired device will show. . A cell phone or Bluetooth device phones. Only one function can
that supports Advanced Audio be used at a time between the
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device Distribution Profile (A2DP) Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
1. Press {. versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example,
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth
2. Touch Settings. product. hands-free while playing Phone
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . From the cell phone or Bluetooth music, the music is
Management. device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from
type to set/connect the item as a the car is not possible when
4. Touch the name of the device there are no music files stored in
to be disconnected. stereo headset.
the cell phone.
5. Touch Disconnect. . e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music
Deleting a Bluetooth Device the stereo headset is
successfully connected. 1. Press {.
1. Press {. . The sound played by the 2. Touch AUDIO.
2. Touch Settings. Bluetooth device is delivered
through the infotainment system. 3. Touch Source.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 4. Touch Bluetooth.
Management. . Bluetooth music can be played
only when a Bluetooth device Pause
4. Touch the device to delete. has been connected. To play
5. Touch Y. Bluetooth music, connect the Touch j to pause.
Bluetooth phone to the
6. Touch Delete. Touch r to resume.
infotainment system.
Bluetooth Music . If the Bluetooth device is Playing the Next Song
Before playing Bluetooth music, disconnected while playing Touch l.
read the following information. phone music, the music is
discontinued. The audio
streaming function may not be
supported in some Bluetooth
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth Apple CarPlay and
device is not in the waiting
Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not
Android Auto
playback time to play the automatically play. If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or
previous song. Apple CarPlay™ capability may be
. The infotainment system
Returning to the Beginning of the transmits the order to play from available through a compatible
Current Song the bluetooth device in the smartphone. If available, a
Bluetooth music play mode. PROJECTION icon will appear as
Touch g after two seconds of Android Auto or Car Play on the
If this is done in a different
playback time. mode, then the device transmits Home Page of the infotainment
the order to stop. Depending on display.
Search
the bluetooth device options, this To use Android Auto and/or Apple
Touch and hold g or l to rewind order to play/stop may take time CarPlay:
or fast forward. to activate.
1. Download the Android Auto
Playing Music Randomly . If the Bluetooth music playback app to your phone from the
is not functioning, then check to Google™ Play store. There is
Touch Z during playback. Touch see if the bluetooth device is in no app required for Apple
again to return to normal play. the waiting screen mode. CarPlay. Use the latest
This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during available operation system.
depending on the bluetooth device. the Bluetooth music playback. 2. Connect your Android phone or
Do not change the track too quickly . The infotainment system outputs Apple iPhone by using the
when playing Bluetooth music. the audio from the cell phone or compatible phone USB cable
Bluetooth device as it is and plugging into a USB data
Conditions that may occur when
transmitted. port. For best performance, use
playing Bluetooth music:
the device’s factory-provided
. It takes time to transmit data USB cable. Aftermarket or
from the bluetooth device to the third-party cables may
infotainment system. not work.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
The PROJECTION icon on the .

Home Page will change to Android
Bluetooth Phone/ To display album title, track title,
and artist information, the file
Auto or Apple CarPlay depending Devices should be compatible with the
on the phone. Android Auto and/or ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Apple CarPlay may automatically Pictures and Movies Using USB Storage Devices and
launch upon USB connection. If not,
press the ANDROID AUTO and/or
(Audio System with iPod/iPhone
APPLE CARPLAY icon on the Touchscreen) . Use a USB or flash memory type
Home Page to launch. storage device. Do not connect
The infotainment system can play
using a USB adaptor.
For further information on how to set the music files contained in the USB
up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay storage device or iPod/iPhone . Do not connect and reconnect
in the vehicle, see my. products. the USB device repeatedly in a
chevrolet.com or Customer short time, as this may cause
Audio System Information static electricity and problems
Assistance Offices 0 485
or Customer Assistance Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files using the device.
Offices 0 485. . Music files with .mp3, .wma, . Use a USB device with a metal
Android Auto is provided by Google .ogg, and .wav file name connecting terminal.
and is subject to Google’s terms extensions can be played. . Connection with i-Stick Type
and privacy policy. CarPlay is . MP3 files that can be played are: USB storage devices may be
provided by Apple and is subject to Bit rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps - faulty due to vehicle vibration.
Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
For Android Auto support see . Do not touch the USB
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05 connecting terminal.
https://support.google.com/ kHz, and 16 kHz.
androidauto or Apple CarPlay . Only USB storage devices
support at https://www.apple.com/ . Files with a bit rate above
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT
ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may 128 kbps will result in higher file system are recognized.
change or suspend availability at quality sound. NTFS and other file systems are
any time. Android Auto is a . ID3 Tag information for MP3 not recognized.
trademark of Google Inc.; Apple files, such as the album name
CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc. and the artist, can be played.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. The time it takes to process files . USB storage devices can only . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
will depend on the USB storage be connected for playing music/ with connection cables
device type and capacity, and movies, viewing photo files, supported by iPod/iPhone
the type of files stored. or upgrading. products. Other connection
. Some USB storage device files . Do not use the USB terminal to cables cannot be used.
may not be compatible. charge USB accessory . The iPod/iPhone may be
. Up to two USB devices and one equipment. The heat generated damaged if it is connected to the
iPod can be played through a may cause performance issues vehicle with the ignition on.
USB hub. All devices may not be or damage. When not in use, disconnect the
supported, depending on the . Music files to which Digital Right iPod/iPhone.
performance of the USB hub. Management (DRM) is applied . When the iPod/iPhone is
If there is not enough power cannot be played. connected to the USB port by
supply, it may not operate . USB storage device capacity using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
normally. limit is 2,500 music files, 2,500 Bluetooth music is not
. Do not disconnect the USB photo files, 250 movie files, supported.
storage device while it is playing. 2,500 folders, and 10 stages of . The iPod/iPhone playback
This may cause damage to the folder structure. The iPod/iPhone functions and the information
product or affect the can play all music files displayed may be different when
performance of the USB device. supported, but will only display played on the infotainment
. Disconnect the USB storage up to 2,500 files on the screen in system.
device when the ignition is alphabetical order.
turned off. If the ignition is turned . Some iPod/iPhone product
on while the USB device is models may not support the
connected, the USB device may connectivity or functionality of
be damaged or may not operate this product.
normally.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Changing to Next/Previous Files

. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
. Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already Current File
classification items related to the connected:
search function provided by the Touch g after five seconds of the
iPod/iPhone. . Press {. playback time.
USB Player . Touch AUDIO. Scanning Forward or Backward
Playing Music from a USB Device . Touch Source. Touch and hold g or l during
. Touch USB. playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Connect the USB device to the
Release the button to resume
USB port. To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
. Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
Source, then select the other Playing a File Randomly
the system has finished reading
the USB device. source. Touch Z during playback.
. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly.
connected, an error message another function, then remove the
USB device. . OFF: Returns to normal
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio playback.
Pause
function. Using the USB Music Menu
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Touch r to resume.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Auto Volume Playing Music Files

. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
Volume menu is displayed. See USB port.
“Auto Volume” under “System . Play will start from the previously
Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base played point after the system
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 has finished reading the USB
or AM-FM Radio (Base device.
Radio) 0 197.
. If a non-readable USB device is
. Touch the desired menu. Traffic Program (If Equipped) connected, an error message
Browse Music . Touch On or Off. displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
1. Touch Browse Music. MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) function.
2. Touch the desired music. . Connect a MTP supported
If the iPod/iPhone is already
device. connected:
Tone Settings
. Play will start automatically after
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
the system has finished reading 1. Press {.
Settings menu is displayed. See the MTP device. 2. Touch AUDIO.
“Tone Settings” under “System
Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base . If a non-readable MTP device is 3. Touch Source.
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 connected, an error message
displays and the system will 4. Touch iPod.
or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 197. switch to the previous audio To stop the device and select
function. another media source, touch
Source, then select the other
iPod/iPhone Player
source.
This feature is limited to models
To remove the device, select
supporting the iPod/iPhone
another function, then remove the
connection.
device.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Pause Using the iPod Menu Pictures and Movies

. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback. (Picture System with
. Touch r to resume.
. Touch the appropriate Touchscreen)
play mode.
The infotainment system can view
Changing to Next/Previous Song Browse Music picture files stored on a USB
. Touch l to change to the 1. Touch Browse Music. storage device and devices that
next song. support Media Transfer
2. Touch the desired music. Protocol (MTP).
. Touch g within three seconds Tone Settings
of the playback time to play the Picture System Information
previous file. . Touch Tone Settings. The Tone . Supported file extensions: .jpg,
Settings menu is displayed. See .bmp, .png, .gif.
Returning to the Beginning of the “Tone Settings” under “System
Current File Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base . Animated GIF files are not
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 supported.
Touch g after three seconds of the
or AM-FM Radio (Base . Some files may not operate due
playback time.
Radio) 0 197. to a different recording format or
Scanning Forward or Backward the condition of the file.
Auto Volume
Touch and hold g or l during . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto Viewing Pictures
playback to rewind or fast forward. Volume menu is displayed. See
Release the button to resume 1. Connect the USB device to the
“Auto Volume” under “System USB port.
playback at normal speed. Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Playing a File Randomly Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 2. Touch the screen to open to full
or AM-FM Radio (Base screen. Touch the screen again
Touch Z during playback. Radio) 0 197. to return to the previous
screen.
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
. OFF: Returns to normal
playback.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
If the USB device is already Using the USB Picture Menu Movie System Information
connected: 1. Touch MENU from the picture . Available resolution: Lower than
1. Press {. screen. 1280 x 720 (W x H) pixels.
2. Touch GALLERY. 2. Touch the appropriate menu: . Frame rate: Less than 30 fps.
Some features are disabled while . Slide Show Time: Allows . Playable movie file: mp4. The
the vehicle is in motion. selection of the slide show playable movie file may not be
interval. played according to the codec
Viewing a Slide Show format.
. Clock, Temp. Display:
1. Touch z from the picture Allows selection of On or . Playable codec format: H.264
screen. Off to show the clock and codec.
temperature on the full . Playable Audio format: MP3,
2. Touch the screen to cancel the screen.
slide show during the slide AC3, AAC, WMA.
show playback. . Display Settings: Adjusts . Max video bitrate:
for Brightness and Contrast.
Viewing a Previous or Next ‐ mpeg-1: 8 Mbps
Picture 3. Touch 0 to exit.
‐ mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43):
Touch S or T from the picture 4 Mbps
screen.
Pictures and Movies
. Max audio bitrate:
(Movie System with
Rotating a Picture ‐ mp3: 320 Kbps
Touchscreen)
Touch w from the picture screen. The infotainment system can play ‐ wma: 320 Kbps
Enlarging a Picture movie files stored on a USB storage ‐ ac-3: 640 Kbps
device and devices that support ‐ aac: 449 Kbps
Touch x from the picture screen. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP).
. Movie files to which Digital Right
Management (DRM) is applied
may not be played.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Playing a Movie File Returning to the Beginning of the 2. Touch the appropriate menu:
1. Connect the USB device to the Current Movie . Tone Settings: Shows the
USB port. Touch t after five seconds of the sound setup. See “Tone
2. Touch the screen to open to full playback time. Settings” under “Base
screen. Touch the screen again Radio with Touchscreen” in
Scanning Forward or Backward AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
to return to the previous
with Touchscreen) 0 199 or
screen. Touch and hold t or u during
AM-FM Radio (Base
If the USB device is already playback to rewind or fast forward. Radio) 0 197.
connected: Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed. . Auto Volume: Automatically
1. Press {. adjusts the volume
Viewing Full Screen according to the speed of
2. Touch GALLERY. the vehicle. See “Auto
Touch t from the movie screen.
3. Touch z. Volume” under “Base Radio
Touch t again to return to the with Touchscreen” in
Movie is not available while driving. previous screen. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
Pause Using the USB Movie Menu with Touchscreen) 0 199 or
AM-FM Radio (Base
. Touch j to pause. 1. Touch MENU from the movie Radio) 0 197.
screen.
. Touch r to resume. . Clock Temp. Display:
Allows selection of On or
Changing to Next/Previous Movie Off to show the clock and
temperature on the full
. Touch u to change to the
screen.
next file.
. Display Settings: Adjusts
. Touch t within five seconds of for brightness and contrast.
the playback time to play the
previous file. 3. Touch 0 to exit.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Trademarks and iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are channel name. Channel blocking is
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered available for SiriusXM Satellite
License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries. Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
FCC Information
. USA Customers — See
See Radio Frequency Statement www.siriusxm.com or call
0 496 or Radio Frequency 1-866-635–2349.
Statement 0 496.
. Canadian Customers — See
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
other fees may apply. Subscription disassemble, reverse engineer,
fee is consumer only. All fees and hack, manipulate, or otherwise
programming subject to change. make available any technology or
"Made for iPod" and "Made for Subscriptions subject to Customer software incorporated in receivers
iPhone" mean that an electronic Agreement available at compatible with the SiriusXM®
accessory has been designed to www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio System or that
connect specifically to iPod or service only available in the support the SiriusXM website, the
iPhone and has been certified by 48 contiguous United States and Online Service or any of its content.
the developer to meet Apple Canada. Furthermore, the AMBER voice
performance standards. Apple is not compression software included in
In Canada: Some deterioration of this product is protected by
responsible for the operation of this service may occur in extreme
device or its compliance with safety intellectual property rights including
northern latitudes. This is beyond patent rights, copyrights, and trade
and regulatory standards. Please the control of SiriusXM® Satellite
note that the use of this accessory secrets of Digital Voice
Radio. Systems, Inc.
with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless performance. iPhone®, Explicit Language Notice: Channels
iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL” preceding the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
General Requirements: Schedule I: Gracenote EULA are either registered trademarks or

1. A License Agreement from trademarks of Gracenote in the
SiriusXM® is required for any United States and/or other
product that incorporates countries.
SiriusXM Technology and/or for Gracenote Terms of Use
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured, This application or device contains
distributed, or marketed in the software from Gracenote, Inc. of
SiriusXM Service Area. Emeryville, California ("Gracenote").
Music recognition technology and The software from Gracenote (the
2. For products to be distributed, related data are provided by "Gracenote Software") enables this
marketed, and/or sold in Gracenote®. Gracenote is the application to do disc or file
Canada, a separate agreement industry standard in music identification and obtain
is required with Canadian recognition technology and related music-related information, including
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating content delivery. For more name, artist, track, and title
as SiriusXM Canada). information visit information ("Gracenote Data") from
www.gracenote.com. online servers or embedded
Other Information databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Music-related data from Gracenote,
The Bluetooth® word mark and Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Servers") and to perform other
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® Gracenote. Gracenote Software, functions. You may use Gracenote
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks copyright © 2000 to present Data only by means of the intended
by General Motors is under license. Gracenote. One or more patents End-User functions of this
Other trademarks and trade names owned by Gracenote may apply to application or device.
are those of their respective owners. this product and service. See the This application or device may
Gracenote website for a contain content belonging to
non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of
Gracenote patents. Gracenote, the restrictions set forth herein with
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the respect to Gracenote Data shall
Gracenote logo and logotype, and also apply to such content and such
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will error-free or that functioning of
set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Gracenote. payment to you for any information Servers will be uninterrupted.
You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that Gracenote is not obligated to
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote may enforce its rights provide you with new enhanced or
Software, and Gracenote Servers under this Agreement against you additional data types or categories
for your own personal directly in its own name. that Gracenote may provide in the
non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a future and is free to discontinue its
not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for services at any time.
transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL
any Gracenote Data to any third a randomly assigned numeric WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you WARRANTIES OF
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service. TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each GRACENOTE DOES NOT
license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR
Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties, USE OF THE GRACENOTE
you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the SOFTWARE OR ANY
license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO
cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote LIABLE FOR ANY
Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data CONSEQUENTIAL OR
Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote REVENUES.
Servers, including all ownership Software or Gracenote Servers are
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
© 2013. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Open Source SW Subject to the terms and conditions
Reserved. The open source code used in this of this License, QSSC hereby
device can be downloaded at the grants you a limited, non-exclusive,
PANDORA non-transferable license to use the
webpage shown in the information
PANDORA, the PANDORA logo, at the center stack display. Further Software in the Product for the
and the Pandora trade dress are information concerning the OSS purpose intended by the
trademarks or registered trademarks licenses is shown in the center Manufacturer. If permitted by the
of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with stack display. Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
permission. you may make one backup copy of
QNX the Software as part of the Product
Unicode
Portions of this software are software. QSSC and its licensors
Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode, copyright © 2008-2013, QNX reserve all license+C31 rights not
Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed Software Systems. All rights expressly granted herein, and retain
under the Terms of Use in http:// reserved. all right, title and interest in and to
www.unicode.org/copyright.html. all copies of the Software, including
Part C – EULA all intellectual property rights
Free Type Project
Copyright 2013, Software Systems therein. Unless required by
Portions of this software are GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights applicable law you may not
copyright © 2013 The FreeType Reserved. reproduce, distribute or transfer,
Project (http://www.freetype.org). All or de-compile, disassemble or
rights reserved. The product you have purchased otherwise attempt to unbundle,
("Product") contains Software reverse engineer, modify or create
iType (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; derivative works of, the Software.
iType is a trademark of Monotype "Software") which is distributed by You agree: (1) not to remove, cover
Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S. or on behalf of the Product or alter any proprietary notices,
Patent & Trademark Office and may manufacturer "Manufacturer") under labels or marks in or on the
be registered in certain other license from Software Systems Co. Software, and to ensure that all
jurisdictions. ("QSSC"). You may only use the copies bear any notice contained on
Software in the Product and in the original; and (2) not to export the
compliance with the license terms
below.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Product or the Software in ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
contravention of applicable export OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
control laws. LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT WMA
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain
LICENSORS PROVIDE THE THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of
SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft.
INCLUDING, WITHOUT UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source
OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and
NON-INFRINGEMENT, OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated
ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES above, please contact the
PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS Manufacturer or contact QSSC at
MANUFACTURER OR ITS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO USE THE PRODUCT (licensing@qnx.com).
OFFERED BY THE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES PRODUCT FAILURE OR
OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
ASSUME ANY RISKS OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
AFFILIATES OR THEIR
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
END USER NOTICE

The marks of companies displayed
by this product to indicate business
locations are the marks of their
respective owners. The use of such
marks in this product does not imply
any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies
of this product.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
250 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems (with Heater Only)

Climate Control Systems (with With this system, the heating and ventilation can be controlled.
Heater Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Climate Control Systems (with
Air Conditioning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
1. Fan Control 9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise

2. Air Recirculation or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn the
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls knob all the way counterclockwise
4. Defrost to turn the fan off.
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) Air Delivery Mode Controls :
Press Y, \, [ , or - to change
TEMP (Temperature Control) :
Turn clockwise or counterclockwise the direction of the airflow. An
to increase or decrease the indicator light comes on in the
temperature inside the vehicle. selected mode button.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Climate Controls 251
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn

instrument panel outlets. on recirculation. An indicator light
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided comes on. Air is recirculated to
between the instrument panel and quickly cool the inside of the
floor outlets. vehicle. It can also be used to help
reduce outside air and odors that
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the enter the vehicle.
floor outlets, with some air directed
to the windshield, side window, and
second row floor outlets.
- (Defog) : This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the windshield, floor
outlets, and side window vents.
0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and the side window
vents. The system automatically
forces outside air into the vehicle.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
See Air Vents 0 257.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Climate Control Systems (with Air Conditioning) Air Delivery Mode Controls :
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. the direction of the airflow. An
indicator light comes on in the
selected mode button.
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets.
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some air directed
to the windshield and side window
outlets.
- (Defog) : This mode clears the
1. Fan Control 7. @ Air Recirculation windows of fog or moisture. Air is
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) directed to the windshield, floor
TEMP (Temperature Control) : outlets, and side window vents.
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the
4. Defrost temperature inside the vehicle. windshield of fog or frost more
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) quickly. Air is directed to the
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise windshield and the side window
6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If or counterclockwise to increase or vents. The system automatically
Equipped) decrease the fan speed. Turn the forces outside air into the vehicle
knob all the way counterclockwise and the air conditioning compressor
f (Outside Heated Mirror, If to turn the fan off. will run, unless the outside
Equipped) temperature is close to freezing.
8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Do not drive the vehicle until all the air conditioner will not run. The A/C
windows are clear. light will stay on even if the outside Caution (Continued)
See Air Vents 0 257. temperatures are below freezing.
not be covered by the vehicle
@ (Recirculation) : Press to turn Rear Window Defogger warranty. Do not clear the inside
on recirculation. An indicator light K (Rear Window Defogger) : rear window with sharp objects.
comes on. Air is recirculated to If equipped, press to turn the rear
quickly cool the inside of the window defogger on or off. An
vehicle. It can also be used to help Dual Automatic Climate
indicator light on the button comes
reduce outside air and odors that on to show that the rear window Control System
enter the vehicle. defogger is on. With this system the heating,
8 (Outside Air, If Equipped) : The rear window defogger only cooling, and ventilation in the
Press to turn the outside air mode works when the ignition is in ON/ vehicle can be controlled.
on. An indicator light on the button RUN. The defogger turns off if the For an eAssist vehicle, see the
comes on to show that outside is ignition is turned to ACC/ Silverado/Sierra eAssist
on. When selected, air from outside ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. supplement.
the vehicle circulates throughout the
vehicle. The recirculation mode If equipped with heated outside
cannot be used with the outside mirrors, they turn on when the rear
air mode. window defogger button is on. They
help to clear fog or frost from the
f (Outside Heated Mirror, If surface of the mirrors.
Equipped) : Press to turn the
heated mirrors on or off. See
Heated Mirrors 0 50.
Caution
A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to Using a razor blade or sharp
turn the air conditioning system on object to clear the inside rear
or off. An indicator light comes on to window can damage the rear
show that the air conditioning is window defogger. Repairs would
enabled. If the fan is turned off, the (Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
2. Set the driver and passenger

temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.
1. Driver Temperature Control Automatic Operation The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air Press @ to manually select
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls recirculation; press it again to select
conditioning, and recirculation in
4. Fan Control order to heat or cool the vehicle to outside air.
5. Defrost the desired temperature. Do not cover the solar sensor on the
When the indicator light is on, the top of the instrument panel near the
6. Passenger Temperature windshield. This sensor regulates
Control system is in full automatic operation.
If the air delivery mode or fan air temperature based on sun load.
7. SYNC (Synchronized setting is manually adjusted, the See “Sensors” later in this section.
Temperature) auto indicator turns off and displays Manual Operation
8. Rear Window Defogger will show the selected settings.
O (On/Off) : Press to turn the
9. Power Button To place the system in climate control system on or off.
automatic mode: Outside air still enters the vehicle,
10. Air Recirculation
1. Press AUTO.
11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
and is directed to the floor. This The driver side or passenger side outlets, and side window vents. The
direction can be changed by temperature display shows the system automatically forces outside
pressing the air delivery mode. temperature setting increasing or air into the vehicle and the air
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise decreasing. conditioning compressor will run,
or counterclockwise to increase or Air Delivery Mode Control : unless the outside temperature is
decrease the fan speed. Press the close to freezing.
knob to turn the fan off. the direction of the airflow. An 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the
Press AUTO to return to automatic indicator light comes on in the windshield of fog or frost more
operation. selected mode button. quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and the side window
Driver and Passenger Changing the mode cancels the vents. The air conditioning
Temperature Control : The automatic operation and the system compressor also comes on, unless
temperature can be adjusted goes into manual mode. Press the outside temperature is below
separately for the driver and AUTO to return to automatic freezing.
passenger. operation.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
Turn the knob clockwise or Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the windows are clear.
counterclockwise to increase or instrument panel outlets.
decrease the driver or passenger See Air Vents 0 257.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
temperature setting. between the instrument panel and A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to
SYNC (Synchronized floor outlets. Some air is directed turn the air conditioning system on
Temperature) : Press to link the toward the windshield and side or off. An indicator light comes on to
passenger temperature setting to window outlets. show that the air conditioning is
the driver setting. The SYNC enabled. If the fan is turned off, the
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the air conditioner will not run. The A/C
indicator light will turn on. When the floor outlets, with some to the
passenger setting is adjusted, the light will stay on even if the outside
windshield, side window outlets, and temperatures are below freezing.
SYNC indicator light is off. second row floor outlets.
@ (Recirculation) : Press to turn
- (Defog) : This mode clears the on recirculation. An indicator light
windows of fog or moisture. Air is comes on. Air is recirculated to
directed to the windshield, floor
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
quickly cool the inside of the There is also an exterior

vehicle. It can also be used to help Caution (Continued) temperature sensor behind the front
reduce outside air and odors that grille. This sensor reads the outside
enter the vehicle. The air not be covered by the vehicle air temperature and helps maintain
conditioning compressor also comes warranty. Do not clear the inside the temperature inside the vehicle.
on when this mode is activated. rear window with sharp objects. Any cover on the front of the vehicle
including a snow plow, could cause
Rear Window Defogger a false reading in the displayed
Heated Mirror : If equipped with
The rear window defogger uses a heated outside rearview mirrors, the temperature.
warming grid to remove fog from the mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost Some vehicles may have the
rear window. from the surface of the mirror when exterior temperature sensor in the
K (Rear Window Defogger) : the rear window defog button is passenger side mirror instead of the
Press to turn the rear window pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 50. front grille area.
defogger on or off. An indicator light Sensors The climate control system uses the
on the button comes on to show that information from these sensors to
the rear window defogger is on. maintain comfort settings by
The rear window defogger only adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
works when the ignition is in ON/ speed, and the air delivery mode.
RUN. The defogger turns off if the The system may also supply cooler
ignition is turned to ACC/ air to the side of the vehicle facing
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. the sun. The recirculation mode will
also be used as needed to maintain
Caution cool outlet temperatures.
Using a razor blade or sharp The solar sensor, located in the

object to clear the inside rear defrost grille in the middle of the
window can damage the rear instrument panel, monitors the solar
window defogger. Repairs would heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
(Continued) or the system will not work properly.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Keep the path under the front
Air Vents seats clear of objects to help
Maintenance
Use the air vents in the center and circulate the air inside of the
on the side of the instrument panel vehicle more effectively. Passenger Compartment
to direct airflow. Use the . Use of non-GM approved hood
Air Filter
thumbwheels near the air vents to
deflectors can adversely affect The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
open or close off the airflow.
the performance of the system. and other airborne irritants from
Air vents blow warm air on the side Check with your dealer before outside air that is pulled into the
windows in cold weather. If Floor, adding equipment to the outside vehicle.
Defog, or Defrost modes are of the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
selected, a small amount of air will
of routine scheduled maintenance.
come from the vents close to the
See Maintenance Schedule 0 462.
window. If the airflow is shut off
To find out what type of filter to use,
using the thumbwheels, warm air
see Maintenance Replacement
will be directed to the other
Parts 0 474.
instrument panel vents. This is
normal operation.
Use the thumbwheels to turn vent
airflow on or off based on the mode
selected.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
1. Open the lower glove box door Service

completely.
All vehicles have a label underhood
2. Remove the four screws from that identifies the refrigerant used in
around the lower glove box. the vehicle. The refrigerant system
The door does not need to be should only be serviced by trained
removed to access the screws. and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
4. Release the two tabs holding
the service door. Open the During service, all refrigerants
service door and remove the should be reclaimed with proper
old filter. equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
5. Install the new air filter. to the environment and may also
6. Close the service door and create unsafe conditions based on
secure the tabs. inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
3. Close the lower glove box door or other health-based concerns.
and pull it from its frame to 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
remove the entire unit. the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Driving and Operating 259
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 307
Ride Control Systems
Operating Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
285
286 Traction Control/Electronic
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Parking (Manual Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 310
Driving Information Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Parking over Things Cruise Control
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Active Fuel Management® . . . . 288
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Driver Assistance Systems
Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems . . . 314
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Assistance Systems for
Running the Vehicle While Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 314
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Assistance Systems for
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 268 Automatic Transmission Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 269 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 289 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 271 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Lane Departure Warning
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 272 (LDW) (2500/3500
Truck-Camper Loading Manual Transmission Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 296 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Starting and Operating Drive Systems
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 280 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Fuel
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Brakes California Fuel
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Antilock Brake
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 324
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
260 Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 .

Filling a Portable Fuel
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 programming favorite radio
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate
Trailer Towing control and seat settings.
Distraction comes in many forms
General Towing Program all trip information into
and can take your focus from the
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 any navigation device prior to
task of driving. Exercise good
Driving Characteristics and driving.
judgment and do not let other
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 354 governments have enacted laws to the floor.
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Conversions and Add-Ons familiar with the local laws in
Add-On Electrical your area. to children.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations
Pickup Conversion to
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary { Warning
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Refer to the infotainment section for Average driver reaction time is

more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
system and the navigation system, that time, a vehicle moving at
if equipped, including pairing and Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
using a cell phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive driving means “always can have a serious — or even include:
expect the unexpected.” The first fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
step in driving defensively is to wear drinking. you and the vehicle in front
the safety belt. See Safety of you.
Belts 0 66. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
careless and make mistakes. who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to
front of you. power brake assist but it will be
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
. Focus on the task of driving. Once the power assist is used up, it
Braking can take longer to stop and the
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
Death and injury associated with time and reaction time. Deciding to
drinking and driving is a global push the brake pedal is perception
tragedy. time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Steering Hydraulic Power Steering button adjusts steering effort for

(2500/3500 Series) driving conditions described in Tow/
Electric Power Steering (1500 Haul Mode 0 295.
Series) (2500/3500 Series – All Regular
Cab, Double Cab/Crew Cab The power steering system may
If the vehicle has electric power without Digital Steer Assist) require maintenance, see Power
steering, it does not have power Steering Fluid (1500 Series) 0 385
steering fluid. Regular maintenance The power steering system may or Power Steering Fluid (2500/3500
is not required. require maintenance. See Power Series) 0 385.
Steering Fluid (1500 Series) 0 385
If power steering assist is lost due or Power Steering Fluid (2500/3500 If power steering assist is lost
to a system malfunction, the vehicle Series) 0 385. because the engine stops or the
can be steered, but may require system malfunctions, the vehicle
increased effort. See your dealer if If power steering assist is lost can be steered but may require
there is a problem. because the engine stops or the increased effort. See your dealer.
system malfunctions, the vehicle
If the steering wheel is turned until it can be steered but may require
reaches the end of its travel, and is increased effort. See your dealer.
Caution
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist (2500/3500 Series – Double Cab/ If the steering wheel is turned
may be reduced. Crew Cab with Digital Steer until it reaches the end of its
Assist) travel, and is held in that position
If the steering assist is used for an for more than 15 seconds,
extended period of time, power The vehicle has a Digital Steer
Assist power steering system that damage may occur to the power
assist may be reduced. steering system and there may be
varies the amount of effort required
Normal use of the power steering to steer the vehicle. Less steering loss of power steering assist.
assist should return when the effort is required at slower speeds.
system cools down. At faster speeds, the steering effort Curve Tips
See specific vehicle steering increases. The system helps the
messages under Steering System steering wheel return to center at . Take curves at a reasonable
Messages 0 161. low speeds. Pressing the Tow/Haul speed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. Reduce speed before entering a Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go
curve. straight down the roadway.
. Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve. Loss of Control
. Wait until the vehicle is out of Skidding
the curve before accelerating
There are three types of skids that
gently into the straightaway.
correspond to the vehicle's three
Steering in Emergencies control systems:
. There are some situations when . Braking Skid — wheels are not
steering around a problem may rolling.
be more effective than braking. . Steering or Cornering Skid —
. Holding both sides of the too much speed or steering in a
steering wheel allows you to turn curve causes tires to slip and
180 degrees without removing The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
a hand. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) these tips: throttle causes the driving
allows steering while braking. wheels to spin.
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
The vehicle may straighten out. Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
Be ready for a second skid if it and check inflation pressure in
occurs. Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare,
used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped.
. Slow down and adjust your without four-wheel drive and
driving according to weather vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about
conditions. Stopping distance Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
can be longer and vehicle tires must not be driven off-road manual.
control can be affected when except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air
traction is reduced by water, contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
snow, ice, gravel, or other original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road
material on the road. Learn to warranty manual. driving.
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control
snow on the road to make a off-road driving is to control the (HDC) 0 310
mirrored surface — and slow speed.
. Know the local laws that apply to
down when you have any doubt. off-road driving.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, { Warning To gain more ground clearance if
acceleration, or braking, When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to
including reducing vehicle speed remove the front fascia lower air
and quick changes in direction
by shifting to a lower gear. Any dam. However, driving without the
can easily throw you out of
sudden changes could cause air dam reduces fuel economy.
the tires to slide. position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
Remember: Antilock brakes help your passengers should always Caution
avoid only the braking skid. wear safety belts.
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front
Before Driving Off-Road fascia lower air dam installed can
. Have all necessary maintenance (Continued)
and service work completed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Driving on Hills
Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Driving safely on hills requires good
cause improper air flow to the to roll over. You can be judgment and an understanding of
engine. Re-attach the front fascia seriously or fatally injured if what the vehicle can and cannot do.
air dam after off-road driving. the vehicle rolls over. Put
heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.
{ Warning
Loading the Vehicle for Many hills are simply too steep
Off-Road Driving for any vehicle. Driving up hills
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits can cause the vehicle to stall.
{ Warning 0 272 and Tires 0 407. Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
. Unsecured cargo on the Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be
load floor can be tossed
. Always use established trails, injured or killed. Do not drive on
about when driving over
roads, and areas that have been steep hills.
rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck set aside for public off-road
by flying objects. Secure the recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the
cargo properly. posted regulations. steepness, traction, and
. Keep cargo in the cargo . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead
area as far forward and as trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the
low as possible. The wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before
heaviest things should be . driving further.
Do not park over things that
on the floor, forward of the burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills:
rear axle. That Burn 0 288. . Use a low gear and keep a firm
. Heavy loads on the roof grip on the steering wheel.
raise the vehicle's center of . Maintain a slow speed.
gravity, making it more likely
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill. { Warning { Warning
. Slow down when approaching If the vehicle has the two‐speed Heavy braking when going down
the top of the hill. automatic transfer case, shifting a hill can cause your brakes to
. Use headlamps even during the the transfer case to N (Neutral) overheat and fade. This could
day to make the vehicle more can cause your vehicle to roll cause loss of control and you or
visible. even if the transmission is in others could be injured or killed.
P (Park). This is because the Apply the brakes lightly when
{ Warning N (Neutral) position on the
transfer case overrides the
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
Driving to the top of a hill at high transmission. You or someone control.
speed can cause an accident. else could be injured. If leaving
There could be a drop-off, the vehicle, set the parking brake If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
embankment, cliff, or even and shift the transmission to
another vehicle. You could be P (Park). Shift the transfer case to 1. Apply the brakes to stop the
seriously injured or killed. As you any position but N (Neutral). vehicle, and then apply the
near the top of a hill, slow down parking brake.
and stay alert. . When driving down a hill, keep 2. Shift into P (Park) and then
the vehicle headed straight restart the engine.
. Never go downhill forward or down. Use a low gear because . If driving uphill when the
backward with either the the engine will work with the vehicle stalls, shift to
transmission or transfer case in brakes to slow the vehicle and R (Reverse), release the
N (Neutral). The brakes could help keep the vehicle under parking brake, and back
overheat and you could lose control. straight down.
control.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. Never try to turn the vehicle . Avoid turns that take the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep across the incline of the hill. { Warning
enough to stall the vehicle, A hill that can be driven straight
it is steep enough to cause up or down might be too steep to Getting out of the vehicle on the
it to roll over. drive across. Driving across an downhill side when stopped
incline puts more weight on the across an incline is dangerous.
. If you cannot make it up the If the vehicle rolls over, you could
hill, back straight down downhill wheels, which could
cause a downhill slide or a be crushed or killed. Always get
the hill. out on the uphill side of the
rollover.
. Never back down a hill in vehicle and stay well clear of the
. Surface conditions can be a
N (Neutral) using only the rollover path.
brake. The vehicle can roll problem. Loose gravel, muddy
backward quickly and you spots, or even wet grass can
could lose control. cause the tires to slip sideways, Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
downhill. If the vehicle slips or Ice
. If driving downhill when the sideways, it can hit something
vehicle stalls, shift to a that will trip it — a rock, a rut, Use a low gear when driving in mud
lower gear, release the etc. — and roll over. — the deeper the mud, the lower
parking brake, and drive the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
. Hidden obstacles can make the to avoid getting stuck.
straight down the hill.
steepness of the incline more
3. If the vehicle cannot be severe. If a rock is driven across Traction changes when driving on
restarted after stalling, set the with the uphill wheels, or if the sand. On loose sand, such as on
parking brake, shift into downhill wheels drop into a rut beaches or sand dunes, the tires
P (Park), and turn the or depression, the vehicle can tilt tend to sink into the sand. This
vehicle off. even more. affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
3.1. Leave the vehicle and . If an incline must be driven and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
seek help. across, and the vehicle starts to maneuvers.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the slide, turn downhill. This should
vehicle would take if it help straighten out the vehicle
rolled downhill. and prevent the side slipping.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Traction is reduced on hard packed After operation in mud or sand,

snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued) have the brake linings cleaned and
control. Reduce vehicle speed when checked. These substances can
driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the cause glazing and uneven braking.
and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not Check the body structure, steering,
drive through rushing water. suspension, wheels, tires, and
{ Warning exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution system for any leakage.
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice More frequent maintenance service
Do not drive through standing
conditions vary greatly and the is required. See the Maintenance
water if it is deep enough to cover
vehicle could fall through the ice; Schedule 0 462.
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
you and your passengers could
pipe. Deep water can damage the
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
axle and other vehicle parts. Driving on Wet Roads
surfaces only.
Rain and wet roads can reduce
If the standing water is not too deep, vehicle traction and affect your
Driving in Water drive slowly through it. At faster ability to stop and accelerate.
speeds, water splashes and the Always drive slower in these types
{ Warning vehicle can stall. When going of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
through water, the brakes get wet
Driving through rushing water can and it may take longer to stop. See deep-standing or flowing water.
be dangerous. Deep water can “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this
sweep your vehicle downstream section.
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow After Off-Road Driving
water, it can still wash away the Remove any brush or debris that
ground from under your tires. has collected on the underbody or
(Continued) chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads

{ Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through
Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving
They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
lose control of the vehicle.
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
After driving through a large contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and
puddle of water or a car/vehicle transmission.
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills.
normally.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet
{ Warning
flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope
happens, you and other vehicle can cause brake overheating, can
occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and
ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking.
very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower
through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 407.
. Turn off cruise control.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Winter Driving clear roads in shaded areas.

{ Warning The surface of a curve or an
Driving on Snow or Ice overpass can remain icy when
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) the surrounding roads are clear.
or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or Avoid sudden steering
dangerous. This can cause maneuvers and braking while
overheating of the brakes and grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when on ice.
loss of steering. Always have the
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control.
engine running and the vehicle
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear. Blizzard Conditions
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
. Drive at speeds that keep the signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating unless there is help nearby.
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to If possible, use Roadside
center line. spin and makes the surface Assistance. See Roadside
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick. Assistance Program 0 487 or
something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See Roadside Assistance Program
(e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic 0 490. To get help and keep
Stability Control 0 308. everyone in the vehicle safe:
. Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System . Turn on the hazard warning
winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability flashers.
passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the . Tie a red cloth to an outside
and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner mirror.
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 305.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
If the Vehicle Is Stuck

Slowly and cautiously spin the
Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest wheels to free the vehicle when
under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.” See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO, Out” later in this section.
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 288. The Traction Control System (TCS)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can can often help to free a stuck
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle. See Traction Control/
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle Electronic Stability Control 0 308.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
partially close the window. Moving “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”
. Clear snow from the base of following.
the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
{ Warning
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the If the vehicle's tires spin at high
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle speed, they can explode, and you
to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery or others could be injured. The
charged to restart the vehicle and to vehicle can overheat, causing an
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
or under the instrument engine compartment fire or other
Do this as little as possible, to
panel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
save fuel.
as possible and avoid going
. Adjust the climate control
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
(Continued) For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains 0 430.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Recovery Hooks

It Out Caution
Turn the steering wheel left and { Warning Do not drive through standing
right to clear the area around the water if it is deep enough to cover
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive Never pull on recovery hooks
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive from the side. The hooks could
pipe. Deep water can damage the
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back break and you and others could
axle and other vehicle parts.
and forth between R (Reverse) and be injured. When using recovery
a forward gear, spinning the wheels hooks, always pull the vehicle
as little as possible. To prevent from the front. There are recovery hooks at the
transmission wear, wait until the front of the vehicle. Use them if the
wheels stop spinning before shifting vehicle is stuck off-road and needs
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in to be pulled some place to continue
the forward and reverse directions driving.
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get Vehicle Load Limits
the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how
might need to be towed out. See
much weight the vehicle can
Towing the Vehicle 0 447. Recovery
hooks can be used, if the vehicle carry. This weight is called the
has them. vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Tire and Loading Information cold tire inflation pressures (4).

{ Warning Label For more information on tires
Do not load the vehicle any and inflation see Tires 0 407
heavier than the Gross and Tire Pressure 0 416.
Vehicle Weight Rating There is also important loading
(GVWR), or either the information on the vehicle
maximum front or rear Gross Certification/Tire label. It may
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). show the Gross Vehicle Weight
This can cause systems to Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
break and change the way the Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
vehicle handles. This could the front and rear axles. See
cause loss of control and a “Certification/Tire Label” later in
crash. Overloading can also this section.
reduce stopping distance, Label Example
“Steps for Determining Correct
damage the tires, and shorten A vehicle-specific Tire and Load Limit–
the life of the vehicle. Loading Information label is 1. Locate the statement "The
attached to the center pillar combined weight of
(B-pillar). The Tire and Loading occupants and cargo should
Information label shows the never exceed XXX kg or
number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
positions (1), and the maximum placard.
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
The Tire and Loading
passengers that will be
Information label also shows the
riding in your vehicle.
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and
weight of the driver and manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available (700 lb)
XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load
4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.”
the available amount of See Trailer Towing 0 330 for
cargo and luggage load important information on towing
capacity. For example, if the a trailer, towing safety rules, and
"XXX" amount equals trailering tips.
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = Example 2
650 lbs.)
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
5. Determine the combined Example 2 = 453 kg
weight of luggage and cargo (1,000 lb)
being loaded on the vehicle. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
That weight may not safely @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 =
exceed the available cargo Example 1 340 kg (750 lb)
and luggage load capacity 3. Available Cargo Weight =
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 113 kg (250 lb)
calculated in Step 4.
Example 1 = (453 kg)
6. If your vehicle will be towing (1,000 lb)
a trailer, load from your 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
trailer will be transferred to @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
of the driver, passengers, and includes the weight of the

cargo should never exceed the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
vehicle's capacity weight. cargo.
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To determine
the actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lb) The Certification/Tire label also
2. Subtract Occupant Weight contains important information
@ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 = A vehicle-specific Certification/ about the Front Axle Reserve
453 kg (1,000 lb) Tire label is label is attached to Capacity. See Adding a Snow
3. Available Cargo Weight = the center pillar (B-pillar). The Plow or Similar
0 kg (0 lb) label may show the size of the Equipment 0 355.
Refer to the Tire and Loading vehicle's original tires and the
Information label for specific inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
{ Warning
information about the vehicle's
capacity weight and seating of the vehicle. This is called In the case of a sudden stop
positions. The combined weight Gross Vehicle Weight or collision, things carried in
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR the bed of your truck could
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
There is also important loading

Warning (Continued) { Warning information for off-road driving in
shift forward and come into Things you put inside the this manual. See “Loading the
the passenger area, injuring vehicle can strike and injure Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
you and others. If you put people in a sudden stop or under Off-Road Driving 0 264.
things in the bed of your truck, turn, or in a crash. Two-Tiered Loading
you should make sure they . Put things in the cargo
are properly secured. Depending on the model of the
area of the vehicle. Try to pickup, an upper load platform
spread the weight evenly. can be created by positioning
Caution . Never stack heavier three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
things, like suitcases, 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
Overloading the vehicle may inside the vehicle so that across the width of the pickup
cause damage. Repairs would not some of them are above box. The planks must be
be covered by the vehicle the tops of the seats. inserted in the pickup box
warranty. Do not overload the depressions.
vehicle. . Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint When using this upper load
in the vehicle. platform, be sure the load is
Using heavier suspension securely tied down to prevent it
components to get added . When you carry from shifting. The load's center
durability might not change the something inside the of gravity should be positioned
weight ratings. Ask your dealer vehicle, secure it in a zone over the rear axle. The
to help load the vehicle the whenever you can. zone is located in the area
right way. . Do not leave a seat between the front of each wheel
folded down unless you well and the rear of each wheel
need to.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
well. The center of gravity height Remember not to exceed the Loading Points
must not extend above the top Gross Axle Weight
of the pickup box flareboard. Rating (GAWR) of the front or
Any load that extends beyond rear axle.
the vehicle's taillamp area must Maximum
be properly marked according to * Equipment Weight
local laws and regulations. Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb)
Remember not to exceed the and Cargo
Gross Axle Weight Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb)
Rating (GAWR) of the front or and Cargo
rear axle.
Side Boxes 113 kg per
Add-On Equipment and Cargo side (250 lb
When carrying removable items, per side) 1. Primary Load Points
a limit on how many people 2. Secondary Load Areas
* The combined weight for all 3. GM Approved Accessory
carried inside the vehicle may rail-mounted equipment should Mounting Points
be necessary. Be sure to weigh not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
the vehicle before buying and Structural members (1) and (2) are
installing the new equipment. included in the pickup box design.
Additional accessories should use
these load points. Depending on the
Caution accessory design, use a spacer
Overloading the vehicle may under the accessory at the load
cause damage. Repairs would not points to remove gap. The holes for
GM approved accessories (3) are
be covered by the vehicle
not intended for aftermarket
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com When carrying a slide-in

for additional pickup box load camper, the total cargo load of
bearing structural information. the vehicle is the weight of the
camper plus:
Truck-Camper Loading
. Everything added to the
Information camper after it left the
A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper factory.
Loading Information label is . Everything in the camper.
attached to the inside of the Use the rear edge of the load
vehicle's glove box. This label . All the people inside. floor for measurement purposes.
indicates if a slide-in camper The CWR is the maximum The recommended location for
can be carried, how much of a weight of the load the vehicle the cargo center of gravity is at
load the vehicle can carry, and can carry. It does not include the point C for the CWR. It is the
how to correctly spread out the weight of the people inside. But, point where the mass of a body
load. It will help to match the use about 68 kg (150 lb) for is concentrated and,
right slide-in camper to the each seat. if suspended at that point, would
vehicle. balance the front and rear.
The total cargo load must not be
Your dealer can help make a more than the vehicle's CWR.
good vehicle-camper match and
help determine the Cargo Refer to the Truck-Camper
Weight Rating (CWR). Loading Information label in the
glove box for dimensions A and
When installing and loading a B as shown in the following
slide-in camper, check the illustration.
manufacturer's instructions.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Here is an example of proper of passengers in the camper. should not exceed either of the
truck and camper match: The total cargo load should not gross axle weight ratings
exceed the truck's cargo weight (GAWR). The total axle loads
rating, and the camper's center should not exceed the vehicle's
of gravity (1) should fall within gross vehicle weight rating
the truck's recommended center (GVWR). These ratings are
of gravity zone (2) when given on the Certification/Tire
installed. label attached to the B-pillar.
Any accessories or other See “Certification/Tire Label”
equipment that are added to the under Vehicle Load Limits
vehicle must be weighed. Then, 0 272. If weight ratings are
subtract this extra weight from exceeded, move or remove
the CWR. This extra weight may items to bring all weights below
shorten the center of gravity the ratings.
1. Camper Center of zone of the vehicle. See your dealer for more
Gravity If the slide-in camper and its information on curb weights,
2. Recommended Center of load weighs less than the CWR, cargo weights, Cargo Weight
Gravity Location Zone the center of gravity zone for the Rating, and the correct center of
vehicle may be larger. gravity zone.
When the truck is used to carry
a slide-in camper, the total cargo Secure loose items to prevent
load of the truck consists of the weight shifts that could affect the
manufacturer's camper weight balance of the vehicle. When the
figure, the weight of installed truck-camper is loaded, drive to
additional camper equipment not a scale and weigh on the front
included in the manufacturer's and on the rear wheels
camper weight figure, the weight separately to determine axle
of camper cargo, and the weight loads. Individual axle loads
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
Caution linings.
. Do not tow a trailer during
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 330 for the trailer towing
perform better in the long run if
capabilities of the vehicle
you follow these guidelines:
and more information.
. Keep the vehicle speed at The switch used to adjust the
Following break-in, engine speed pedals is on the center stack, below
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually the climate controls.
increased.
. Do not drive at any one Lift the switch up to move the
constant speed, fast or slow, pedals closer to your body. Press
for the first 805 km (500 mi). Adjustable Throttle and the switch down to move the
Do not make full-throttle pedals away.
Brake Pedal
starts. Avoid downshifting to Before you start driving, fully press
brake or slow the vehicle. If equipped, the position of the the brake pedal to confirm the
throttle and brake pedals can be adjustment is right for you.
. Avoid making hard stops for changed.
the first 322 km (200 mi) or The vehicle may have a memory
so. During this time the new The pedals can only be adjusted function, which lets pedal settings
brake linings are not yet when the vehicle is in P (Park). be saved and recalled. See Memory
broken in. Hard stops with Seats 0 62.
new linings can mean
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and firmly apply the brakes and
steering wheel. It also locks the steer the vehicle to a safe
transmission on automatic location.
transmission vehicles. The key can 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
be removed in LOCK/OFF. to P (Park) with an automatic
The steering can bind with the transmission, or Neutral with a
wheels turned off center. If this manual transmission. Turn the
happens, move the steering wheel ignition to LOCK/OFF.
from right to left while turning the 4. Set the parking brake. See
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this Parking Brake 0 306.
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
{ Warning
vehicle is moving. This will cause a Turning off the vehicle while
The ignition switch has four different loss of power assist in the brake moving may cause loss of power
positions. and steering systems and disable assist in the brake and steering
the airbags. systems and disable the airbags.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the
ACCESSORY and the regular brake emergency: vehicle off in an emergency.
pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring turn the ignition to ACC/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). On vehicles with an automatic
active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the transmission, the shift lever must be
Power (RAP) 0 284. vehicle is moving. After shifting in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch
to N (Neutral), continue to to LOCK/OFF.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
when the engine is running. The

Caution transmission is also unlocked in this Caution
position on automatic transmission
Using a tool to force the key to vehicles. If you add electrical parts or
turn in the ignition could cause accessories, you could change
damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position resulting damage would not be
sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could covered by the vehicle warranty.
only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not See Add-On Electrical
start if the battery is allowed to drain
cannot be turned by hand, see Equipment 0 355.
for an extended period of time.
your dealer.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine Caution
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This starts, release the key. The ignition
position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for If the steering wheel is turned
and the windshield wipers operate driving. until it reaches the end of its
while the engine is off. It also
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the travel, and is held in that position
position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened, the ignition is while starting the vehicle, damage
pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ may occur to the hydraulic power
OFF, and the key is in the ignition. steering system and there may be
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be loss of power steering assist.
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
Starting the Engine
instrument cluster warning and If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Place the transmission in the
indicator lights. This position can see the Duramax diesel proper gear.
also be used for service and supplement.
Automatic Transmission
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
indicator lamp as may be required N (Neutral). To restart the engine
supplement.
for emission inspection purposes. when the vehicle is already moving,
The switch stays in this position use N (Neutral) only.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
When the low fuel warning light least 15 seconds between each
Caution is on and the FUEL LEVEL try, to allow the cranking motor
LOW message is displayed in to cool down. When the engine
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the the Driver Information Center starts, let go of the key and
vehicle is moving. If you do, you (DIC), hold the ignition switch accelerator. If the vehicle starts
could damage the transmission. in the START position to briefly but then stops again, do
Shift to P (Park) only when the continue engine cranking. the same thing. This clears the
vehicle is stopped. extra gasoline from the engine.
Caution Do not race the engine
Manual Transmission immediately after starting it.
Cranking the engine for long Operate the engine and
The shift lever should be in Neutral periods of time, by returning the transmission gently until the oil
and the parking brake engaged. ignition to the START position warms up and lubricates all
Hold the clutch pedal down to the immediately after cranking has moving parts.
floor and start the engine.
ended, can overheat and damage
Starting Procedure the cranking motor, and drain the Fast Idle System
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds If equipped, this feature is available
1. With your foot off the
between each try, to let the only with cruise control. The manual
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When cranking motor cool down. fast idle switch is operated using the
the engine starts, let go of the cruise control buttons on the left
key. The idle speed will go 2. If the engine does not start side of the steering wheel.
down as the engine gets warm. after five to 10 seconds, This system can be used to
Do not race the engine especially in very cold weather increase engine idle speed
immediately after starting it. (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could whenever the following conditions
Operate the engine and be flooded with too much are met:
transmission gently to allow the gasoline. Try pushing the . The parking brake is set.
oil to warm up and lubricate all accelerator pedal all the way to
moving parts. the floor and holding it there . The brake pedal is not pressed.
while holding the key in START
for up to 15 seconds. Wait at
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. The vehicle must not be moving . Pressing the cruise control SET- Accessory Power Outlets (APOs)
and the accelerator must not be button a second time. The vehicle may have APOs in
pressed. . Pressing the accelerator more several locations. See Power
To control the fast idle: than one-quarter of the Outlets 0 128.
. To enable the Fast Idle System, way down. The APOs in the console or center
press and release the cruise . Turning the ignition switch to the seat position are powered by RAP.
control on/off button and ensure LOCK/OFF position. They will continue to work for up to
that the switch indicator light 10 minutes after the key is turned
is lit. Retained Accessory from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until
the driver door is opened.
. Press and release the cruise Power (RAP)
control SET- button. Engine The APOs on the center stack come
The following vehicle accessories
speed will be held at from the factory powered directly
can be used for up to 10 minutes
approximately 1200 rpm. from the vehicle battery, and supply
after the engine is turned off:
One of the following actions will turn accessory power at all times,
. Audio System regardless of ignition key position.
off the fast idle:
. Power Windows If electronic items are left plugged
. Pressing the brake.
. OnStar System (if equipped) into these APOs for long periods of
. Selecting the cruise control time with the vehicle off, the vehicle
cancel button. . Sunroof (if equipped) battery could be drained. The
. Releasing the parking brake. These features work when the key vehicle may not start if the battery is
is in ON/RUN or ACC/ allowed to drain for an extended
. Moving the transmission shift period of time.
ACCESSORY. Once the key is
lever out of P (Park) or
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
N (Neutral).
the windows and sunroof continue
. Selecting the cruise control on/ to work up to 10 minutes or until any
off button when it was door is opened. The radio continues
previously on. to work for up to 10 minutes or until
the driver door is opened.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Engine Coolant Heater Check the heater cord for

Warning (Continued)
damage. If it is damaged, do
The engine heater can provide not use it. See your dealer for
easier starting and better fuel a replacement. Inspect the condition, or using a
economy during engine warm-up in cord for damage yearly. damaged heater or
cold weather conditions at or below extension cord, could make
−18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an 3. Plug the cord into a normal, it overheat and cause a fire,
engine heater should be plugged in grounded 110-volt AC outlet. property damage, electric
at least four hours before starting. shock, and injury.
An internal thermostat in the { Warning . Do not operate the vehicle
plug-end of the cord may exist, with the heater cord
which will prevent engine coolant Improper use of the heater cord
permanently attached to the
heater operation at temperatures or an extension cord can damage vehicle. Possible heater
above −18 °C (0 °F). the cord and may result in cord and thermostat
overheating and fire. damage could occur.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel . Plug the cord into a . While in use, do not let the
supplement. three-prong electrical utility heater cord touch vehicle
receptacle that is protected parts or sharp edges. Never
To Use the Engine Coolant by a ground fault detection close the hood on the
Heater function. An ungrounded heater cord.
1. Turn off the engine. outlet could cause an
electric shock. . Before starting the vehicle,
2. Open the hood and unwrap the unplug the cord, reattach
electrical cord. The cord is . Use a weatherproof, the cover to the plug, and
secured to the driver side heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated securely fasten the cord.
fender with a clip, next to the extension cord if needed. Keep the cord away from
engine compartment fuse Failure to use the any moving parts.
block. Carefully remove the recommended extension
wire tie that bundles the cord in good operating
electrical plug. Do not cut the (Continued)
electrical cord.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
4. Before starting the engine, be Leaving the Vehicle with the

sure to unplug and store the Warning (Continued) Engine Running
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine N (Neutral), the vehicle will be
parts. If you do not, it could be free to roll, even if the shift lever { Warning
damaged. is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
It can be dangerous to leave the
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
The length of time the heater should vehicle with the engine running.
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
remain plugged in depends on The vehicle could move suddenly
and Towing Tips 0 327.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the if the shift lever is not fully in
area where you will be parking the P (Park) with the parking brake
vehicle for the best advice on this. 1. Hold the brake pedal down, firmly set.
then set the parking brake.
If you have four-wheel drive and
Shifting Into Park See Parking Brake 0 306. the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
2. Move the shift lever into the the vehicle will be free to roll,
{ Warning P (Park) position by pulling the even if the shift lever is in
shift lever toward you and P (Park). So be sure the transfer
It can be dangerous to get out of
moving it up as far as it will go. case is in a drive gear — not in
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
3. Be sure the transfer case (if N (Neutral).
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can equipped) is in a drive And, if you leave the vehicle with
roll. If you have left the engine gear — not in N (Neutral). the engine running, it could
running, the vehicle can move 4. Turn the ignition key to overheat and even catch fire. You
suddenly. You or others could be LOCK/OFF. or others could be injured. Do not
injured. To be sure the vehicle will leave the vehicle with the engine
5. Remove the key and take it
not move, even when you are on with you. If you can leave the running unless you have to.
fairly level ground, use the steps vehicle with the ignition key in
that follow. With four-wheel drive, your hand, the vehicle is in If you have to leave the vehicle with
if the transfer case is in P (Park). the engine running, be sure the
(Continued) vehicle is in P (Park) and the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
parking brake is firmly set before the pressure from the parking pawl To shift out of P (Park):
you leave it. After you move the shift in the transmission. You will then be 1. Apply the brake pedal.
lever into P (Park), hold the regular able to pull the shift lever out of
brake pedal down. Then, see if you P (Park). 2. Move the shift lever to the
can move the shift lever away from desired position.
P (Park) without first pulling it toward Shifting out of Park If you still are unable to shift out of
you. If you can, it means that the P (Park):
shift lever was not fully locked into This vehicle is equipped with an
P (Park). electronic shift lock release system. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
The shift lock release is lever.
Torque Lock designed to:
2. While holding down the brake
If you are parking on a hill and you . Prevent ignition key removal pedal, press the shift lever all
do not shift the transmission into unless the shift lever is in the way into P (Park).
P (Park) properly, the weight of the P (Park).
3. Move the shift lever to the
vehicle may put too much force on . Prevent movement of the shift desired position.
the parking pawl in the lever out of P (Park), unless the
transmission. You may find it difficult If you are still having a problem
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). shifting, then have the vehicle
regular brake pedal is applied.
This is called torque lock. To serviced soon.
prevent torque lock, set the parking The shift lock release is always
This vehicle may have the Safety
brake and then shift into P (Park) functional except in the case of an
Belt Assurance System, which may
properly before you leave the driver uncharged or low voltage (less than
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
seat. To find out how, see Shifting 9 volt) battery.
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
Into Park 0 286. If the vehicle has an uncharged Messages 0 160.
When you are ready to drive, move battery or a battery with low voltage,
the shift lever out of P (Park) before try charging or jump starting the
you release the parking brake. battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 442.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Parking (Manual Active Fuel Management® Engine Exhaust

Transmission) Vehicles with a V8 or V6 gasoline
If the vehicle has a manual engine may have Active Fuel { Warning
transmission, before you get out of Management. This system allows
the vehicle, move the shift lever into the engine to operate on either all of Engine exhaust contains carbon
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the its cylinders, or in V4 mode, monoxide (CO), which cannot be
parking brake. Once the shift lever depending on the driving conditions. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
has been placed into R (Reverse) When less power is required, such can cause unconsciousness and
with the clutch pedal pressed in, as cruising at a constant vehicle even death.
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, speed, the system will operate in Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
remove the key and release the the V4 mode, allowing the vehicle to
clutch. . The vehicle idles in areas
achieve better fuel economy. When
greater power demands are with poor ventilation
If you are parking on a hill, or if the (parking garages, tunnels,
vehicle is pulling a trailer, see required, such as accelerating from
a stop, passing, or merging onto a deep snow that may block
Driving Characteristics and Towing underbody airflow or tail
Tips 0 327. freeway, the system will maintain
full-cylinder operation. pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
Parking over Things If the vehicle has an Active Fuel
sounds strange or different.
That Burn Management indicator, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base . The exhaust system leaks
Level) 0 150 or Driver Information due to corrosion or damage.
{ Warning Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 152 for . The vehicle exhaust system
more information on using this has been modified,
Things that can burn could touch
display. damaged, or improperly
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park repaired.
over papers, leaves, dry grass, (Continued)
or other things that can burn.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic
in the vehicle body from
engine running. shift lever position indicator within
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 286 and There are several different positions
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 288. If the vehicle
coming into the vehicle: for the shift lever.
has a manual transmission, see
. Drive it only with the Parking (Manual
windows completely down. Transmission) 0 288.
. Have the vehicle repaired If parking on a hill and pulling a
immediately. trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 327.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed Heavy-Duty 6-Speed Automatic
area such as a garage or a Transmission Shown, Others
building that has no fresh air Similar
ventilation.
See “Range Selection Mode” under
Manual Mode 0 292.
P : This position locks the rear
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
effort to shift out of P (Park). See To rock the vehicle back and forth to
“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into { Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without
Park 0 286. damaging the transmission, see If
If you have four-wheel drive, the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 271.
vehicle will be free to roll — even
{ Warning if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N : In this position, the engine does
the transfer case is in N (Neutral). not connect with the wheels. To
It is dangerous to get out of the restart when you are already
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully So, be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also,
in P (Park) with the parking brake use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. High or Four-Wheel Drive High or
being towed.
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in
Do not leave the vehicle when the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into
engine is running. If you have left Park 0 286. { Warning
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others Shifting into a drive gear while the
could be injured. To be sure the R : Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is
vehicle will not move, even when dangerous. Unless your foot is
you are on fairly level ground, Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the
always set the parking brake and vehicle could move very rapidly.
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit
move the shift lever to P (Park).
vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift
See Shifting Into Park 0 286 and
damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine
Driving Characteristics and
repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed.
Towing Tips 0 327.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
or driving off-road. Shift the The transmission uses adaptive

Caution transmission to a lower gear shift controls. The adaptive shift
selection if the transmission shifts control process continually
Shifting out of P (Park) or too often. compares key shift parameters to
N (Neutral) with the engine pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
running at high speed may Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’s computer. The
damage the transmission. The transmission constantly makes
repairs would not be covered by in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 263. adjustments to improve vehicle
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the performance according to how the
engine is not running at high The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with
speed when shifting the vehicle. feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the
shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this
conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process,
D : This position is for normal upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the
driving. It provides the best fuel stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best
economy. If you need more power determine, before making an settings.
for passing, and you are: upshift, if the engine is able to
. Going less than about 55 km/h maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold,
things such as vehicle speed, the transmission's gear shifting
(35 mph), push the accelerator
throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more
pedal about halfway down.
If the shift stabilization feature stable shifts until the engine warms
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or up. Shifts could be more noticeable
determines that a current vehicle
more, push the accelerator all with a cold transmission. This
speed cannot be maintained, the
the way down. difference in shifting is normal.
transmission does not upshift and
By doing this, the vehicle shifts instead holds the current gear. M : This position allows selection of
down to the next gear and has In some cases, this could appear to a range of gears appropriate for
more power. be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions.
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode transmission is operating normally. If equipped, see “Range Selection
when towing a trailer, carrying a Mode” under Manual Mode 0 292.
heavy load, driving on steep hills,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Caution
To disable or enable Normal Mode Manual Mode
Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold Range Selection Mode
Spinning the tires or holding the the Tow/Haul button for
vehicle in one place on a hill five seconds. When the button is
using only the accelerator pedal released, the requested mode
may damage the transmission. change is made. A DIC message
The repair will not be covered by displays. See Transmission
the vehicle warranty. If you are Messages 0 162.
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
For other forms of grade braking,
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 295 and If equipped, Range Selection Mode
to hold the vehicle in place. Cruise Control 0 311. helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
Kickdown Mode
Normal Mode Grade Braking while driving downhill or towing a
The accelerator pedal provides an trailer by letting you select a desired
If equipped with a gasoline engine
additional downshift after pressing range of gears.
and an automatic transmission,
through the kickdown feature.
Normal Mode Grade Braking is To use this feature:
enabled when the vehicle is started, It requires extra pedal pressure near
1. Move the shift lever to
but is not enabled in Range the end of its travel to engage.
M (Manual Mode).
Selection Mode. It assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds 2. Press the plus/minus buttons
when driving on downhill grades by on the shift lever to select the
using the engine and transmission desired range of gears for
to slow the vehicle. The first time current driving conditions.
the system engages for each
ignition key cycle, a DIC message
will be displayed. See Transmission
Messages 0 162.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
With an 8–speed automatic the transmission is operating in

transmission, hold the plus/minus when the shift lever is moved from
buttons on the shift lever to select D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
the highest or lowest range determines if a downshift occurs.
available for the current vehicle See the following chart.
speed.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the M,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in M (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when M5 is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
automatically shifted by the
transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot
be used until the plus/minus button
on the shift lever is used to change
to the range.
In vehicles with gasoline engines,
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
6-Speed Automatic Transmission Grade Braking is not available when

Range Selection Mode is active.
Gear before shifting from D See Tow/Haul Mode 0 295.
6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
While using Range Selection Mode,
Range after shifting from D cruise control and the Tow/Haul
M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode) Mode can be used.
If the vehicle has an exhaust brake,
8-Speed Automatic Transmission it can also be used, but will not
automatically downshift the
Gear before transmission. See “Exhaust Brake”
shifting from D in the Duramax diesel supplement.
8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
(Drive) to M
(Manual Mode) Caution
Range after
shifting from Spinning the tires or holding the
D (Drive) to vehicle in one place on a hill
M6 M6 M5 M4 M3 M3 M2 M1 using only the accelerator pedal
M (Manual Mode)
– Tow/Haul not may damage the transmission.
engaged The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
Range after stuck, do not spin the tires. When
shifting from stopping on a hill, use the brakes
D (Drive) to
M6 M5 M4 M3 M3 M3 M2 M1 to hold the vehicle in place.
M (Manual Mode)
– Tow/Haul
engaged Low Traction Mode
If equipped, Low Traction Mode
assists in vehicle acceleration when
road conditions are slippery, such
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
as with ice or snow. While the down steep hills or mountain On vehicles with a gasoline engine,
vehicle is at a stop, select M2 using grades, towing, or hauling heavy to disable or enable Tow/Haul
Range Selection Mode. This will loads. Grade Braking within the current
limit torque to the wheels and help The selector button is on the end of ignition key cycle, press and hold
to prevent the tires from spinning. the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul the Tow/Haul button for
Mode on and off by pressing the five seconds. When the button is
Tow/Haul Mode button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is released, the requested mode
enabled, a light on the instrument change is made. A DIC message is
cluster will come on. displayed. See Transmission
Messages 0 162.
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 146 and
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 269. On vehicles with a diesel engine,
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking can
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under be enabled or disabled by pressing
Towing Equipment 0 345. the Tow/Haul Mode button. Use the
exhaust brake and Tow/Haul Mode
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
for maximum grade braking.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
See Towing Equipment 0 345.
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Mode is selected and the vehicle is For other forms of grade braking,
not in the Range Selection Mode. see Automatic Transmission 0 289
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed and Cruise Control 0 311.
Vehicles with an automatic
previously and Manual Mode 0 292.
transmission have a Tow/Haul
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
Mode. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts
assists in maintaining desired
the transmission shift pattern to
vehicle speeds when driving on
reduce shift cycling. This provides
downhill grades by using the engine
increased performance, vehicle
and transmission to slow the
control, and enhanced transmission
vehicle.
and engine cooling when driving
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Manual Transmission Neutral and let up on the clutch. Neutral and release the clutch
Then press the clutch pedal back pedal. Then press the clutch again
down and shift into 1 (First). and shift into R (Reverse). Do not
2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal attempt to shift into 5 (Fifth) prior to
as you let up on the accelerator shifting into R (Reverse). The
pedal and shift into 2 (Second). transmission has a lock out feature,
Then, slowly let up on the clutch which prevents a 5 (Fifth) gear to
pedal as you press the accelerator R (Reverse) gear shift.
pedal.
Caution
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth) :
Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
5 (Fifth) the same way you do for vehicle is moving forward could
2 (Second). Slowly let up on the damage the transmission. The
clutch pedal as you press the repairs would not be covered by
If equipped with a manual accelerator pedal. the vehicle warranty. Shift to
transmission, this is the shift To stop, let up on the accelerator R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
pattern. pedal and press the brake pedal. is stopped.
To operate the manual transmission: Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake
1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal pedal, and shift to Neutral. Use R (Reverse), along with the
and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly parking brake, for parking the
let up on the clutch pedal as you Neutral : Use this position when vehicle.
slowly press down on the you start or idle the engine.
accelerator pedal. R (Reverse) : To back up, press the
You can shift into 1 (First) when you clutch pedal. After the vehicle stops,
are going less than 30 km/h shift into R (Reverse). Slowly let up
(20 mph). If you have come to a on the clutch pedal as you press the
complete stop and it is hard to shift accelerator pedal. If it is hard to
into 1 (First), put the shift lever in shift, let the shift lever return to
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Shift Speeds Drive Systems { Warning

{ Warning Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
If you skip a gear when If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is
downshifting, you could lose
traction. Read the appropriate in P (Park). You or someone else
control of the vehicle. You could
section for transfer case operation could be seriously injured. Be
injure yourself or others. Do not
before using. sure to set the parking brake
shift down more than one gear at
before placing the transfer case in
a time when downshifting.
N (Neutral). See Parking
Caution
Brake 0 306.
Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
equipped) for an extended period Caution
of time. These conditions may Extended high-speed operation in
cause premature wear on the
4 n may damage or shorten the
vehicle’s powertrain.
life of the drivetrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in

four-wheel drive may: Engagement noise and bump when
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from
. Cause a vibration to be felt in
N (Neutral), with the engine running,
the steering system.
is normal.
. Cause tires to wear faster.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
. Make the transfer case harder to Control and StabiliTrak® off. See
shift, and cause it to run noisier. Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 308.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Manual Transfer Case N (Neutral) : Use only when the The vehicle can be shifted between
vehicle needs to be towed. See 2 m and 4 m while the vehicle is
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 447 moving. In extremely cold weather,
or Towing the Vehicle 0 447. it may be necessary to stop or slow
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use the vehicle to shift into 4 m.
this setting for driving on most Using the Manual Transfer Case
streets and highways. The front axle
is not engaged. This setting . Use quick motions to shift into or
provides the best fuel economy. out of 4 n or N (Neutral).
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This . Shifting may be harder when the
setting also engages the front axle vehicle is cold, but will return to
and delivers extra torque. Choose 4 normal once warmed up.
n if driving off-road in deep sand, . Four-wheel drive reduces fuel
Move the lever to shift into and out deep mud, or deep snow, and while economy.
of four-wheel drive. climbing or descending steep hills.
When engaged, keep vehicle speed Shifting from 2 m to 4 m
below 72 km/h (45 mph).
. Shifts can be made at any
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use vehicle speed.
this setting when extra traction is . Shift in one continuous motion.
needed. The front axle engages and
helps when driving on snowy or icy . Shifting while the vehicle is in
roads, when off-roading, or when motion may require that
An indicator light comes on when plowing snow. moderate force be applied to the
four-wheel drive is engaged. See shift lever before 4 m can be
Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 145. engaged, especially in cold
weather.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. In extremely cold weather, it may complete and the transfer case Electronic Transfer Case
be necessary to slow or stop the will remain in N (Neutral). This
vehicle to shift. is normal. To complete the
shift, with the engine running,
. While in 4 m, the vehicle can be shift the transmission to
driven at any posted legal speed D (Drive) and back to
limit. N (Neutral), and reattempt the
transfer case shift.
Shifting In or Out of 4 n
Shifting In or Out of Neutral
Caution 1. Have the engine running.
2. Set the parking brake. Press
Shifting the transfer case into 4 n
and hold the brake pedal. See
while moving at speeds faster Parking Brake 0 306.
than 5 km/h (3 mph) may cause
premature wear to the transfer 3. Place the transmission into Use the transfer case knob, next to
N (Neutral). the steering wheel, to shift into and
case, and may cause the gears to
out of four-wheel drive for extra
grind. 4. Shift the transfer case lever in
traction.
one continuous motion into or
out of N (Neutral). An indicator light on the knob shows
1. If possible, shift with the which setting the transfer case is in.
vehicle moving 5 km/h (3 mph) The N (Neutral) indicator is on the
or less. face of the knob. If the light displays
2. Shift the transmission into momentarily when the ignition is in
N (Neutral). ON/RUN, but does not stay on, the
3. Shift the transfer case shift knob may have been turned while
lever in one continuous motion. the vehicle was off. To see the
indicator, turn the knob to another
4. Shifting with the vehicle at a
stop may be more difficult. It is
possible that the shift will not
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
position so that it matches the 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Shifting Into 4 m
actual transfer case setting. If no for driving on most streets and
lights display, take the vehicle to highways. The front axle is not Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed
your dealer for service. An indicator engaged. This setting provides the up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except
light flashes while shifting and until best fuel economy. from 4 n. The indicator light will flash
the shift is complete. while shifting and will remain on the
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This selected setting.
If the transfer case cannot complete
a requested shift, it will return to the setting engages the front axle and
last chosen setting. Turn the control delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Shifting Into 2 m
back to the previous setting to see driving off-road in deep sand, deep
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
the indicator light. mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills. except when shifting from 4 n.
Caution When engaged, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph). Shifting Into 4 n
Shifting the transmission into gear
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed
before the requested mode should be kept below 72 km/h
Control and StabiliTrak off. See
indicator light has stopped Traction Control/Electronic Stability (45 mph).
flashing could damage the Control 0 308. 1. The ignition must be in ON/
transfer case.
RUN and the vehicle must be
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
stopped or moving less than
The settings are: when extra traction is needed. The 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
front axle engages and helps when transmission in N (Neutral). It is
N (Neutral) : Use only when the driving on snowy or icy roads, when
vehicle needs to be towed. See best for the vehicle to be
off-roading, or when plowing snow. moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 447 The vehicle can be shifted from 2 m
or Towing the Vehicle 0 447. (1 to 2 mph).
to 4 m while the vehicle is moving.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for 2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
the 4 n indicator light to stop Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator 6. Turn the transfer case knob
flashing before shifting the light to stop flashing before clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
transmission into gear. shifting the transmission stops and hold it there until the
If the transmission is in gear and/or into gear. N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), If the transmission is in gear and/or This will take at least
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
30 seconds and not complete the the 4 m or 2 m indicator light will flash release the dial to the 4 n
shift. After 30 seconds the transfer for 30 seconds, but will not complete position. The N (Neutral) light
the shift. With the vehicle moving will come on when the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the case shift to N (Neutral) is
to 4 m to see the indicator. With the complete.
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt
vehicle moving less than 5 km/h the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify
(3 mph), and the transmission in
Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
N (Neutral) by shifting the
Shifting Out of 4 n To shift: transmission to R (Reverse),
1. Park the vehicle on a level then to D (Drive). There should
1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle surface. be no movement of the vehicle
must be stopped or moving while shifting the transmission.
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with 2. Set the parking brake and
press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the
the transmission in N (Neutral) ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
and the ignition in ON/RUN. pedal. See Parking
It is best for the vehicle to be Brake 0 306. 9. Place the transmission shift
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h 3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See
(1 to 2 mph). ignition to ON/RUN. Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 447.
4. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Automatic Transfer Case An indicator light flashes while
To shift: shifting the transfer case and
remains illuminated when the shift is
1. Set the parking brake and complete.
apply the brake pedal.
If the transfer case cannot make a
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN requested shift, it will return to the
with the engine off. last chosen setting. Turn the knob
3. Shift the transmission to back to the previous transfer case
N (Neutral). setting to see the indicator.
4. Turn the transfer case knob to The settings are:
2 m. N (Neutral) : Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed. See
After the transfer case has Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 447
shifted out of N (Neutral), the or Towing the Vehicle 0 447.
N (Neutral) light will go out. Use the transfer case knob next to
5. Release the parking brake.
the steering wheel to shift into and 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
out of four-wheel drive. for driving on most streets and
An indicator light displays which highways. The front axle is not
Caution engaged. This setting provides the
setting the transfer case is in.
Shifting the transmission into gear N (Neutral) is indicated on the knob. best fuel economy.
before the requested mode If the light displays momentarily AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
indicator light has stopped when the ignition is in ON/RUN, but Drive) : Use when road surface
flashing could damage the does not stay on, the knob may traction conditions are variable.
transfer case. have been turned while the vehicle When driving in AUTO, the front
was off. To see the indicator, turn axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
the knob to another position so that power is sent to the front and rear
6. Start the engine and shift the it matches the actual transfer case wheels automatically based on
transmission to the setting. If no lights display, take the
desired gear. vehicle to your dealer for service.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
driving conditions. This setting Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
provides slightly lower fuel economy
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop
than 2 m. flashing before shifting the
position at any speed, except from 4
Do not use AUTO mode, n. The indicator light will flash while transmission into gear.
if equipped, to park on a steep shifting and will remain on when the
grade with poor traction such as ice, shift is completed. Caution
snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
mode only the rear wheels will hold Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear
the vehicle from sliding when before the requested mode
parked. If parking on a steep grade, Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped
use 4 m to keep all four wheels except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the
engaged. indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case.
and will remain on when the shift is
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use completed.
this position when extra traction is If the transmission is in gear and/or
needed, such as when driving on Shifting Into 4 n moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
snowy or icy roads, when the 4 n indicator light will flash for
off-roading, or when plowing snow. When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
To shift: case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
setting engages the front axle and
1. The ignition must be in ON/ to 4 m to display the indicator. With
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
RUN and the vehicle must be the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
when driving off-road in deep sand,
stopped or moving less than (3 mph), and the transmission in
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
5 km/h (3 mph) with the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
climbing or descending steep hills.
transmission in N (Neutral). It is
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction best for the vehicle to be
Control and StabiliTrak off. See moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
Traction Control/Electronic Stability (1 to 2 mph).
Control 0 308.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Shifting Out of 4 n complete the shift. With the vehicle will come on when the transfer
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), case shift to N (Neutral) is
To shift: and the transmission in N (Neutral), complete.
1. The vehicle must be stopped or attempt the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify
moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in
(3 mph) with the transmission N (Neutral) by shifting the
in N (Neutral) and the ignition in To shift into N (Neutral): transmission to R (Reverse),
ON/RUN. It is best for the 1. Park the vehicle on a level then shift the transmission to
vehicle to be moving surface. D (Drive). There should be no
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). movement of the vehicle while
2. Set the parking brake and
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, press and hold the brake shifting the transmission.
or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, pedal. See Parking 8. Turn the engine off, and the
Brake 0 306. ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
or 2 m indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift
transmission into gear. ignition to ON/RUN. lever in P (Park). See
4. Shift the transmission to Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 447.
Caution N (Neutral).
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Shifting the transmission into gear 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
before the requested mode Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
6. Turn the transfer case knob
indicator light has stopped clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift out of N (Neutral):
flashing could damage the stops and hold it there until the 1. Set the parking brake and
transfer case. N (Neutral) light starts blinking. apply the brake pedal.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), release the dial to the 4 n
position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light
N (Neutral).
will flash for 30 seconds but will not
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
4. Turn the transfer case knob to Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a

the desired setting. computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
After the transfer case has Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer
shifted out of N (Neutral), the
N (Neutral) light will go out.
System (ABS) will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
5. Release the parking brake. This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure
6. Start the engine and shift the prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster
transmission to the than any driver could. This can help
desired gear. When the vehicle begins to drive
you steer around the obstacle while
away, ABS checks itself.
braking hard.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the
going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates
noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls
a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always
warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to
Brake System (ABS) Warning stop, even with ABS.
Light 0 145.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Using ABS For vehicles without a release system warning light will flash and a
handle, set the parking brake by chime will sound warning you that
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
holding the regular brake pedal the parking brake is still on.
the brake pedal down firmly and let
down, then pushing down the If you are towing a trailer and are
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
parking brake pedal. parking on a hill, see Driving
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is If the ignition is on, the brake Characteristics and Towing
normal. system warning light will come on. Tips 0 327.
See Brake System Warning
Braking in Emergencies Light 0 144.
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many Caution
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best Driving with the parking brake on
braking. can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
Parking Brake damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
To release the parking brake, hold For vehicles with a release handle,
the regular brake pedal down, then set the parking brake by holding the
push down momentarily on the regular brake pedal down, then
parking brake pedal until you feel pushing down the parking brake
the pedal release. Slowly pull your pedal.
foot up off the parking brake pedal. If the ignition is on, the brake
If the parking brake is not released system warning light will come on.
when you begin to drive, the brake See Brake System Warning
Light 0 144.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
A chime sounds and the warning Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)
light flashes when the parking brake
is applied and the vehicle is moving The Brake Assist feature is This vehicle has an HSA feature,
at least 8 km/h (5 mph). designed to assist the driver in which may be useful when the
stopping or decreasing vehicle vehicle is stopped on a grade. This
To release the parking brake, hold speed in emergency driving feature is designed to prevent the
the regular brake pedal down. Then conditions. This feature uses the vehicle from rolling, either forward or
pull the bottom edge of the lever stability system hydraulic brake rearward, during vehicle drive off.
with the parking brake symbol, control module to supplement the After you completely stop and hold
located to the right of the steering power brake system under the vehicle in a complete standstill
column. conditions where the driver has on a grade, HSA will automatically
If the ignition is on when the parking quickly and forcefully applied the activate. During the transition period
brake is released, the brake system brake pedal in an attempt to quickly between when you release the
warning light goes off. stop or slow down the vehicle. The brake pedal and start to accelerate
stability system hydraulic brake to drive off on a grade, HSA holds
Caution control module increases brake the braking pressure for a maximum
pressure at each corner of the of two seconds to ensure that there
Driving with the parking brake on vehicle until the ABS activates. is no rolling. The brakes will
can overheat the brake system Minor brake pedal pulsation or automatically release when the
and cause premature wear or pedal movement during this time is accelerator pedal is applied within
damage to brake system parts. normal and the driver should the two-second window. If the
Make sure that the parking brake continue to apply the brake pedal as vehicle is equipped with the
the driving situation dictates The Integrated Trailer Brake Control
is fully released and the brake
Brake Assist feature will (ITBC) system, HSA may also apply
warning light is off before driving.
automatically disengage when the the trailer brakes. It will not activate
brake pedal is released or brake if the vehicle is in a drive gear and
If you are towing a trailer and are pedal pressure is quickly facing downhill or if the vehicle is
parking on any hill, see Driving decreased. facing uphill and in R (Reverse).
Characteristics and Towing There may be situations on minor
Tips 0 327.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
hills (less than 5% grade) with a Ride Control Systems intended path. Trailer Sway Control
loaded vehicle or while pulling a (TSC) is also on automatically when
trailer where HSA may activate. the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Traction Control/ Sway Control (TSC) 0 354.
If you release the brake pedal and
then reapply the brake pedal while
Electronic Stability If cruise control is being used and
HSA is activated, the brake pedal Control traction control or StabiliTrak begins
typically feels firmer with less pedal to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
travel. System Operation disengage. Cruise control may be
The vehicle has a Traction Control turned back on when road
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an conditions allow.
electronic stability control system. Both systems come on
These systems help limit wheel spin automatically when the vehicle is
and assist the driver in maintaining started and begins to move. The
control, especially on slippery road systems may be heard or felt while
conditions. they are operating or while
TCS activates if it senses any of the performing diagnostic checks. This
drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there
beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle.
happens, TCS applies the brakes to It is recommended to leave both
the spinning wheels and reduces systems on for normal driving
engine power to limit wheel spin. conditions, but it may be necessary
StabiliTrak activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
the intended path and the direction See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 271
the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and
StabiliTrak selectively applies On” later in this section.
braking pressure to any one of the When the transfer case (if equipped)
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the stability system is automatically
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
disabled, g comes on, and the maintaining control. The vehicle is

safe to drive, but driving should be Caution
appropriate message will appear on
the DIC. Both traction control and adjusted accordingly.
Do not repeatedly brake or
StabiliTrak are automatically If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is
disabled in this condition. off. The vehicle driveline could be
1. Stop the vehicle.
damaged.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
To turn off only TCS, press and
3. Start the engine.
release the g button. The traction
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on off light i displays in the instrument
and stays on, the vehicle may need cluster. The appropriate message
The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem. will display in the DIC. See Ride
is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your Control System Messages 0 159. To
light will: dealer. turn TCS on again, press and
. Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off release the g button. The traction
wheel spin. and On off light i displayed in the
. Flash when StabiliTrak is instrument cluster will turn off.
activated. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
. Turn on and stay on when either the g button is pressed, the system
system is not working. will not turn off until the wheels stop
If either system fails to turn on or to spinning.
activate, a message displays in the To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
Driver Information Center (DIC),
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak press and hold the g button until
and d comes on and stays on to is on the center stack. the traction off light i and the
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
and stay on in the instrument
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
cluster, then release. The Hill Descent When HDC is activated, the initial
appropriate message will display in HDC speed is set to the current
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Control (HDC) driving speed. It can be increased or
Messages 0 159. If equipped, HDC can be used when decreased by pressing the +RES or
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on driving downhill. It sets and SET- steering wheel controls or by
maintains vehicle speed while applying the accelerator or brake
again, press and release the g descending a very steep incline in a pedal. This adjusted speed
button. The traction off light i and forward or reverse gear. becomes the new set speed.
the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the The HDC switch is on the center HDC will remain enabled between
instrument cluster turn off. stack, below the climate controls. 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on however vehicle speed cannot be
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. set or maintained in this range.
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h Vehicle speed must be below
(35 mph). Traction control will It will automatically disable if the
50 km/h (31 mph). vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
remain off.
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
must be pressed again to
Start Assist (HSA) feature. See
re-enable HDC.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 354 or
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 307. When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and
Adding accessories can affect the
The HDC light displays on the less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and instrument cluster when enabled. message will display. See Vehicle
Speed Messages 0 164.
Modifications 0 362. HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
14 mph) on an incline greater than
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates the system is
actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Locking Rear Axle Cruise Control how cruise control interacts with the
Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can Mode, and Grade Braking systems.
give more traction on snow, mud, { Warning If the cruise control is being used
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
standard axle most of the time, but Cruise control can be dangerous and the Traction Control system
when traction is low, this feature will where you cannot drive safely at (TCS) or StabiliTrak begins to limit
allow the rear wheel with the most a steady speed. Do not use wheel spin, the cruise control will
traction to move the vehicle. cruise control on winding roads or automatically disengage. See
in heavy traffic. Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 308. When road
Cruise control can be dangerous conditions allow you to safely use it
on slippery roads. On such roads, again, cruise control can be turned
fast changes in tire traction can back on.
cause excessive wheel slip, and If the brakes are applied, cruise
you could lose control. Do not use control disengages.
cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control a speed of about

40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If equipped with an Allison or
Hydra-Matic 6-speed automatic
transmission, see “Tow/Haul Mode
Grade Braking” under Tow/Haul
Mode 0 295 for an explanation of
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the 2. Get up to the desired speed. . Press and hold the +RES button
system on or off. The indicator light 3. Press and release SET−. until the desired speed is
is white when cruise control is on reached, then release it.
and turns off when cruise control 4. Remove foot from the
. To increase vehicle speed in
is off. accelerator.
small increments, briefly press
+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If The cruise control indicator on the the +RES button. For each
there is a set speed in memory, instrument cluster turns green after press, the vehicle goes about
press briefly to resume to that cruise control has been set to the 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
speed or press and hold to desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 132. The speedometer reading can be
accelerate. If cruise control is displayed in either English or metric
already active, use to increase Resuming a Set Speed units. See Instrument Cluster 0 132.
vehicle speed. The increment value used depends
If the cruise control is set at a
SET− (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to desired speed and then the brakes on the units displayed.
set the speed and activate cruise are applied or * is pressed, the Reducing Speed While Using
control. If cruise control is already Cruise Control
cruise control is disengaged without
active, use to decrease vehicle
erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is
speed.
Once the vehicle speed reaches already activated:
* (Cancel) : Press to disengage about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
cruise control without erasing the . Press and hold the SET– until
briefly press the +RES button. The the desired lower speed is
set speed from memory.
vehicle returns to the previous set reached, then release it.
Setting Cruise Control speed.
. To slow down in small
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or Increasing Speed While Using increments, briefly press the
+RES could get pressed and go into Cruise Control SET– button. For each press,
cruise when not desired. Keep 5 If the cruise control system is the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
off when cruise is not being used. already activated: (1 mph) slower.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise

system on.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
The speedometer reading can be . Vehicles with a 6-speed For other forms of descent control,
displayed in either English or metric automatic transmission and a see Hill Descent Control (HDC)
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 132. gasoline engine have Cruise 0 310,Automatic Transmission
The increment value used depends Grade Braking to help maintain 0 289, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 295.
on the units displayed. driver selected speed.
Ending Cruise Control
Passing Another Vehicle While Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
when the vehicle is started and There are four ways to end cruise
Using Cruise Control control:
cruise control is active. It is not
Use the accelerator pedal to enabled in Range Selection . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
increase the vehicle speed. When Mode. It assists in maintaining
you take your foot off the pedal, the driver selected speed when
. Press *.
vehicle will slow down to the
driving on downhill grades by . Shift the transmission to
previous set cruise speed. While using the engine and
pressing the accelerator pedal or N (Neutral).
transmission to slow the vehicle.
shortly following the release to . To turn off cruise control,
override cruise control, briefly To disable and enable Cruise press 5.
pressing the SET– button will result Grade Braking for the current
in cruise control set to the current ignition key cycle, press and Erasing Speed Memory
vehicle speed. hold the Tow/Haul button for The cruise control set speed is
five seconds. A DIC message
Using Cruise Control on Hills displays. See Transmission erased from memory if 5 is pressed
How well the cruise control works Messages 0 162. or the ignition is turned off.
on hills depends on the vehicle . Vehicles with a diesel engine
speed, the load, and the steepness have Cruise Grade Braking
of the hills. When going up steep enabled when Tow/Haul Mode is
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal on, the exhaust brake is on,
may be necessary to maintain or both are on.
vehicle speed.
While going downhill:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Driver Assistance Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Warning (Continued)
Some driver assistance features
Systems alert the driver of obstacles by
Under many conditions, these
This vehicle may have features that systems will not: beeping. To change the volume of
work together to help avoid crashes the warning chime, see “Comfort
or reduce crash damage while . Detect children, and Convenience” under Vehicle
driving, backing, and parking. Read pedestrians, bicyclists, Personalization 0 165.
this entire section before using or animals.
If equipped with the Safety Alert
these systems. . Detect vehicles or objects Seat, the driver seat cushion may
outside the area monitored provide a vibrating pulse alert
{ Warning by the system. instead of beeping. To change this,
. Work at all driving speeds. see “Collision/Detection Systems”
Do not rely on the Driver under Vehicle
Assistance Systems. These . Warn you or provide you Personalization 0 165.
systems do not replace the need with enough time to avoid a
for paying attention and driving crash.
Assistance Systems for
safely. You may not hear or feel . Work under poor visibility or
alerts or warnings provided by bad weather conditions.
Parking or Backing
these systems. Failure to use . Work if the detection sensor If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
proper care when driving may is not cleaned or is covered (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
result in injury, death, or vehicle by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. and Front Parking Assist (FPA) may
damage. See Defensive help the driver park or avoid objects.
Driving 0 261. Complete attention is always Always check around the vehicle
required while driving, and you when parking or backing.
(Continued) should be ready to take action The RVC and RPA will not work
and apply the brakes and/or steer properly if the tailgate is down. If the
the vehicle to avoid crashes. tailgate is down, do not use these
systems.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted into
{ Warning
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an The camera(s) do not display
image of the area behind the vehicle children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
in the center stack display. The crossing traffic, animals, or any
previous screen displays when the other object outside of the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) cameras’ field of view, below the
after a short delay. To return to the bumper, or under the vehicle.
previous screen sooner, press a
1. View Displayed by the Shown distances may be different
button on the infotainment system,
Camera from actual distances. Do not
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
Displayed images may be farther or check behind and around the
closer than they appear. The area vehicle before driving. Failure to
displayed is limited and objects that use proper care may result in
are close to either corner of the injury, death, or vehicle damage.
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
Parking Assist
A warning triangle may display on
the RVC screen to show that RPA With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
has detected an object. This triangle as the vehicle moves at speeds of
changes from amber to red and less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
increases in size the closer the sensors on the bumpers may detect
object. objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
1. View Displayed by the within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
Camera the ground and below bumper level.
These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
weather. Blocked sensors will not Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
detect objects and can also cause times. Beeps for FPA are higher
false detections. Keep the sensors pitched than for RPA.
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
slush; and clean sensors after a car Turning the Features On or Off
wash in freezing temperatures.
{ Warning
The Parking Assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that The instrument cluster may have a The X button on the center stack
are too close or too far from the parking assist display with bars that is used to turn on or off the Front
vehicle. It is not available at show “distance to object” and object and Rear Parking Assist. The
speeds greater than 8 km/h location information for the Parking indicator light in the button comes
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Assist system. As the object gets on when the features are on and
or vehicle damage, even with closer, more bars light up and the turns off when the features have
parking assist, always check the bars change color from yellow to been disabled.
area around the vehicle and amber to red. Front and Rear Parking Assist can
check all mirrors before moving When an object is first detected in be turned off, on, or on with towbar
forward or backing. the rear, one beep will be heard through vehicle personalization. See
from the rear, or both sides of the “Park Assist” under Vehicle
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two Personalization 0 165. If the parking
times. When an object is very close assist is turned off through vehicle
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, personalization, the parking assist
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), button on the center stack will be
a continuous beep will sound from disabled. To turn the parking assist
the front or rear, or both sides of the on again, select On in the vehicle
personalization menu. The On with
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Towbar setting allows for the Assistance Systems for

parking assist to work properly with
Driving
{ Warning
a small item attached to the trailer
hitch. Turn off parking assist when If equipped, when driving the FCA is a warning system and
towing a trailer. vehicle in a forward gear, Forward does not apply the brakes. When
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane approaching a slower-moving or
To turn the rear parking assist stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
symbols or guidance lines on or off, Departure Warning (LDW), and/or
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) can help to or when following a vehicle too
see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle closely, FCA may not provide a
Personalization 0 165. avoid a crash or reduce crash
damage. warning with enough time to help
Disconnecting the Rear Vision avoid a crash. It also may not
Camera (RVC) Forward Collision Alert provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
The RVC must be disconnected if (FCA) System animals, signs, guardrails,
the tailgate needs to be removed. If equipped, the FCA system may bridges, construction barrels,
The RVC is disconnected by help to avoid or reduce the harm or other objects. Be ready to take
removing the connector from the caused by front-end crashes. When action and apply the brakes. See
electrical junction block mounted on approaching a vehicle ahead too Defensive Driving 0 261.
the left side of the cross member of quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
the vehicle frame. After alert on the windshield and rapidly
disconnecting, the cap mounted beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA can be disabled with the FCA
next to the camera connector must FCA also lights an amber visual steering wheel control.
be relocated so that the open alert if following another vehicle Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
terminals on the junction block are much too closely.
covered. FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
FCA warnings will not occur unless braking to occur more rapidly which
the FCA system detects a vehicle Warning (Continued) can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
ahead. When a vehicle is detected, Continue to apply the brake pedal
the vehicle ahead indicator will proper condition. Keep the as needed. Cruise control may be
display green. Vehicles may not be windshield, headlamps, and FCA disengaged when the Collision Alert
detected on curves, highway exit sensors clean and in good repair. occurs.
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially Tailgating Alert
Collision Alert
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{ Warning
The vehicle ahead indicator will
FCA does not provide a warning
display amber when you are
to help avoid a crash, unless it
following a detected vehicle ahead
detects a vehicle. FCA may not much too closely.
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a When your vehicle approaches
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, another detected vehicle too rapidly,
or in conditions that can limit the red FCA display will flash on the
visibility such as fog, rain, windshield. Also, eight rapid
or snow, or if the headlamps or high-pitched beeps will sound from
windshield are not cleaned or in the front, or both sides of the Safety
(Continued) Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Selecting the Alert Timing timing. The range of selectable alert camera sensor to detect the lane
timing may not be appropriate for all markings at speeds of 56 km/h
drivers and driving conditions. (35 mph) or greater.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
{ Warning
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles The LDW system does not steer
in other lanes, objects that are not the vehicle. The LDW system
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts may not:
are normal operation and the . Provide enough time to
vehicle does not need service.
avoid a crash.
Cleaning the System . Detect lane markings under
If the FCA system does not seem to poor weather or visibility
operate properly, cleaning the conditions. This can occur if
The Collision Alert control is on the the windshield or
outside of the windshield in front of
steering wheel. Press [ to set the the rearview mirror, and cleaning the headlamps are blocked by
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near, front of the vehicle where radar dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
or Off. The first button press shows sensors are located, may correct not in proper condition; or if
the current setting on the DIC. the issue. the sun shines directly into
Additional button presses will the camera.
change this setting. The chosen Lane Departure Warning . Detect road edges.
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect the timing of both the (LDW) (2500/3500 Series) . Detect lanes on winding or
Collision Alert and the Tailgating If equipped, LDW may help avoid hilly roads.
Alert features. The timing of both crashes due to unintentional lane If LDW only detects lane
alerts will vary based on vehicle departures. It may provide an alert if markings on one side of the road,
speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the vehicle is crossing a lane it will only warn you when
the farther away the alert will occur. marking without using a turn signal
Consider traffic and weather in that direction. LDW uses a (Continued)
conditions when selecting the alert
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
If the LDW system is not functioning

Warning (Continued) properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
departing the lane on the side windshield may help.
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your LDW alerts may occur due to tar
attention on the road and marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
maintain proper vehicle position When LDW is on, @ is green if temporary or construction lane
within the lane, or vehicle LDW is available to warn of a lane markings, or other road
departure. If the vehicle crosses a imperfections. This is normal system
damage, injury, or death could
detected lane marking without using operation; the vehicle does not need
occur. Always keep the
the turn signal in that direction, @ service. Turn LDW off if these
windshield, headlamps, and conditions continue.
camera sensors clean and in changes to amber and flashes.
good repair. Do not use LDW in Additionally, there will be three
bad weather conditions. beeps, or the driver seat will pulse Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
three times on the right or left, (1500 Series)
depending on the lane departure
How the System Works If equipped, LKA may help avoid
direction.
crashes due to unintentional lane
The LDW camera sensor is on the When the System Does Not departures. It may assist by gently
windshield ahead of the rearview turning the steering wheel if the
Seem to Work Properly
mirror. vehicle approaches a detected lane
The system may not detect lanes as marking without using a turn signal
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on well when there are: in that direction. It may also provide
the center stack. The control
. Close vehicles ahead. a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
indicator will light when LDW is on.
system alert as the lane marking is
. Sudden lighting changes, such crossed. The LKA system will not
as when driving through tunnels. assist or provide an LDW alert if it
. Banked roads. detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
camera to detect lane markings

between 60 km/h (37 mph) and Warning (Continued) { Warning
180 km/h (112 mph).
. Detect lanes on winding or Using LKA while towing a trailer
hilly roads. or on slippery roads could cause
{ Warning If LKA only detects lane markings loss of control of the vehicle and
The LKA system does not on one side of the road, it will a crash. Turn the system off.
continuously steer the vehicle. only assist or provide an LDW
It may not keep the vehicle in the alert when approaching the lane How the System Works
lane or give a Lane Departure on the side where it has detected
The LKA camera sensor is on the
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a a lane marking. Even with LKA
windshield ahead of the rearview
lane marking is detected. and LDW, you must steer the
mirror.
The LKA and LDW systems vehicle. Always keep your
may not: attention on the road and To turn LKA on and off, press A
maintain proper vehicle position on the center stack.
. Provide an alert or enough within the lane, or vehicle
steering assist to avoid a damage, injury, or death could
lane departure or crash. occur. Always keep the
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LKA in
the windshield or bad weather conditions.
headlamps are blocked by When on, A is green if LKA is
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are available to assist and provide LDW
not in proper condition, or if alerts. It may assist by gently
the sun shines directly into turning the steering wheel and
the camera.
display A as amber if the vehicle
. Detect road edges. approaches a detected lane marking
(Continued) without using a turn signal in that
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
direction. It may also provide an If the LKA system is not functioning Fuel
LDW alert by flashing A amber properly when lane markings are
as the lane marking is crossed. clearly visible, cleaning the For diesel engine vehicles, see
Additionally, there will be three windshield may help. “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the
beeps, or the driver seat will pulse Duramax diesel supplement.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
three times, on the right or left, may occur due to tar marks, Use of the recommended fuel is an
depending on the lane departure shadows, cracks in the road, important part of the proper
direction. temporary or construction lane maintenance of this vehicle. When
The LKA system does not markings, or other road driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
continuously steer the vehicle. imperfections. This is normal system help keep the engine clean and
If LKA does not detect active driver operation; the vehicle does not need maintain optimum vehicle
steering, an alert and chime may be service. Turn LKA off if these performance, we recommend using
provided. Move the steering wheel conditions continue. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
to dismiss. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system performance may be
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads.
. Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap, Use of Seasonal Fuels

E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the Caution
Use summer and winter fuels in the
vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 324. appropriate season. The fuels Do not use fuel containing
For all vehicles except those with industry automatically modifies the methanol. It can corrode metal
the 6.2L V8 engine, use regular fuel for the appropriate season. parts in the fuel system and also
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for damage plastic and rubber parts.
specification D4814 with a posted long periods of time, driving or That damage would not be
octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not starting could be affected. Drive the covered under the vehicle
use gasoline with an octane rating vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
warranty.
below 87, as it may cause engine tank or less, then refuel with the
damage and will lower fuel current seasonal fuel.
economy. Some gasolines, mainly high octane
Prohibited Fuels racing gasolines, can contain an
If the vehicle has the 6.2L V8 engine
Gasolines containing oxygenates octane-enhancing additive called
(VIN Code J), use premium
such as ethers and ethanol, as well methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
as reformulated gasolines, are tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
specification D4814 with a posted
available in some cities. If these gasolines and/or fuel additives with
octane rating of 91 or higher.
gasolines comply with the MMT as they can reduce spark plug
Regular unleaded gasoline rated at
previously described specification, life and affect emission control
87 octane or higher can be used,
but acceleration and fuel economy then they are acceptable to use. system performance. The
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and malfunction indicator lamp may turn
will be reduced, and an audible
other fuels containing more than on. If this occurs, see your dealer
knocking noise may be heard. If this
15% ethanol must be used only in for service.
occurs, use a gasoline rated at
91 octane or higher as soon as FlexFuel vehicles.
possible. Otherwise, the engine California Fuel
could be damaged. If heavy Requirements
knocking is heard when using
If the vehicle is certified to meet
gasoline with a 91 octane rating or
California Emissions Standards, it is
higher, the engine needs service.
designed to operate on fuels that
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
meet California specifications. See fuel not recommended. Costly The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
the underhood emission control repairs caused by use of improper encouraged when the vehicle is
label. If this fuel is not available in fuel would not be covered by the designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
states adopting California Emissions vehicle warranty. is made from renewable sources.
Standards, the vehicle will operate To help locate fuel stations that
satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S.
federal specifications, but emission Department of Energy has an
control system performance might To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is alternative fuels website. See
be affected. The malfunction www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/
indicator lamp could turn on and the recommended. See Fuel 0 322.
stations.
vehicle may not pass a smog-check If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
test. See Malfunction Indicator not available, one bottle of Fuel E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 143. System Treatment PLUS added to Specification D 5798 or CAN/
If this occurs, return to your the fuel tank at every engine oil CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use
authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it change can help. Fuel System the fuel if the ethanol content is
is determined that the condition is Treatment PLUS is the only greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that
caused by the type of fuel used, gasoline additive recommended by do not meet ASTM or CGSB
repairs may not be covered by the General Motors. It is available at specifications can affect driveability
vehicle warranty. your dealer. and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on.
Do not use additives with E85 or
Fuels in Foreign FlexFuel. For the 6.0L V8 engine, after
Countries refueling, the vehicle calculates the
E85 or FlexFuel composition of the fuel. It is not
If planning to drive in countries recommended to repeatedly switch
outside the U.S. or Canada, the Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can between fuels. If fuels are switched
proper fuel might be hard to find. use either unleaded gasoline or fuel frequently, add as much fuel as
Check regional auto club or fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). possible and do not add less than
retail brand websites for availability All other vehicles should use only 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. Drive at
in the country where driving. Never the unleaded gasoline as described least 11 km (7 mi) immediately after
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing in Fuel 0 322.
methanol, manganese, or any other
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
refueling to allow the vehicle to Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

adapt to the change in ethanol
concentration. If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement . Keep children away from
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less for more information. the fuel pump and never let
energy per liter (gallon) than children pump fuel.
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
refilled more often. See Filling the { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel
Tank 0 325. cap is opened too quickly.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
Caution death. more likely in hot weather.
. To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly
Some additives are not
and others, read and follow and wait for any hiss noise
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel to stop, then unscrew the
and can harm the vehicle's fuel all the instructions on the
fuel pump island. cap all the way.
system. Do not add anything to
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused . Turn off the engine when
by additives would not be covered refueling.
by the vehicle warranty. . Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
Caution
. Do not leave the fuel pump
Do not use fuel containing unattended.
methanol. It can corrode metal . Do not use a cell phone
parts in the fuel system and also while refueling.
damage plastic and rubber parts. . Do not re-enter the vehicle
That damage would not be while pumping fuel.
covered under the vehicle
warranty. (Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
door on the driver side of the few seconds after you have finished { Warning
vehicle. Vehicles that have a pumping before removing the
FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel nozzle. Clean fuel from painted If a fire starts while you are
cap can use either unleaded surfaces as soon as possible. See refueling, do not remove the
gasoline or ethanol fuel containing Exterior Care 0 452. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
up to 85% ethanol (E85). See E85 shutting off the pump or by
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it notifying the station attendant.
or FlexFuel 0 324. clockwise until it clicks. It will require Leave the area immediately.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it more effort to turn the fuel cap on
slowly counterclockwise. the last turn as you tighten it. Make
If the vehicle is a dual fuel tank sure the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if Caution
chassis cab model, and it runs out
of fuel, refuel the front fuel tank first the fuel cap has been left off or
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
to ensure a quick restart. improperly installed. This would
sure to get the right type of cap
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction from your dealer. The wrong type
{ Warning Indicator Lamp (Check Engine of fuel cap may not fit properly,
Light) 0 143. may cause the malfunction
Overfilling the fuel tank by more indicator lamp to light, and could
than three clicks of a standard fill The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message damage the fuel tank and
nozzle may cause: displays on the Driver Information emissions system. See
Center (DIC) if the fuel cap is not Malfunction Indicator Lamp
. Vehicle performance issues,
properly installed. See Fuel System
including engine stalling and (Check Engine Light) 0 143.
Messages 0 158 for more
damage to the fuel system. information.
. Fuel spills.
. Potential fuel fires.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Filling a Portable Fuel Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

Container
. Fill the container no more General Towing
{ Warning than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
Information
Filling a portable fuel container . Only use towing equipment that has
Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause been designed for the vehicle.
matches, or use lighters
fuel vapors that can ignite either Contact your dealer or trailering
while pumping fuel.
by static electricity or other dealer for assistance with preparing
. Avoid using cell phones or the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
means. You or others could be
other electronic devices. the entire section before towing a
badly burned and the vehicle
trailer.
could be damaged. Always:
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
. Use approved fuel Towing the Vehicle 0 447. For
containers. towing the vehicle behind another
. Remove the container from vehicle such as a motor home, see
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 447.
bed before filling.
. Place the container on the Driving Characteristics
ground. and Towing Tips
. Place the nozzle inside the Driving with a Trailer
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and When towing a trailer:
keep it in contact with the fill . Become familiar with the state
opening until filling is and local laws that apply to
complete. trailer towing.
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. The trailer must be equipped Towing a trailer requires a certain
with brakes adequate for the { Warning amount of experience. The
intended use. A loaded trailer combination you are driving is
weighing more than 900 kg When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the
(2,000 lb) must be equipped with gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself.
its own brake system, with the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most The structure, tires and brakes of
brakes working on all axles. the trailer must be rated to carry the
Trailer braking equipment window is open.
load. Inadequate trailer equipment
conforming to Canadian When towing a trailer: can cause the combination to
Standards Association (CSA) operate in an unexpected or unsafe
requirement CAN3-D313, or its . Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, manner.
equivalent, is recommended.
or rear-most window open. Before starting, check all trailer hitch
. Do not tow a trailer during the
. Fully open the air outlets on parts and attachments, safety
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
damage to the engine, axle, or under the instrument
panel. tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with
or other parts. the handling and braking of the rig.
. Then during the first 800 km . Also adjust the climate If the trailer has electric brakes, start
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not control system to a setting the combination moving and then
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and that brings in only outside apply the trailer brake controller by
do not make starts at full throttle. air. See “Climate Control hand to be sure the brakes work.
Systems” in the Index.
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). During the trip, check occasionally
The Tow/Haul Mode may be For more information about to be sure that the load is secure
used if the transmission shifts carbon monoxide, see Engine and the lamps and any trailer
too often. See Tow/Haul Exhaust 0 288. brakes still work.
Mode 0 295.
. Turn off Park Assist when
towing.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Following Distance Making Turns transmission is not shifted down, the

brakes might get hot and no longer
Stay at least twice as far behind the
Caution work well.
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
This can help to avoid heavy Making very sharp turns while the transmission to a lower gear if
braking and sudden turns. trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission shifts too often
come in contact with the vehicle. under heavy loads and/or hilly
Passing The vehicle could be damaged. conditions.
More passing distance is needed Avoid making very sharp turns
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
when towing a trailer. The while trailering. the transmission shifts too often.
combination will not accelerate as See Tow/Haul Mode 0 295.
quickly and is longer so it is When turning with a trailer, make
necessary to go much farther When towing at high altitude on
wider turns than normal. Do this so steep uphill grades, consider the
beyond the passed vehicle before the trailer will not strike soft
returning to the lane. following: Engine coolant will boil at
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, a lower temperature than at normal
Backing Up or other objects. Avoid jerky or altitudes. If the engine is turned off
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in immediately after towing at high
Hold the bottom of the steering advance.
wheel with one hand. To move the altitude on steep uphill grades, the
trailer to the left, move that hand to If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn vehicle may show signs similar to
the left. To move the trailer to the out, the arrows on the instrument engine overheating. To avoid this,
right, move your hand to the right. cluster will still flash for turns. It is let the engine run while parked,
Always back up slowly and, important to check occasionally to preferably on level ground, with the
if possible, have someone be sure the trailer bulbs are still transmission in P (Park) for a few
guide you. working. minutes before turning the engine
off. If the overheat warning comes
Driving on Grades on, see Engine Overheating 0 382.
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then brake system. It is a good idea to
apply the parking brake and inspect these before and during
{ Warning shift into P (Park). the trip.
5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all
Parking the vehicle on a hill with hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill
dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake Trailer Towing
wrong, the rig could start to move. pedal.
People can be injured, and both If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
2. Start the engine. see the Duramax diesel
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always 3. Shift into a gear. supplement.
park the rig on a flat surface. 4. Release the parking brake. If the vehicle is bi-fuel, see the
bi-fuel supplement.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
If parking the rig on a hill: Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is See New Vehicle Break-In 0 280.
1. Press the brake pedal, but do clear of the chocks.
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if 7. Stop and have someone pick
facing downhill or into traffic if up and store the chocks.
facing uphill. Maintenance when Trailer
2. Have someone place chocks Towing
under the trailer wheels. The vehicle needs service more
3. When the wheel chocks are in often when pulling a trailer. See
place, release the regular Maintenance Schedule 0 462.
brakes until the chocks absorb Things that are especially important
the load. in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 272 for

{ Warning Caution more information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.
The driver can lose control when Pulling a trailer improperly can
pulling a trailer if the correct damage the vehicle and result in To identify the trailering capacity of
equipment is not used or the costly repairs not covered by the the vehicle, read the information in
vehicle is not driven properly. For vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer “Weight of the Trailer” later in this
example, if the trailer is too heavy correctly, follow the advice in this section.
or the trailer brakes are section and see your dealer for Trailering is different than just
inadequate for the load, the important information about driving the vehicle by itself.
vehicle may not stop as expected. towing a trailer with the vehicle. Trailering means changes in
The driver and passengers could handling, acceleration, braking,
be seriously injured. The vehicle durability, and fuel economy.
may be damaged. The resulting Successful, safe trailering takes
repairs would not be covered by correct equipment, and it has to be
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer used properly.
only if all the steps in this section The following information has many
have been followed. Ask your time-tested, important trailering tips
dealer for advice and information and safety rules. Many of these are
about towing a trailer with the important for your safety and that of
vehicle. your passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Weight of the Trailer Trailer weight rating (TWR) for Ask your dealer for trailering
pickup models is calculated information or advice.
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
assuming the tow vehicle has the For kingpin weight and trailer
Safe trailering requires monitoring driver, a front seat passenger, and tongue weight information, see
the weight, speed, altitude, road all required trailering equipment. “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
grades, outside temperature, and Weight of additional optional in this section.
how frequently the vehicle is used to equipment, passengers, and cargo
pull a trailer. Take into consideration in the tow vehicle must be Use the following chart to determine
any special equipment on the subtracted from the trailer weight how much the vehicle can weigh,
vehicle, and the amount of tongue rating. based upon the vehicle model and
weight the vehicle can carry. See options.
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later Weights listed apply for
in this section for more information. conventional trailers and fifth-wheel
trailers unless otherwise noted.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
1500/2500/3500 Series Pickups – SAE J2807 Compliant

Maximum Trailer
Vehicle Axle Ratio Weight (c) GCWR (a)
1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 (b) 3.23 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
4.3L V6 (b) 4.10 2 087 kg (4,600 lb) 4 309 kg (9,500 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 3 130 kg (6,900 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Double Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 (b) 3.23 2 540 kg (5,600 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
5.3L V8; 8-speed automatic 3.42 5 035 kg (11,100 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
transmission with Enhanced
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 5 035 kg (11,100 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 (b) 3.23 2 449 kg (5,400 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
5.3L V8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 398 kg (11,900 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Short Box (b)
4.3L V6 3.23 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 5 035 kg (11,100 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Long Box
4.3L V6 (b) 3.23 2 676 kg (5,900 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 3 084 kg (6,800 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Regular Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 (b) 3.42 3 447 kg (7,600 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 901 kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
4.3L V6 (b) 3.42 3 221 kg (7,100 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 812 kg (6,200 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 173 kg (9,200 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 944 kg (10,900 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 173 kg (9,200 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
6.2L V8 3.42 5 352 kg (11,800 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
4.3L V6 (b) 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 767 kg (6,100 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 899 kg (10,800 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 307 kg (11,700 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Short Box (b)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 767 kg (6,100 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Towing Package
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
5.3L V8 3.73 4 899 kg (10,800 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 307 kg (11,700 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
4.3L V6 (b) 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 948 kg (6,500 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 – Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
6.0L V8 – Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 577 kg (14,500 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 672 kg (10,300 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
2500 Series 2WD Double Cab Long Box
6.0L V8 3.73 4 491 kg (9,900 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
2500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Long Box
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 354 kg (9,600 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 581 kg (10,100 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 441 kg (14,200 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Conventional Trailer
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

Maximum Trailer
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
(b) This model is neither designed nor intended to tow fifth-wheel or gooseneck trailers.
(c) For pickup box delete vehicles, choose an appropriate hitch and load the truck and trailer within the limits of
GCWR, GVWR, and RGAWR.
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer GCWR (a)

Weight (c)
3500 Series Chassis Cab 2WD/4WD
6.0L V8 3.73 (b) 14 107 kg (31,100 lb)
6.0L V8 4.10 (b) 14 107 kg (31,100 lb)
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
(b) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.
(c) Choose an appropriate hitch and load the truck and trailer within the limits of GCWR, GVWR, and RGAWR.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Ask your dealer for trailering

information or advice.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
Trailer tongue weight (1) should be
passengers and cargo in the vehicle
10-15% and fifth-wheel or
reduce the amount of tongue weight
gooseneck kingpin weight should be
the vehicle can carry, which will also
15-25% of the loaded trailer
reduce the trailer weight the vehicle
weight (2) up to the maximums for
can tow.
vehicle series and hitch type.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Maximum Tongue If a cargo carrier is used in the

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight trailer hitch receiver, choose a
carrier that positions the load as
1500 Weight-Carrying 363 kg (800 lb) close to the vehicle as possible.
1500 Weight-Distributing 544 kg (1,200 lb) Make sure the total weight,
including the carrier, is no more than
2500/3500 Weight-Carrying or 680 kg (1,500 lb) half of the maximum allowable
Standard Box Weight-Distributing tongue weight for the vehicle or
2500/ Weight-Carrying or 907 kg (2,000 lb) 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
3500 Long Box Weight-Distributing Total Weight on the Vehicle's
2500 Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 361 kg (3,000 lb) Tires
3500 Single Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 814 kg (4,000 lb) Be sure the vehicle's tires are
Wheels inflated to the inflation pressures
found on the Certification/Tire label
3500 Dual Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) on the center pillar or see Vehicle
Wheels Load Limits 0 272. Make sure not to
exceed the GVWR limit for the
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow
Do not exceed the maximum the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight vehicle and trailer fully loaded for
allowable tongue weight for the Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross the trip including the weight of the
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch Axle Weight Rating). See “Total trailer tongue. If using a
extension that will position the hitch Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later weight-distributing hitch, make sure
ball closest to the vehicle. This will in this section. not to exceed the RGAWR before
help reduce the effect of trailer After loading the trailer, weigh the applying the weight distribution
tongue weight on the rear axle. trailer and then the tongue, spring bars.
Trailer rating may be limited by the separately, to see if the weights are
vehicle's ability to carry tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments
weight. Tongue or kingpin weight might be made by moving some
cannot cause the vehicle to exceed items around in the trailer.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Weight of the Trailering the Trailer Tongue” under Trailer

Combination Towing 0 330 for rating limits with
various hitch types.
It is important that the combination
of the tow vehicle and trailer does If a step-bumper hitch will be used,
not exceed any of its weight ratings the bumper could be damaged in
— GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer sharp turns. Make sure there
Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. is ample room when turning to avoid
The only way to be sure it is not contact between the trailer and the
exceeding any of these ratings is to bumper.
weigh the tow vehicle and trailer Consider using sway controls with
combination, fully loaded for the trip, any trailer. Ask a trailering
getting individual weights for each of professional about sway controls or
these items. refer to the trailer manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.
Towing Equipment
Weight-Distributing Hitch and
Hitches Adjustment
The correct hitch equipment helps A weight-distributing hitch may be
maintain combination control. Many useful with some trailers. Use the
trailers can be towed with a following guidelines to determine if a
weight-carrying hitch which simply weight-distributing hitch should
features a coupler latched to the be used.
hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a
pintle hook. Other trailers may
require a weight-distributing hitch
that uses spring bars to distribute
the trailer tongue weight among the
tow vehicle and trailer axles.
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck hitches
may also be used. See “Weight of
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Weight-Distributing Hitch
Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
1500 Over 3175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
2500/3500 Up to 8165 kg (18,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
When using a weight-distributing than conventional trailers. Make

hitch, measure distance (2) before sure this weight does not cause the
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball. vehicle to exceed GAWR or GVWR.
Measure the height again after the Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin
trailer is coupled and adjust the weight should be 15 to 25% of the
spring bars so the distance (2) is as trailer weight up to the maximum
close as possible to halfway amount specified in the trailering
between the two measurements. chart for the vehicle. See “Weight of
Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck the Trailer” under Trailer
Trailering Towing 0 330.
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers The hitch should be located in the
can be used with many pickup pickup bed so that its centerline is
models. These trailers place a over or slightly in front of the rear
1. Front of Vehicle
larger percentage of the weight axle. Take care that it is not so far
2. Body to Ground Distance forward that it will contact the back
(kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle
of the cab in sharp turns. This is
especially important for short box
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
pickups. Trailer pin box extensions Trailer Brakes Be sure to follow the proper
and sliding fifth-wheel hitch installation instructions included with
A loaded trailer weighing more than
assemblies can help this condition. any electrical equipment that is
900 kg (2,000 lb) must be equipped
There should be at least 15 cm (6 in) installed.
with its own brake system, with
of clearance between the top of the
brakes working on all axles. Trailer
pickup box and the bottom of the Caution
braking equipment conforming to
trailer shelf that extends over
Canadian Standards Association
the box. Leaving electrical equipment on
(CSA) requirement CAN-D313, or its
equivalent, is recommended. for extended periods will drain the
Safety Chains
battery. Always turn off electrical
Always attach chains between the State and local regulation may also equipment when not in use and
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the require the trailer to have its own do not use equipment that
safety chains under the tongue of braking system if loaded above a exceeds the maximum amperage
the trailer to help prevent the tongue certain threshold. rating of 30 amps for the auxiliary
from contacting the road if it Be sure to read and follow the battery provision.
becomes separated from the hitch. instructions for the trailer brakes so
Instructions about safety chains they are installed, adjusted, and
may be provided by the hitch maintained properly. Trailer Wiring Harness
manufacturer or by the trailer The vehicle is equipped with one of
manufacturer. If the trailer being Do not tap into the vehicle's
hydraulic brake system. the following wiring harnesses for
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg towing a trailer or hauling a slide-in
(5,000 lb) with a factory-installed Auxiliary Battery camper.
step bumper, safety chains may be
attached to the attaching points on The auxiliary battery provision can Basic Trailer Wiring
the bumper; otherwise, safety be used to supply electrical power
to additional equipment that may be All regular, double cab, and crew
chains should be attached to holes cab pickups have a seven-wire
on the trailer hitch platform. Always added, such as a slide-in camper.
If equipped, this relay will be on the trailer towing harness.
leave just enough slack so the
combination can turn. Never allow driver side of the vehicle, next to the For vehicles not equipped with
safety chains to drag on the ground. underhood electrical center. heavy-duty trailering, the harness is
secured to the vehicle's frame
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
behind the spare tire mount. The . Red/Green: Battery Feed

harness requires the installation of a . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
trailer connector, which is available
through your dealer. To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness Haul Mode button at the end of the
Package shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
headlamps to help charge the
battery.
Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring
Package
For vehicles with the 5th wheel/
For vehicles without the 5th wheel/
gooseneck trailer package, the
gooseneck tralier package,
harness connector is mounted on
seven-wire camper harness is under
the inside of the pickup bed behind
the rear bumper, attached to the
the rear wheel.
frame near the rear crossmember.
The seven-wire harness contains A connector must be added to the
the following trailer circuits: wiring harness that connects to the
For vehicles equipped with . Green/Violet: Left Stop/Turn camper.
heavy-duty trailering, the harness Signal The harness contains the following
connector is mounted in the bumper. camper/trailer circuits:
. Yellow/Gray: Right Stop/Turn
Signal . Green/Violet: Left Stop/Turn
. Gray/Brown: Taillamps/Parking Signal
Lamps . Yellow/Gray: Right Stop/Turn
. White: Ground Signal
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps . Gray/Brown: Taillamps/Parking
Lamps
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. White: Ground Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
. Red/Green: Battery Feed Mode 0 295.
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most
If the vehicle is equipped with the effective when the vehicle and
heavy-duty trailering option, see trailer combined weight is at least
“Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness 75% of the vehicle's Gross
Package” earlier in this section. Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
When the camper-wiring harness is Trailer Towing 0 330. Tow/Haul is
ordered without the heavy-duty most useful under the following
trailering package, a seven-wire driving conditions:
harness with a seven-pin connector
is at the rear of the vehicle and is . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
tied to the vehicle's frame. Pressing this button at the end of large or heavy load through
the shift lever turns on and off the rolling terrain.
Electric Brake Control Wiring Tow/Haul Mode.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
Provisions large or heavy load in
These wiring provisions are stop-and-go traffic.
included with the vehicle as part of . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
the trailer wiring package. These large or heavy load in busy
provisions are for an electric brake parking lots where improved low
controller. speed control of the vehicle is
The harness should be installed by This indicator light on the instrument desired.
your dealer or a qualified service cluster comes on when the Tow/ Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
center. Haul Mode is on. when lightly loaded or with no trailer
at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
selection of Tow/Haul when the system, and on the type of trailer

vehicle is unloaded. Such a brakes detected. This available { Warning
selection when unloaded may result power output to the trailer brakes
in unpleasant engine and can be adjusted to a wide range of Connecting a trailer that has an
transmission driving characteristics trailering situations. air brake system may result in
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ reduced or complete loss of trailer
The ITBC system is integrated with braking. There may be an
Haul is recommended only when the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or increase in stopping distance or
and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering trailer instability which could
heavy load. conditions that cause the vehicle’s
result in personal injury or
Integrated Trailer Brake antilock brake or StabiliTrak
damage to the vehicle, trailer,
Control System systems to activate, power sent to
the trailer's brakes will be or other property. Use the ITBC
The vehicle may have an Integrated automatically adjusted to minimize system only with electric or
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system trailer wheel lock-up. This does not electric over hydraulic trailer
for use with electric trailer brakes or imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. brakes.
most electric over hydraulic trailer
brakes. If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
or StabiliTrak systems are not
functioning properly, the ITBC
system may not be fully functional
or may not function at all. Make sure
all of these systems are fully
operational to ensure full
functionality of the ITBC system.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake The ITBC system is powered
Control Panel on vehicles with an through the vehicle's electrical
ITBC system. The power output to system. Turning the ignition off will
the trailer brakes is based on the also turn off the ITBC system. The
amount of brake pressure being ITBC system is fully functional only
applied by the vehicle’s brake when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Trailer Brake Control Panel Page on the Driver Information To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one
Center (DIC) to adjust and display of the Trailer Gain Adjustment
power output to the trailer brakes. buttons. Press and hold a gain
button to continuously adjust the
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
The ITBC system displays the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
messages in the DIC. setting to 0.0 (zero).
The display page indicates Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays
Gain setting, power output to the anytime a trailer with electric brakes
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and is connected. Output to the trailer
system operational status. brakes is based on the amount of
To display the Trailer Brake Display vehicle braking present and relative
Page, do any of the following: to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each
. Scroll through the DIC menu gain setting.
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
pages.
Lever The Trailer Output will indicate “- - -
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment . Press a Trailer Gain button. - - -” on the Trailer Brake Display
Buttons If the Trailer Brake Display Page Page whenever the following occur:
is not currently displayed, press
The ITBC system has a control . No trailer is connected.
a Trailer Gain button to recall the
panel on the instrument panel to the current Trailer Gain setting. . A trailer without electric brakes
left of the steering column. See Each press and release of the is connected (no DIC message
Instrument Panel 0 6. The control gain buttons will then change the will display).
panel allows adjustment to the Trailer Gain setting.
amount of output, referred to as . A trailer with electric brakes has
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer . Activate the Manual Trailer become disconnected (a
brakes and allows manual Brake Apply Lever. CHECK TRAILER WIRING
application of the trailer brakes. The TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be message will also display on
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either the DIC).
along with the Trailer Brake Display a trailer connected or disconnected.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. There is a fault present in the Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Adjusting Trailer Gain at
wiring to the trailer brakes (a Trailer Gain should be set for a speeds lower than 32 to
CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may
message will also display on be adjusted anytime vehicle loading, result in an incorrect gain
the DIC). trailer loading, or road surface setting.
. The ITBC system is not working conditions change. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
due to a fault (a SERVICE the Trailer Gain Adjustment
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message will also display in
{ Warning Buttons, to just below the point
of trailer wheel lock-up,
the DIC). Trailer brakes that are indicated by trailer wheel
over-gained or under-gained may squeal or tire smoke when a
Manual Trailer Brake Apply trailer wheel locks.
not stop the vehicle and the trailer
The Manual Trailer Brake Apply as intended and can result in a Trailer wheel lock-up may not
Lever is used to apply the trailer’s crash. Always follow the occur if towing a heavily loaded
electric brakes independent of the instructions to set the Trailer Gain trailer. In this case, adjust the
vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to for the proper trailer stopping Trailer Gain to the highest
the left will apply only the trailer allowable setting for the towing
performance.
brakes. Use this lever to adjust condition.
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the
power output to the trailer brakes. Use the following to adjust Trailer 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime
Gain for each towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading,
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake or road surface conditions
lamps will come on when either 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
change or if trailer wheel
vehicle brakes or manual trailer attached on a level road
lock-up is noticed at any time
brakes are applied. surface representative of the
while towing.
towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while If the CHECK TRAILER
In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this WIRING message only
GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the reappears when connecting the
DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This trailer wiring harness to the
system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is vehicle, the electrical fault is on
the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer the trailer side.
harness is reconnected. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
. There is an electrical fault in the SYSTEM: This message will display
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This when there is a problem with the
connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long ITBC system. If this message
message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in continues over multiple ignition
in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message cycles, there is a problem with the
can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is ITBC system. Have the vehicle
automatically turns off. acknowledged. serviced.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is If either the CHECK TRAILER
message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
the trailer wiring harness BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
. The ITBC system first connection: while driving, the ITBC system may
determines connection to a not be fully functional or may not
trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle. function at all. When traffic
then the trailer harness becomes conditions allow, carefully pull the
disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off. vehicle over to the side of the road
If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the and turn the ignition off. Check the
the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN. wiring connection to the trailer and
message will automatically turn turn the ignition back on. If either of
4. If the CHECK TRAILER these messages continues, either
off in about 30 seconds. This WIRING message reappears,
message will also turn off if it is the vehicle or trailer needs service.
the electrical fault is on the
acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side.
harness is reconnected.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
A GM dealer may be able to instrument cluster. Vehicle speed Adding non-dealer accessories can
diagnose and repair problems with must be reduced. If trailer sway affect the vehicle performance. See
the trailer. However, any diagnosis continues, StabiliTrak can reduce Accessories and
and repair of the trailer is not engine torque to help slow the Modifications 0 362.
covered under the vehicle warranty. vehicle. See Traction Control/
Contact your trailer dealer for Electronic Stability Control 0 308.
assistance with trailer repairs and
trailer warranty information. { Warning
Trailer Sway Even if the vehicle is equipped
Control (TSC) with TSC, trailer sway could result
in loss of control and the vehicle
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a could crash. If excessive trailer
TSC feature. Trailer sway is sway is detected, slow down to a
unintended side-to-side motion of a safe speed. Check the trailer and
trailer while being towed. If the vehicle to help correct possible
vehicle is towing a trailer and the
causes. These could include an
TSC detects that sway is increasing,
improperly or overloaded trailer,
the vehicle brakes are selectively
applied at each wheel, to help unrestrained cargo, improper
reduce excessive trailer sway. If the trailer hitch configuration,
vehicle is equipped with the excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
Integrated Trailer Brake Control or improperly inflated or incorrect
(ITBC) system, and the trailer has vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
the electric actuated brake system, Equipment 0 345 for trailer ratings
StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer and hitch setup
brakes. recommendations.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Conversions and Caution

Adding a Snow Plow or
Add-Ons Similar Equipment
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause Caution
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Equipment would not be covered by the Do not exceed 64 km/h (40 mph)
vehicle warranty. Always check with a snow plow mounted to the
{ Warning with your dealer before adding vehicle. The vehicle could
electrical equipment. overheat and be damaged.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the Before installing a snow plow on the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle, here are some things you
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
vehicle is not operating. need to know:
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 143. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
DLC — such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything Caution
fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped If the vehicle does not have the
device — may interfere with snow plow prep package, adding
vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 87 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped a plow can damage the vehicle,
vehicle operation and cause a and the repairs would not be
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 87.
covered by warranty. Unless the
access information stored in the For information on wiring auxiliary
vehicle was built to carry a snow
vehicle’s systems. switches, see www.gmupfitter.com
plow, do not add one to the
or contact your dealer.
vehicle. If the vehicle has the
snow plow prep package, called
RPO VYU, then the payload the
vehicle can carry will be reduced
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15

. The total weight of any required to ensure a proper front
Caution (Continued) additional cargo intended to be and rear weight distribution ratio,
carried. even though the actual weight at
when a snow plow is installed. the front axle may be less than
The vehicle can be damaged if Say, for example, you have a 318 kg
(700 lb) snow plow. The total weight the front axle rating.
either the front or rear axle ratings
or the Gross Vehicle Weight of all occupants and cargo inside . The snow plow manufacturer or
Rating (GVWR) are exceeded. the cab should not exceed 135 kg installer can assist you in
(300 lb). This means that you may determining the amount of rear
only be able to carry one passenger. ballast required, to help make
Some vehicles are built with a But, even this may be too much if sure the snow plow/vehicle
special snow plow prep package, there is other equipment already combination does not exceed
called RPO VYU. If the vehicle has adding to the weight of the vehicle. the GVW rating, the front and
this option, you can add a plow to it, rear axle ratings, and the front
Here are some guidelines for safely
provided certain weights, such as and rear weight distribution ratio.
the weights on the vehicle's axles carrying a snow plow on the vehicle:
. Make sure the weight on the . The total vehicle must not
and the Gross Vehicle Weight
front and rear axles does not exceed the GVW rating.
Rating (GVWR), are not exceeded.
exceed the axle rating for each. Front axle reserve capacity is the
The plow the vehicle can carry
. For the front axle, if more cargo difference between the Gross Axle
depends on many things, such as:
or passengers must be carried, Weight Rating (GAWR) and the front
. The options the vehicle came axle weight of the vehicle with full
appropriate counter ballast must
with, and the weight of those fuel and passengers. Basically, it is
be installed rear of the rear axle.
options. the amount of weight that can be
Counter ballast must be properly
. The weight and number of secured so it will not move added to the front axle before
passengers intended to be during driving. reaching the front GAWR.
carried.
. Follow the snow plow
. The weight of items added to the manufacturer's
vehicle, like a tool box or recommendations regarding rear
truck cap. ballast. Rear ballast may be
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
United States Canada (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the

The front axle reserve capacity for accessory is adding to the
the vehicle can be found in the front axle.
lower right corner of the Where:
Certification/Tire label, as shown. W = Weight of added accessory
In order to calculate the amount of A = Distance that the accessory
weight any front accessory, such as is in front of the front axle
a snow plow, is adding to the front W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase
axle, use the following formula: For example, adding a 318 kg
(700 lb) snow plow actually adds
more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the
front axle. Using the formula, if the
snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of
the front axle and the wheel base is
305 cm (10 ft), then:
W = 318 kg (700 lb)
A = 122 cm (4 ft)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) vehicle before reaching the GVWR.

Warning (Continued) Keep in mind that reserve capacity
(W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = numbers are intended as a guide
(318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg weight on the rear axle to have when selecting the amount of
(980 lb) proper braking performance. If the equipment or cargo the truck can
So, if the front axle reserve capacity brakes cannot work properly, you carry. If unsure of the vehicle's front,
is more than 445 kg (980 lb), the could have a crash. To help the rear, or total weight, go to a weigh
snow plow could be added without brakes work properly when a station and weigh the vehicle. Your
exceeding the front GAWR. snow plow is installed, always dealer can also help with this.
follow the snow plow
Heavier equipment can be added on The total vehicle reserve capacity
manufacturer or installer's
the front of the vehicle if it is for the vehicle can be found in the
compensated for by carrying fewer recommendation for rear ballast lower right corner of the
passengers or less cargo, or by to ensure a proper front and rear Certification/Tire label as shown
positioning cargo toward the rear. weight distribution ratio, even previously.
This has the effect of reducing the though the actual front weight
may be less than the front See your dealer for additional
load on the front. However, the front advice and information about using
GAWR, rear GAWR, and Gross GAWR, and the total vehicle
a snow plow on the vehicle. Also,
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must weight is less than the gross
see Vehicle Load Limits 0 272.
never be exceeded. vehicle weight rating (GVWR).
Maintaining a proper front and Emergency Roof Lamp
{ Warning rear weight distribution ratio is
necessary to provide proper
Provisions
Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow
On some vehicles that have braking performance.
plow prep package also have an
certain front mounted equipment,
emergency roof lamp provision
such as a snow plow, it may be Total vehicle reserve capacity is the package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the
possible to load the front axle to difference between the GVWR and emergency roof lamp is provided
the front gross axle weight rating the weight of the truck with full fuel above the overhead console. See
(GAWR) but not have enough and passengers. It is the amount of Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp 0 184
(Continued) weight that can be added to the for switch location.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/27/15
Pickup Conversion to
Chassis Cab
We are aware that some vehicle
owners might consider having the
pickup box removed and a
commercial or recreational body
installed. Owners should be aware
that, as manufactured, there are
differences between a chassis cab
and a pickup with the box removed
which could affect vehicle safety.
The components necessary to adapt
a pickup to permit its safe use with
a specialized body should be
installed by the body builder.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
360 Vehicle Care
Overheated Engine Protection

Vehicle Care Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
395
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Power Steering Fluid (1500 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
General Information Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 361 Power Steering Fluid (2500/ Sidemarker, and Parking
California Proposition 3500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
California Perchlorate Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Taillamps (Chassis Cab
Materials Requirements . . . . . 362 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Accessories and Battery - North America . . . . . . 388 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Vehicle Checks Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Doing Your Own Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Center High-Mounted
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 392 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 393 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Engine Compartment Automatic Transmission Shift Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Electrical System
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 High Voltage Devices and
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 372 Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Automatic Transmission Fluid Electrical System Overload . . . 399
(6 Speed Transmission) . . . . . 373 Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 394 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Automatic Transmission Fluid Engine Compartment Fuse
(8 Speed Transmission) . . . . . 376 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 394
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 395 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 376 Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Headlamp Aiming (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 377 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Instrument Panel Fuse
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Bulb Replacement
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 382 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 361
Wheels and Tires Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 General Information

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 441
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 For service and parts needs, visit
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Jump Starting your dealer. You will receive
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Jump Starting - North genuine GM parts and GM-trained
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 and supported service people.
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 409 Towing the Vehicle Genuine GM parts have one of
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 447 these marks:
Tire Terminology and Recreational Vehicle
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Tire Pressure for High-Speed Appearance Care
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Tire Pressure Monitor Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
California Proposition
Uniform Tire Quality 65 Warning
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
Wheel Alignment and Tire including this one, contain and/or
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 emit chemicals known to the State
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 429 of California to cause cancer and
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 birth defects or other reproductive
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
362 Vehicle Care
harm. Engine exhaust, many parts Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to
and systems, many fluids, and complement and function with other
some component wear by-products
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your
contain and/or emit these Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
chemicals. making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
See Battery - North America 0 388 can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician.
and Jump Starting - North safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the
America 0 442. airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87.
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
California Perchlorate electronic systems like antilock
Materials Requirements brakes, traction control, and stability
Certain types of automotive control. These accessories or
applications, such as airbag modifications could even cause
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, malfunction or damage not covered
and lithium batteries contained in by the vehicle warranty.
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, Damage to suspension components
may contain perchlorate materials. caused by modifying vehicle height
Special handling may be necessary. outside of factory settings will not be
For additional information, see covered by the warranty.
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
Damage to vehicle components
perchlorate.
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 363
Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 476.
Service Work
Caution
{ Warning Even small amounts of
It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage
your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow
the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids,
manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
follow owner manual procedures 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
and consult the service manual find the secondary hood
for your vehicle before doing any Hood release. The handle is under
service work. To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
If doing some of your own service the right and at the same time
work, use the proper service raise the hood.
manual. It tells you much more Before closing the hood, be sure all
about how to service the vehicle the filler caps are on properly. Then
than this manual can. To order the bring the hood from full open to
proper service manual, see Service within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
Publications Ordering 1. Pull the handle with this symbol position, pause, and push the front
Information 0 495. on it. It is inside the vehicle center of the hood with a swift, firm
under the steering wheel. motion to fully close the hood.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
364 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
4.3L V6 Engine
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 365
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See

Jump Starting - North “Checking Engine Oil” under
America 0 442. Engine Oil 0 369.
2. Battery - North America 0 388. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Brake Fluid 0 387.
Pressure Cap. See Cooling 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
System 0 378. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 377. Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 385.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick (If Equipped). See 12. Clutch Fluid Reservoir (If
“How to Check Automatic Equipped). See Hydraulic
Transmission Fluid” under Clutch 0 376.
Automatic Transmission Fluid 13. Engine Compartment Fuse
(6 Speed Transmission) 0 373 Block 0 400.
or Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8 Speed
Transmission) 0 376.
6. Remote Negative (–) Location.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 442.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 378.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 369.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
366 Vehicle Care
5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar

9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 367
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See

Jump Starting - North “Checking Engine Oil” under
America 0 442. Engine Oil 0 369.
2. Battery - North America 0 388. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Pressure Cap. See Cooling Fluid” under Washer
System 0 378. Fluid 0 385.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 377. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See

Brake Fluid 0 387.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick (If Equipped). See 12. Engine Compartment Fuse
“How to Check Automatic Block 0 400.
Transmission Fluid” under
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(6 Speed Transmission) 0 373
or Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8 Speed
Transmission) 0 376.
6. Remote Negative (–) Location
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 442.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 378.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 369.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
368 Vehicle Care
6.0L V8 Engine
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 369
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Remote Negative (–) Location. Engine Oil
Jump Starting - North See Jump Starting - North
America 0 442. America 0 442. For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel
2. Battery - North America 0 388. 10. Power Steering Fluid supplement.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See Power Steering
Fluid (1500 Series) 0 385 or To ensure proper engine
Pressure Cap. See Cooling performance and long life, careful
System 0 378. Power Steering Fluid (2500/
3500 Series) 0 385. attention must be paid to engine oil.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 377. Following these simple, but
11. Windshield Washer Fluid important steps will help protect
5. Automatic Transmission Reservoir. See “Adding Washer your investment:
Dipstick (If Equipped). See Fluid” under Washer
“How to Check Automatic Fluid 0 385. . Use engine oil approved to the
Transmission Fluid” under proper specification and of the
Automatic Transmission Fluid 12. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See proper viscosity grade. See
(6 Speed Transmission) 0 373 Brake Fluid 0 387. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
or Automatic Transmission 13. Auxiliary Battery (If Equipped). in this section.
Fluid (8 Speed See Battery - North . Check the engine oil level
Transmission) 0 376. America 0 388. regularly and maintain the
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 14. Engine Compartment Fuse proper oil level. See “Checking
“Checking Engine Oil” under Block 0 400. Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil 0 369. Engine Oil” in this section.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When and/or an Allison Transmission, see . Change the engine oil at the
to Add Engine Oil” under the Duramax diesel supplement. appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Engine Oil 0 369. Life System 0 372.
8. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Silverado/Sierra eAssist . Always dispose of engine oil
View). See Cooling supplement. properly. See “What to Do with
System 0 378. Used Oil” in this section.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
370 Vehicle Care
Checking Engine Oil what kind of oil to use. For engine

It is a good idea to check the engine
{ Warning oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications 0 478.
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to The engine oil dipstick handle
get an accurate reading, the vehicle may be hot; it could burn you.
must be on level ground. The Use a towel or glove to touch the Caution
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. dipstick handle.
See Engine Compartment Overview Do not add too much oil. Oil
0 364 for the location of the engine levels above or below the
oil dipstick. 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it acceptable operating range
with a clean paper towel or shown on the dipstick are harmful
If a low oil message displays on the cloth, then push it back in all to the engine. If you find that you
DIC, it is important to park on level the way. Remove it again, have an oil level above the
ground to accurately measure the keeping the tip down, and operating range, i.e., the engine
oil level on the dipstick. Idling the check the level. has so much oil that the oil level
vehicle on steep grades for a long
When to Add Engine Oil gets above the cross-hatched
time can influence the level sensing
accuracy. area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
Obtaining an accurate oil level be damaged. You should drain
reading is essential: out the excess oil or limit driving
1. If the engine has been running of the vehicle and seek a service
recently, turn off the engine and professional to remove the
allow several minutes for the oil excess amount of oil.
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add See Engine Compartment Overview
after engine shutoff will not
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil 0 364 for the location of the engine
provide an accurate oil level
and then recheck the level. See oil fill cap.
reading.
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 371
Add enough oil to put the level Engine Oil Additives/Engine

somewhere in the proper operating Caution Oil Flushes
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through. Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
Selecting the right engine oil
engine protection.
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade. Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
See Recommended Fluids and recommended and could cause
Lubricants 0 472. Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade for engine damage not covered by the
the 5.3L and 6.2L V8 engines. Use vehicle warranty.
Specification SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade for the
Ask for and use engine oils that 4.3L V6, and 6.0L V8 engines. What to Do with Used Oil
meet the dexos1™ specification. Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain
Engine oils that have been area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for
approved by GM as meeting the temperature falls below −29 °C your skin and could even cause
dexos1 specification are marked (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
with the dexos1 approved logo. See used in the 4.3L or 6.0L engine. An your skin for very long. Clean your
www.gmdexos.com. oil of this viscosity grade will provide skin and nails with soap and water,
easier cold starting for the engine at or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
extremely low temperatures. properly dispose of clothing or rags
When selecting an oil of the containing used engine oil. See the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is manufacturer's warnings about the
recommended to select an oil of the use and disposal of oil products.
correct specification. See Used oil can be a threat to the
“Specification” earlier in this section. environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
372 Vehicle Care
trash or pouring it on the ground, the oil life system might indicate that engine oil life to 100% after every oil
into sewers, or into streams or an oil change is not necessary for change. It will not reset itself. To
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking up to a year. The engine oil and reset the engine oil life system:
it to a place that collects used oil. filter must be changed at least once 1. Display the OIL LIFE
a year and, at this time, the system REMAINING on the DIC. If the
Engine Oil Life System must be reset. For vehicles without vehicle does not have DIC
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON buttons, the vehicle must be in
When to Change Engine Oil message, an oil change is needed P (Park) to access this display.
This vehicle has a computer system when the OIL LIFE REMAINING See Driver Information Center
that indicates when to change the percentage is near 0%. Your dealer (DIC) (Base Level) 0 150 or
engine oil and filter. This is based has trained service people who will Driver Information Center (DIC)
on a combination of factors which perform this work and reset the (Uplevel) 0 152.
include engine revolutions, engine system. It is also important to check
temperature, and miles driven. the oil regularly over the course of 2. Press and hold V, or the trip
Based on driving conditions, the an oil drain interval and keep it at odometer reset stem if the
mileage at which an oil change is the proper level. vehicle does not have DIC
indicated can vary considerably. For If the system is ever reset buttons, for several seconds.
the oil life system to work properly, accidentally, the oil must be The oil life will change
the system must be reset every time changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) to 100%.
the oil is changed. since the last oil change. The oil life system can also be reset
On some vehicles, when the system Remember to reset the oil life as follows:
has calculated that oil life has been system whenever the oil is changed.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE How to Reset the Engine Oil with the engine off.
OIL SOON message comes on to Life System
indicate that an oil change is 2. Fully press the accelerator
necessary. See Engine Oil Reset the system whenever the pedal slowly three times within
Messages 0 157. Change the oil as engine oil is changed so that the five seconds.
soon as possible within the next system can calculate the next
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, engine oil change. Always reset the
if driving under the best conditions,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 373
3. Display the OIL LIFE dealer service department and have How to Check Automatic
REMAINING on the DIC. If the it repaired before driving the vehicle Transmission Fluid
display shows 100%, the further.
system is reset.
Caution
If the vehicle has a CHANGE Caution
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it Too much or too little fluid can
comes back on when the vehicle is Use of the incorrect automatic damage the transmission. Too
started and/or the OIL LIFE transmission fluid may damage much can mean that some of the
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine the vehicle, and the damage may fluid could come out and fall on
oil life system has not been reset. not be covered by the vehicle hot engine parts or exhaust
Repeat the procedure. warranty. Always use the system parts, starting a fire. Too
automatic transmission fluid listed little fluid could cause the
Automatic Transmission in Recommended Fluids and transmission to overheat. Be sure
Fluid (6 Speed Lubricants 0 472. to get an accurate reading if
checking the transmission fluid.
Transmission)
Change the fluid and filter at the
When to Check and Change scheduled maintenance intervals Before checking the fluid level,
Automatic Transmission Fluid listed in Maintenance Schedule prepare the vehicle:
0 462. Be sure to use the
It is usually not necessary to check 1. Start the engine and park the
transmission fluid listed in
the transmission fluid level. The only vehicle on a level surface.
Recommended Fluids and
reason for fluid loss is a Keep the engine running.
Lubricants 0 472.
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. If a small leak is 2. Apply the parking brake and
suspected, then use the following place the shift lever in P (Park).
checking procedures to check the 3. With your foot on the brake
fluid level. However, if there is a pedal, move the shift lever
large leak, then it may be necessary through each gear range,
to have the vehicle towed to a pausing for about
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
374 Vehicle Care
three seconds in each range. Cold Check Procedure 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
Then, move the shift lever back Use this procedure only as a the dipstick and wipe it with a
to P (Park). reference to determine if the clean rag or paper towel.
4. Allow the engine to idle (500– transmission has enough fluid to be 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
800 rpm) for at least operated safely until a hot check back in all the way; wait
one minute. Slowly release the procedure can be made. The hot three seconds, and then pull it
brake pedal. check procedure is the most back out again.
5. Keep the engine running and accurate method to check the fluid 4. Check both sides of the
check the transmission fluid level. Perform the hot check dipstick and read the lower
temperature on the Driver procedure at the first opportunity. level. Repeat the check
Information Center (DIC). See Use this cold check procedure to procedure to verify the reading.
Driver Information Center (DIC) check fluid level when the
(Base Level) 0 150 or Driver transmission temperature is
Information Center (DIC) between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and
(Uplevel) 0 152. 90 °F).
6. Using the transmission fluid

temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate
check procedure. If the 5. If the fluid level is below the
transmission fluid temperature COLD check band, add only
reading is not within the enough fluid as necessary to
required temperature ranges, 1. Locate the transmission bring the level into the COLD
allow the vehicle to cool, dipstick at the rear of the band. It does not take much
or operate the vehicle until the engine compartment, on the fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
appropriate transmission fluid passenger side of the vehicle. (1 pt). Do not overfill.
temperature is reached.
See Engine Compartment 6. Perform a hot check at the first
Overview 0 364. opportunity after the
transmission reaches a normal
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 375
operating temperature between

71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
200 °F).
7. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to 1. Locate the transmission
dipstick at the rear of the 5. Safe operating level is within
lock the dipstick in place. the HOT cross hatch band on
engine compartment, on the
Hot Check Procedure passenger side of the vehicle. the dipstick. If the fluid level is
not within the HOT band, and
Use this procedure to check the See Engine Compartment the transmission temperature is
transmission fluid level when the Overview 0 364. between 71 °C and 93 °C
transmission fluid temperature is (160 °F and 200 °F), add or
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F drain fluid as necessary to
the dipstick and wipe it with a
and 200 °F). bring the level into the HOT
clean rag or paper towel.
The hot check is the most accurate band. If the fluid level is low,
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it add only enough fluid to bring
method to check the fluid level. The
back in all the way; wait the level into the HOT band.
hot check should be performed at
three seconds, and then pull it It does not take much fluid,
the first opportunity in order to verify
back out again. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
the cold check. The fluid level rises
as fluid temperature increases, so it 4. Check both sides of the Do not overfill.
is important to ensure the dipstick and read the lower 6. If the fluid level is in the
transmission temperature is within level. Repeat the check acceptable range, push the
range. procedure to verify the reading. dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
376 Vehicle Care
Consistency of Readings service manual. See Service occurs, take the vehicle to your
Publications Ordering dealer service department and have
Always check the fluid level at least
Information 0 495. it repaired as soon as possible. See
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable
Caution Lubricants 0 472 for the proper fluid
readings) is important to maintaining
to use.
proper fluid level. If readings are still
inconsistent, contact the dealer. Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage Hydraulic Clutch
the vehicle, and the damage may
Automatic Transmission not be covered by the vehicle
For vehicles with a manual
Fluid (8 Speed transmission, it is not necessary to
warranty. Always use the regularly check clutch fluid unless
Transmission) automatic transmission fluid listed you suspect there is a leak in the
in Recommended Fluids and system. Adding fluid will not correct
When to Check and Change Lubricants 0 472. a leak. A fluid loss in this system
Automatic Transmission Fluid
could indicate a problem. Have the
It is usually not necessary to check Change the fluid and filter at the system inspected and repaired.
the transmission fluid level. The only scheduled maintenance intervals
reason for fluid loss is a When to Check and What
listed in Maintenance Schedule to Use
transmission leak or overheated 0 462. Be sure to use the
transmission. This vehicle is not transmission fluid listed in The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoir
equipped with a transmission fluid Recommended Fluids and is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
level dipstick. There is a special Lubricants 0 472. indicated on the reservoir cap. See
procedure for checking and Engine Compartment Overview
changing the transmission fluid in 0 364 for reservoir location.
these vehicles. Because this
Manual Transmission
procedure is difficult, this should be Fluid How to Check and Add Fluid
done at the dealer. Contact the It is not necessary to check the Visually check the clutch fluid
dealer for additional information or manual transmission fluid level. reservoir to make sure the fluid level
the procedure can be found in the A transmission fluid leak is the only is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 377
side of the reservoir. The hydraulic How to Inspect the Engine Air
clutch fluid system should be closed Cleaner/Filter
and sealed.
Do not start the engine or have the
Do not remove the cap to check the engine running with the engine air
fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. cleaner/filter housing open. Before
Remove the cap only when removing the engine air cleaner/
necessary to add the proper fluid filter, make sure that the engine air
until the level reaches the MIN line. cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter debris. Remove the engine air
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
see “8-Cylinder Pickup Models” the engine air cleaner/filter (away
under “Engine Air Cleaner/Filter” in from the vehicle), to release loose 1. Screws
the Duramax diesel supplement for dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air 2. Electrical Connectors
the correct inspection and cleaner/filter for damage, and 3. Air Duct Clamp
replacement procedures. replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is near components with water or assembly. See Engine
the center of the engine compressed air. Compartment Overview 0 364.
compartment. See Engine 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
Compartment Overview 0 364. To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter: loosening the air duct
When to Inspect the Engine Air clamp (3).
Cleaner/Filter 3. Disconnect the electrical
connectors (2) and the
For intervals on changing and
connector harness from the
inspecting the engine air filter, see
cover.
Maintenance Schedule 0 462.
4. Remove the four screws (1) on
top of the cover of the housing
and lift up the cover.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
378 Vehicle Care
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/

filter from the housing. Take Caution
care to dislodge as little dirt as
possible. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ which could damage it. Always
filter sealing surfaces and the have the air cleaner/filter in place
housing. when you are driving.
7. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
Cooling System
8. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall
the filter cover housing. If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax 5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 4.3L
diesel supplement.
{ Warning V6 Engine and 6.2L V8 Engine
The cooling system allows the Similar
Operating the engine with the air engine to maintain the correct
cleaner/filter off can cause you or working temperature. 1. Coolant Surge Tank
others to be burned. The air 2. Coolant Surge Tank
cleaner not only cleans the air; it Pressure Cap
helps to stop flames if the engine 3. Engine Electric Cooling
backfires. Use caution when Fans (Out of View)
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. { Warning
An electric engine cooling fan can
start even when the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 379
Engine Coolant
Warning (Continued) { Warning
The cooling system in the vehicle is
keep hands, clothing, and tools Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL® engine
away from any engine other engine parts, can be very coolant. This coolant is designed to
cooling fan. hot. Do not touch them. If you do, remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
you can be burned. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it The following explains the cooling
could lose all coolant. That could system and how to check and add
cause an engine fire, and you coolant when it is low. If there is a
could be burned. Get any leak problem with engine overheating,
fixed before you drive the vehicle. see Engine Overheating 0 382.
What to Use
Caution { Warning
Using coolant other than Adding only plain water or some
DEX-COOL® can cause other liquid to the cooling system
6.0L V8 Engine premature engine, heater core, can be dangerous. Plain water
or radiator corrosion. In addition, and other liquids, can boil before
1. Coolant Surge Tank the engine coolant could require
2. Coolant Surge Tank the proper coolant mixture will.
changing sooner. Any repairs The coolant warning system is set
Pressure Cap would not be covered by the
3. Engine Belt-Driven Cooling for the proper coolant mixture.
vehicle warranty. Always use With plain water or the wrong
Fan (Out of View) DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant mixture, the engine could get too
in the vehicle. hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
380 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The coolant surge tank is located in
overheat warning. The engine If improper coolant mixture, the engine compartment on the
could catch fire and you or others inhibitors, or additives are used in passenger side of the vehicle. See
could be burned. Use a 50/ the vehicle cooling system, the Engine Compartment
50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine could overheat and be Overview 0 364.
water and DEX-COOL coolant. damaged. Too much water in the The vehicle must be on a level
mixture can freeze and crack surface when checking the coolant
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, engine cooling parts. The repairs level.
drinkable water and DEX-COOL would not be covered by the Check to see if coolant is visible in
coolant. If using this mixture, vehicle warranty. Use only the the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
nothing else needs to be added. proper mixture of engine coolant inside the coolant surge tank is
This mixture: for the cooling system. See boiling, wait until it cools down. The
Recommended Fluids and coolant level should be at or above
. Gives freezing protection down
Lubricants 0 472. the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature. there may be a leak in the cooling
Never dispose of engine coolant by system.
. Gives boiling protection up to
putting it in the trash, or by pouring If coolant is visible but the coolant
129 °C (265 °F), engine
it on the ground, or into sewers, level is not at or above the FULL
temperature.
streams, or bodies of water. Have COLD mark, see “How to Add
. Protects against rust and the coolant changed by an Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank
corrosion. authorized service center, familiar for Gasoline Engines,” following.
. Will not damage aluminum parts. with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
. Helps keep the proper engine protect the environment and your
temperature. health.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 381
Warning (Continued)
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
Light-Duty Heavy-Duty
Coolant Surge Coolant Surge
Caution Tank Tank
This vehicle has a specific Pressure Cap Pressure Cap
coolant fill procedure. Failure to 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
follow this procedure could cause pressure cap when the cooling
5.3L V8 Shown, 4.3L V6, 6.0L V8,
the engine to overheat and be system, including the coolant
and 6.2L V8 Similar
severely damaged. surge tank pressure cap and
How to Add Coolant to the upper radiator hose, is no
Coolant Surge Tank for longer hot.
Gasoline Engines { Warning Turn the pressure cap slowly
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Steam and scalding liquids from a counterclockwise about one full
see “Cooling System” in the hot cooling system can blow out turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
Duramax diesel supplement for the and burn you badly. Never turn that to stop. A hiss means
proper coolant fill procedure. there is still some pressure left.
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
{ Warning cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling slowly, and remove it.
system and surge tank pressure 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
You can be burned if you spill
cap to cool. the proper mixture to the FULL
coolant on hot engine parts.
COLD mark.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
(Continued) If no coolant is visible in the surge
tank, add coolant.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
382 Vehicle Care
4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Overheating If the decision is made not to lift the
pressure cap off, start the hood when this warning appears,
engine and let it run until the If the vehicle has the Duramax get service help right away. See
engine coolant temperature diesel engine, see the Duramax Roadside Assistance Program
gauge indicates approximately diesel supplement. 0 487 or Roadside Assistance
90 °C (195 °F). Program 0 490.
By this time, the coolant level Caution If the decision is made to lift the
inside the coolant surge tank Running the engine without hood, make sure the vehicle is
may be lower. If the level is parked on a level surface.
coolant may cause damage or a
lower, add more of the proper
fire. Vehicle damage would not be 4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L
mixture to the coolant surge
covered by the vehicle warranty. V8 Engines
tank until the level reaches the
FULL COLD mark. Check to see if the engine cooling
The vehicle has several indicators fans are running. If the engine is
5. Replace the pressure cap
to warn of engine overheating. overheating, the fans should be
tightly.
running. If they are not, do not
6. Verify coolant level after the There is a coolant temperature
continue to run the engine and have
engine is shut off and the gauge in the vehicle's instrument
the vehicle serviced.
coolant is cold. If necessary, cluster. See Engine Coolant
repeat coolant fill procedure Temperature Gauge 0 137. If Steam is Coming from the
Steps 1-6. In addition, there are ENGINE Engine Compartment
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
Caution ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE { Warning
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
If the pressure cap is not tightly REDUCED messages in the Driver Steam from an overheated engine
installed, coolant loss and Information Center (DIC). See can burn you badly, even if you
possible engine damage may Engine Cooling System Messages just open the hood. Stay away
occur. Be sure the cap is properly 0 156 and Engine Power from the engine if you see or hear
and tightly secured. Messages 0 157. (Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 383
If there is an engine overheat displays, the vehicle can be driven.

Warning (Continued) warning, but no steam is seen or Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
heard, the problem may not be too for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
steam coming from it. Just turn it serious. Sometimes the engine can vehicle distance from the vehicle in
off and get everyone away from get a little too hot when the vehicle: front. If the warning does not come
the vehicle until it cools down. back on, continue to drive normally
Wait until there is no sign of . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
and have the cooling system
steam or coolant before you open . Stops after high-speed driving. checked for proper fill and function.
the hood. . Idles for long periods in traffic. If the warning continues, pull over,
If you keep driving when the . Tows a trailer; see Trailer stop, and park the vehicle
engine is overheated, the liquids Towing 0 330. right away.
in it can catch fire. You or others If there is still no sign of steam and
could be badly burned. Stop the If the ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE the vehicle is equipped with an
engine if it overheats, and get out engine driven cooling fan, push
of the vehicle until the engine OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message appears with no sign of down the accelerator until the
is cool. engine speed is about twice as fast
steam, try this for a minute or so:
as normal idle speed for at least
1. Turn the air conditioning off. five minutes while the vehicle is
If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment 2. Turn the heater on to the parked. If the warning is still there,
highest temperature and to the turn off the engine and get everyone
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP highest fan speed. Open the out of the vehicle until it cools down.
ENGINE or the ENGINE windows as necessary. If there is no sign of steam, idle the
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off engine for five minutes while
message, along with a low coolant
the road, shift to P (Park) or parked. If the warning is still
condition, can indicate a serious
N (Neutral) and let the displayed, turn off the engine until it
problem.
engine idle. cools down.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
384 Vehicle Care
Overheated Engine Caution (Continued)

This fan noise may also be heard
when starting the engine. It will go
Protection away as the fan clutch partially
Operating Mode attempting any repair. Repair the disengages.
cause of coolant loss, change the
If an overheated engine condition oil, and reset the oil life system. If the vehicle has electric cooling
exists and the ENGINE POWER IS See Engine Oil 0 369. fan(s), the fans may be heard
REDUCED message displays, an spinning at low speed during most
overheat protection mode which everyday driving. The fans may turn
alternates firing groups of cylinders Engine Fan off if no cooling is required. Under
helps to prevent engine damage. In heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
this mode, a loss in power and If the vehicle has a clutched engine high outside temperatures,
engine performance will be noticed. cooling fan, when the clutch is or operation of the air conditioning
This operating mode allows the engaged, the fan spins faster to system, the fans may change to
vehicle to be driven to a safe place provide more air to cool the engine. high speed and an increase in fan
in an emergency. Driving extended In most everyday driving conditions, noise may be heard. This is normal
distances and/or towing a trailer in the fan is spinning slower and the and indicates that the cooling
the overheat protection mode clutch is not fully engaged. This system is functioning properly. The
should be avoided. improves fuel economy and reduces fans will change to low speed when
fan noise. Under heavy vehicle additional cooling is no longer
loading, trailer towing, and/or high required.
Caution outside temperatures, the fan speed
increases as the clutch more fully The electric engine cooling fans
After driving in the overheated may run after the engine has been
engages, so an increase in fan
engine protection operating turned. off. This is normal and no
noise may be heard. This is normal
mode, the engine oil will be and should not be mistaken as the service is required.
severely degraded. Any repairs transmission slipping or making
performed before the engine is extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
cool may cause engine damage. system functioning properly. The fan
Allow the engine to cool before will slow down when additional
(Continued) cooling is not required and the
clutch disengages.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 385
Power Steering Fluid Wait for the power steering system What to Use
to cool, with the engine off, before
(1500 Series) checking the fluid.
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
The vehicle has electric power
How to Check Power Steering Lubricants 0 472. Always use the
steering and does not use power
Fluid proper fluid.
steering fluid.
To check the power steering fluid:
Power Steering Fluid Caution
1. Turn the key off and let the
(2500/3500 Series) engine compartment Use of the incorrect fluid may
cool down. damage the vehicle and the
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the damages may not be covered by
reservoir clean. the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Recommended Fluids and
dipstick with a clean rag. Lubricants 0 472.
4. Replace the cap and
See Engine Compartment Overview completely tighten it.
0 364 for reservoir location. Washer Fluid
5. Remove the cap again and
When to Check Power Steering look at the fluid level on the What to Use
Fluid dipstick.
When windshield washer fluid needs
It is not necessary to regularly The level should be between the to be added, be sure to read the
check power steering fluid unless ADD and FULL marks. If necessary, manufacturer's instructions before
there is a leak suspected in the add only enough fluid to bring the use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
system or an unusual noise is level up to the hashed area between protection against freezing in an
heard. A fluid loss in this system the ADD and FULL marks. area where the temperature may fall
could indicate a problem. Have the below freezing.
system inspected and repaired.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
386 Vehicle Care
Adding Washer Fluid

Caution Caution (Continued)
The vehicle has a low washer fluid
message on the DIC that comes on . Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
when the washer fluid is low. The contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
message is displayed for repellent coating. This can completely full.
15 seconds at the start of each cause the wiper blades to
ignition cycle. When the WASHER chatter or skip.
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message Brakes
. Do not use engine coolant
displays, washer fluid will need to Disc brake pads have built-in wear
(antifreeze) in the
be added to the windshield washer indicators that make a high-pitched
windshield washer. It can
fluid reservoir. warning sound when the brake pads
damage the windshield
washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
. Do not mix water with heard all the time the vehicle is
ready-to-use washer fluid. moving, except when applying the
Water can cause the brake pedal firmly.
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
Open the cap with the washer
tank and other parts of the { Warning
washer system.
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until The brake wear warning sound
the tank is full. See Engine . When using concentrated means that soon the brakes will
Compartment Overview 0 364 for washer fluid, follow the not work well. That could lead to
reservoir location. manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
adding water. warning sound is heard, have the
. Fill the washer fluid tank vehicle serviced.
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 387
Replacing Brake System Parts There are only two reasons why the
Caution brake fluid level in the reservoir may
Always replace brake system parts
go down:
Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes . Normal brake lining wear. When
brake repair. may not work properly. The braking new linings are installed, the
performance expected can change fluid level goes back up.
in many other ways if the wrong . A fluid leak in the brake
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
can cause a brake squeal when the hydraulic system. Have the
installed or parts are improperly brake hydraulic system fixed.
brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
applied. This does not mean With a leak, the brakes will not
something is wrong with the brakes. work well.
Brake Fluid
Properly torqued wheel nuts are Always clean the brake fluid
necessary to help prevent brake reservoir cap and the area around
pulsation. When tires are rotated, the cap before removing it.
inspect brake pads for wear and Do not top off the brake fluid.
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
proper sequence to torque If fluid is added when the linings are
specifications in Capacities and worn, there will be too much fluid
Specifications 0 478. when new brake linings are
The brake master cylinder reservoir
Brake linings should always be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See installed. Add or remove fluid, as
replaced as complete axle sets. Engine Compartment Overview necessary, only when work is done
0 364 for the location of the on the brake hydraulic system.
Brake Pedal Travel reservoir.
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
388 Vehicle Care
{ Warning { Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
Caution
When the brake fluid falls to a low The fluid level should be above If brake fluid is spilled on the
level, the brake warning light comes MIN. If it is not, have the brake vehicle's painted surfaces, the
on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system checked to see if paint finish can be damaged.
Light 0 144. there is a leak. Immediately wash off any painted
Brake fluid absorbs water over time. After work is done on the brake surface.
Replace brake fluid at the specified hydraulic system, make sure the
intervals to prevent increased level is above MIN but not over the
stopping distance. See Maintenance MAX mark. Battery - North America
Schedule 0 462. The original equipment battery is
What to Add
Checking Brake Fluid maintenance free. Do not remove
Use only GM approved DOT 3 the cap and do not add fluid.
Check brake fluid by looking at the brake fluid from a clean, sealed
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine container. See Recommended Refer to the replacement number
Compartment Overview 0 364. Fluids and Lubricants 0 472. shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 364 for battery location.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 389
Infrequent Usage: Remove the 1. Fill Plug

{ Warning black, negative (−) cable from the 2. Drain Plug
battery to keep the battery from
WARNING: Battery posts, To get an accurate reading, the
running down.
terminals, and related vehicle should be on a level
accessories contain lead and lead Extended Storage: Remove the surface.
compounds, chemicals known to black, negative (−) cable from the
If the level is below the bottom of
the State of California to cause battery or use a battery trickle
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
cancer and birth defects or other charger.
transfer case, some lubricant will
reproductive harm. Batteries also need to be added. Add enough
contain other chemicals known to Four-Wheel Drive lubricant to raise the level to the
the State of California to cause Transfer Case bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER care not to overtighten the plug.
HANDLING. When to Check Lubricant
When to Change Lubricant
See California Proposition Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 462 to determine when to check Refer to Maintenance Schedule
65 Warning 0 361. 0 462 to determine how often to
the lubricant.
change the lubricant.
Vehicle Storage What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
{ Warning Lubricants 0 472 to determine what
Batteries have acid that can burn kind of lubricant to use.
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 442 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
390 Vehicle Care
Front Axle 2. Drain Plug What to Use
When to Check and Change Refer to Recommended Fluids and

Lubricant Lubricants 0 472 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak Rear Axle
is suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a When to Check Lubricant
problem. Have it inspected and
It is not necessary to regularly
repaired.
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
How to Check Lubricant suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
To get an accurate reading, the
problem. Have it inspected and
vehicle should be on a level All Except 1500 Series repaired.
surface.
1. Fill Plug All axle assemblies are filled by
volume of fluid during production.
2. Drain Plug
They are not filled to reach a certain
. When the differential is cold, add level. When checking the fluid level
enough lubricant to raise the on any axle, variations in the
level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm readings can be caused by factory
(1/8 in) below the fill fill differences between the minimum
plug (1) hole. and the maximum fluid volume.
. When the differential is at Also, if a vehicle has just been
operating temperature (warm), driven before checking the fluid
add enough lubricant to raise the level, it may appear lower than
level to the bottom of the fill normal because fluid has traveled
plug (1) hole. out along the axle tubes and has
1500 Series not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
1. Fill Plug
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 391
five minutes after the vehicle has fill plug hole, located on the rear
been driven will appear to have a axle. Add only enough fluid to
lower fluid level than a vehicle that reach the proper level.
has been stationary for an hour or . For all 6.0L 2500HD Series
two. The rear axle assembly must applications, the proper level is
be supported on a flat, level surface from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 to 0.5 in)
to get a true reading. below the bottom of the fill plug
How to Check Lubricant hole, located on the rear axle.
Add only enough fluid to reach
the proper level.
. For all 6.6L Duramax Diesel
2500HD Series applications and
All Other Series and Engines
all 3500 Series applications, the
To get an accurate reading, the proper level is from 17 mm to
vehicle should be on a level 21 mm (0.6 in to 0.8 in) below
surface. the bottom of the fill plug hole,
. For all 4.3L and 5.3L 1500 located on the rear axle. Add
Series applications, the proper only enough fluid to reach the
level is 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm proper level.
(0.04 in to 0.7 in) below the What to Use
2500HD with 6.0L bottom of the fill hole, located on
the rear axle. Add only enough Refer to Recommended Fluids and
fluid to reach the proper level. Lubricants 0 472 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
. For 6.2L 1500 Series
applications, the proper level is
from 15 mm to 40 mm (0.6 in to
1.6 in) below the bottom of the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
392 Vehicle Care
Noise Control System (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg Insulation:

(10,000 lb). The noise control Removal of the noise shields or any
Noise Emission Warranty system warranty is given in your underhood insulation.
General Motors warrants to the first warranty manual.
person who purchases this vehicle These standards apply only to Engine:
for purposes other than resale and vehicles sold in the United States. Removal or rendering engine speed
to each subsequent purchaser that governor, if the vehicle has one,
this vehicle as manufactured by Federal law prohibits the following
acts or the causing thereof: inoperative so as to allow engine
General Motors was designed, built speed to exceed manufacturer
and equipped to conform at the time 1. The removal or rendering specifications.
it left General Motors control with all inoperative by any person,
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control other than for purposes of Fan and Drive:
Regulations. This warranty covers maintenance, repair or . Removal of fan clutch, if the
this vehicle as designed, built and replacement, of any device or vehicle has one, or rendering
equipped by General Motors and is element of design incorporated clutch inoperative.
not limited to any particular part, into any new vehicle for the
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the
component or system of the vehicle purpose of noise control, prior
vehicle has one.
manufactured by General Motors. to its sale or delivery to the
Defects in design, assembly or any ultimate purchaser or while it is Air Intake:
part, component or system of the in use; or . Removal of the air cleaner
vehicle manufactured by General 2. The use of the vehicle after silencer.
Motors, which at the time it left such device or element of
General Motors control caused . Modification of the air cleaner.
design has been removed or
noise emissions to exceed Federal rendered inoperative by any Exhaust:
standards, are covered by the person.
warranty for the life of the vehicle. . Removal of the muffler and/or
Among those acts presumed to resonator.
The following information relates to constitute tampering are the acts
compliance with federal noise . Removal of the exhaust pipes
listed below.
emission standards for vehicles with and exhaust pipe clamps.
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 393
Starter Switch Check For manual transmission 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
vehicles, put the shift lever in ready to apply the regular
Neutral, push the clutch pedal brake immediately if the vehicle
{ Warning down halfway, and try to start begins to move.
When you are doing this the engine. The vehicle should 3. With the engine off, turn the
start only when the clutch ignition on, but do not start the
inspection, the vehicle could
pedal is pushed down all the engine. Without applying the
move suddenly. If the vehicle
way to the floor. If the vehicle regular brake, try to move the
moves, you or others could be starts when the clutch pedal is
injured. shift lever out of P (Park) with
not pushed all the way down, normal effort. If the shift lever
contact your dealer for service. moves out of P (Park), contact
1. Before starting this check, be your dealer for service.
sure there is enough room Automatic Transmission
around the vehicle. Shift Lock Control Ignition Transmission
2. Apply both the parking brake Function Check Lock Check
and the regular brake.
While parked, and with the parking
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
{ Warning brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
the engine immediately if it When you are doing this position.
starts. inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle . For automatic transmission
3. For automatic transmission vehicles, the ignition should turn
vehicles, try to start the engine moves, you or others could be
injured. to LOCK/OFF only when the
in each gear. The vehicle shift lever is in P (Park).
should start only in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts . For manual transmission
1. Before starting this check, be
in any other position, contact sure there is enough room vehicles, the ignition should turn
your dealer for service. around the vehicle. It should be to LOCK/OFF only when you
parked on a level surface. press the key release button.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
394 Vehicle Care
On all vehicles, the ignition key pressure from the regular brake
should come out only in LOCK/OFF. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is Caution (Continued)
Contact your dealer if service is held by the parking brake only.
the windshield. Any damage that
required. . To check the P (Park) occurs would not be covered by
mechanism's holding ability: the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
Park Brake and P (Park) With the engine running, shift to the wiper arm to touch the
P (Park). Then release the
Mechanism Check parking brake followed by the
windshield.
regular brake.
{ Warning Contact your dealer if service is
To replace the windshield wiper
blade:
When you are doing this check, required.
the vehicle could begin to move. 1. Pull the windshield wiper
You or others could be injured Wiper Blade Replacement assembly away from the
windshield.
and property could be damaged. Windshield wiper blades should be
Make sure there is room in front inspected for wear or cracking.
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
brake at once should the vehicle
different ways. For proper
begin to move.
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Replacement Parts 0 474.
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set Caution
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's Allowing the wiper arm to touch
holding ability: With the engine the windshield when no wiper
running and the transmission in blade is installed could damage
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot (Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 395
2. Press the button (2) in the Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

middle of the wiper arm
connector, and pull the wiper Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
blade away from the arm should need no further adjustment. bulbs, contact your dealer.
connector (1). If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, For any bulb-changing procedure
3. Remove the wiper blade. the headlamp aim may be affected. not listed in this section, contact
If adjustment to the headlamps is your dealer.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
necessary, see your dealer.
blade replacement.
Halogen Bulbs
Glass Replacement
If the windshield or front side glass
{ Warning
must be replaced, see your dealer Halogen bulbs have pressurized
to determine the correct gas inside and can burst if you
replacement glass. drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting
{ Warning
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
396 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Headlamps, Front Turn 2. If replacing a bulb on the
passenger side, remove the
Signal, Sidemarker, and engine air cleaner.
any of the system components, Parking Lamps
you could be seriously injured. 3. Turn the bulb socket
Have your dealer or a qualified counterclockwise to remove it
technician service them. from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
After an HID headlamp bulb has 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it

been replaced, the beam might be a straight out of the bulb socket.
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal. Fog Lamps
To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
LED Lighting 1. Locate the fog lamp under the
This vehicle has several LED lamps. front bumper.
For replacement of any LED lighting
2. Disconnect the electrical
assembly, contact your dealer.
Driver Side Shown – Passenger connector from the fog lamp
Side Similar bulb assembly by pressing the
connector release.
1. Low/High-Beam Headlamp
3. Remove the bulb from the
2. Turn Signal housing by squeezing the two
Headlamp release tabs and pulling it
straight out of the assembly.
See your dealer for headlamp
replacement.
Turn Signal
1. Open the hood.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 397
Taillamps (Chassis Cab Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Models) Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps
2. Remove the two rear lamp

assembly screws.
3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
1. Back-Up Lamp outboard away from the box
2. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn
side until the retainers release.
1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn There will be a noise when the
Signal Lamp Signal Lamp retainers release.
To replace one of these bulbs: 2. Back-Up Lamp
1. Remove the four screws. To replace one of these bulbs:
2. Lift the lens off the lamp 1. Open the tailgate.
assembly.
3. Turn the old bulb
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out from the socket.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
398 Vehicle Care
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly 8. Verify the retainer ring is in the
straight back to remove it from proper position. If the retainer
the vehicle. ring is out of position, it will not
5. Turn the bulb socket engage. Reset the retainer by
counterclockwise. pulling it forward with a tool.
9. Push the rear lamp assembly 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket. straight in until it is seated 2. Center High-Mounted
against the vehicle. Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
7. Replace the bulb, then insert
the bulb socket into the rear 10. Make sure the rear lamp
lamp assembly and turn assembly is flush with the
clockwise. box side.
11. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 399
To replace one of these bulbs: Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause
High Voltage Devices and the lamps to go on and off, or in
Wiring some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
For an eAssist vehicle, see the if the lamps go on and off or
Silverado/Sierra eAssist remain off.
supplement.
Windshield Wipers
Electrical System If the wiper motor overheats due to
Overload heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
The vehicle has fuses to protect and will then restart.
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power Although the circuit is protected
1. Remove the two screws and lift from electrical overload, overload
off the lamp assembly. devices in the vehicle.
due to heavy snow or ice may
2. Turn the bulb socket Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage.
counterclockwise and pull it of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow
straight out. If there is a problem on the road and from the windshield before using the
3. Pull the bulb straight out from a fuse needs to be replaced, there windshield wipers.
the socket. are some spare fuses and a fuse If the overload is caused by an
puller in the Instrument Panel Fuse electrical problem and not snow or
Replacement Bulbs Block. The same amperage fuse ice, be sure to get it fixed.
can also be borrowed. Choose
For replacement bulbs, contact your some feature of the vehicle that is
dealer. not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
400 Vehicle Care
Fuses
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can Lift the cover to access the fuse
be temporarily borrowed from block.
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as Caution
you can.
Spilling liquid on any electrical
Engine Compartment component on the vehicle may
Fuse Block damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, component.
supplement.
A fuse puller is available in the left
The engine compartment fuse block instrument panel fuse block.
is in the engine compartment, on
the driver side of the vehicle. The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 401
Fuses Usage
4 Instrument
panel BEC 1
5 MSB passenger
6 4WD transfer case
electronic control
7 Electronic park
brake
8 Instrument
panel BEC 2
9 MSB driver
10 Rear window
defogger
11 Starter
12 Cooling fan 1
13 Cooling fan 2
14 Left trailer stop/
Turn lamps
15 Trailer parking
lamps
Fuses Usage 16 Trailer reverse
Fuses Usage lamps
2 Trailer battery
1 Trailer brake 17 Right trailer stop/
3 ABS pump Turn lamps
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
402 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

18 Fuel pump 34 Engine control 50 O2 Sensor A
19 Integrated chassis module/Ignition 51 Engine control
control module 35 A/C clutch module
20 Electronic 36 Heated mirrors 52 Interior heater
suspension control 37 Upfitter 1 53 Accessory power
module module/TPM pump
38 Center high-mount
21 Fuel pump power stoplamp 54 Front washer
module
39 Miscellaneous/ 55 A/C/Battery
22 Upfitter 1 Ignition regulated voltage
23 Upfitter 2 40 Transmission/ control
24 Front wiper Ignition 56 A/C module/
25 ABS Valves 41 Fuel pump 2 Battery pack
26 Upfitter 2 42 Cooling fan clutch 57 Transmission

control module/
27 Upfitter 3 43 Engine Engine control
28 Right parking 44 Fuel injectors module
lamps A-odd 58 Headlamps
29 Left parking lamps 45 Fuel injectors 59 Fuel pump
30 Upfitter 3 B-even
31 Upfitter 4 46 O2 Sensor B Relays Usage
32 Upfitter 4 47 Throttle control 60 Upfitter 2
33 Reverse lamps 48 Horn 61 Upfitter 3

49 Fog lamps 62 Upfitter 4
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 403
Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

63 Trailer parking Block (Right)
lamps
64 Run/Crank
65 Upfitter 1
66 Fuel pump 2
67 A/C control
68 Starter
69 Rear window
defogger
70 Engine control
module
71 Cooling fan clutch The right instrument panel fuse
72 CKT 95 block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
73 CKT 92 instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
404 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
2 Accessory power
outlet 4
7 Body control module 4
9 Rear seat
entertainment
10 Cargo lamp
15 Steering wheel
controls
18 Radio
19 –
20 Sunroof
23 Airbag/Info
26 Export/Power take off/
SEO battery 1
27 Obstacle detection/
USB ports
32 SEO battery 2
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and 35 AC inverter
features shown. 1 Accessory power
36 Amplifier
outlet 3
37 –
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 405
Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

39 Rear sliding window Block (Left)
42 Right door window
motor
43 Front blower
44 SEO
47 Passenger seat
50 Retained accessory
power
51 Rear sliding
window open The left instrument panel fuse block
52 Rear sliding window access door is on the driver side
close edge of the instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
406 Vehicle Care
Number Usage
2 SEO/Retained
accessory power
3 Universal garage door
opener/Interior
rearview mirror
8 Driver window switch/
Mirror switch
9 –
10 Accessory power
outlet/Retained
accessory power
11 Accessory power
outlet battery
12 Accessory power
outlet 1/Cigarette
lighter
13 Discrete logic ignition
switch
The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage 14 Switch backlighting
with all of the fuses, relays, and
1 Accessory power 17 Body control module 1
features shown.
outlet 2 19 –
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 407
Number Usage Number Usage Wheels and Tires

20 – 37 –
22 HVAC/Auxiliary 38 4WD TREC
Tires
HVAC/Ignition 40 Left doors Every new GM vehicle has
23 Instrument cluster/ high-quality tires made by a
41 Driver power seat leading tire manufacturer. See
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/ 43 Left heated, cooled or the warranty manual for
Ignition ventilated seats (if information regarding the tire
equipped) warranty and where to get
24 –
44 Right heated, cooled service. For additional
25 Data link connector/ or ventilated seats (if information refer to the tire
Driver seat module equipped) manufacturer.
26 Passive entry/Passive 45 –
start/HVAC
49 Retained accessory { Warning
27 – power . Poorly maintained and
28 – 50 Run/Crank improperly used tires are
29 Park enable/ dangerous.
Electrically adjustable
pedals . Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
30 SEO
result of too much
31 Accessory/Run/Crank flexing. There could be a
32 Heated steering wheel blowout and a serious
33 – crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 272.
34 Instrument cluster
(Continued)
36 –
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
408 Vehicle Care
and weather conditions. Original

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
. Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
the same danger as have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original
overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be
resulting crash could curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters
cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will
Check all tires frequently be “MS.”
can cause a crash. Only
to maintain the the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on
recommended pressure. authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
Tire pressure should be center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is
checked when the tires expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most
are cold. mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they
. Overinflated tires are . may not offer the same level of
Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter
punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
a sudden impact — such See Winter Tires 0 408.
surfaces such as snow,
as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
Keep tires at the Winter Tires
spinning may cause the
recommended pressure. tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally
. Worn or old tires can equipped with winter tires. Winter
cause a crash. If the tires are designed for increased
tread is badly worn,
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
replace them. This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
(Continued) driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 409
for details regarding winter tire Low-Profile Tires All-Terrain Tires

availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 425. If the vehicle has P275/55R20, This vehicle may have all-terrain
P285/50R20, or P285/45R22 tires. These tires provide good
With winter tires, there may be performance on most road surfaces,
decreased dry road traction, size tires, they are classified as
low-profile tires. weather conditions, and for off-road
increased road noise, and shorter driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 264.
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Caution The tread pattern on these tires may
handling and braking. wear more quickly than other tires.
Low-profile tires are more Consider rotating the tires more
If using winter tires: susceptible to damage from road frequently than at 12 000 km
. Use tires of the same brand and hazards or curb impact than (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
tread type on all four wheel standard profile tires. Tire and/or is noted when the tires are
positions. wheel assembly damage can inspected. See Tire
occur when coming into contact Inspection 0 422.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and with road hazards like potholes,
speed rating as the original or sharp edged objects, or when Tire Sidewall Labeling
equipment tires. sliding into a curb. The warranty Useful information about a tire is
does not cover this type of molded into the sidewall. The
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires damage. Keep tires set to the examples show a typical
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, correct inflation pressure and passenger and light truck tire
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter when possible, avoid contact with sidewall.
tires with a lower speed rating are curbs, potholes, and other road
chosen, never exceed the tire's hazards.
maximum speed capability.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
410 Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear,
is a combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week information, see Uniform Tire
aspect ratio, construction type, (01-52) and the last two digits, Quality Grading 0 427.
and service description. See the the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that
section for more detail. have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the
(2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310. maximum pressure needed to
Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number support that load. For
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers information on recommended
equipment tires designed to following the DOT code are the tire pressure see Tire Pressure
GM's specific tire performance Tire Identification Number (TIN). 0 416 and Vehicle Load
criteria have a TPC specification The TIN shows the Limits 0 272.
code molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer and plant code,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 411
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only and service description. See the U.S. Department of
use a temporary spare tire until “Tire Size” illustration later in this Transportation Motor Vehicle
the road tire is repaired and section for more detail. Safety Standards.
replaced. This spare tire should (2) TPC Spec (Tire DOT Tire Date of
not be driven on over 112 km/h Performance Criteria Manufacture : The last four
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) Specification) : Original digits of the TIN indicate the tire
when pulling a trailer, with the equipment tires designed to manufactured date. The first two
proper inflation pressure. See GM's specific tire performance digits represent the week
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 441. criteria have a TPC specification (01-52) and the last two digits,
code molded onto the sidewall. the year. For example, the third
GM's TPC specifications meet or week of the year 2010 would
exceed all federal safety have a four-digit DOT date
guidelines. of 0310.
(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : (5) Tire Identification Number
Maximum load that can be (TIN) : The letters and numbers
carried and the maximum following the DOT code are the
pressure needed to support that Tire Identification Number (TIN).
load when used in a dual The TIN shows the
configuration. For information on manufacturer and plant code,
recommended tire pressure see tire size, and date the tire was
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire Tire Pressure 0 416 and Vehicle manufactured. The TIN is
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Load Limits 0 272. molded onto both sides of the
is a combination of letters and (4) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
numbers used to define a Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
particular tire's width, height, Department of Transportation (6) Tire Ply Material : The type
aspect ratio, construction type, (DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
412 Vehicle Care
(7) Single Tire Maximum the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
Load : Maximum load that can vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches.
be carried and the maximum standards set by the U.S. Tire (6) Service Description : These
pressure needed to support that and Rim Association. characters represent the load
load when used as a single. For (2) Tire Width : The three-digit index and speed rating of the
information on recommended number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents
tire pressure see Tire Pressure width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire
0 416 and Vehicle Load sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed
Limits 0 272. rating is the maximum speed a
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Designations
height-to-width measurements.
Tire Size For example, if the tire size
The examples show a typical aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
passenger vehicle and light item C of the tire illustration, it
truck tire size. would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
(4) Construction Code : A letter (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric)

code is used to indicate the type Tire : The United States version
of ply construction in the tire. of a metric tire sizing system.
The letter R means radial ply The letters LT as the first two
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire construction; the letter D means characters in the tire size mean
diagonal or bias ply a light truck tire engineered to
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
construction; and the letter B standards set by the U.S. Tire
The United States version of a
means belted-bias ply and Rim Association.
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in construction.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 413
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit (7) Service Description : The Aspect Ratio : The relationship
number indicates the tire section service description indicates the of a tire's height to its width.
width in millimeters from load index and speed rating of a Belt : A rubber coated layer of
sidewall to sidewall. tire. If two numbers are given as cords between the plies and the
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit in the example, 120/116, then tread. Cords may be made from
number that indicates the tire this represents the load index for steel or other reinforcing
height-to-width measurements. single versus dual wheel usage materials.
For example, if the tire size (single/dual). The speed rating is
the maximum speed a tire is Bead : The tire bead contains
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in steel wires wrapped by steel
item 3 of the light truck certified to carry a load.
cords that hold the tire onto
(LT-Metric) tire illustration, it the rim.
would mean that the tire's Tire Terminology and
sidewall is 75 percent as high as Definitions Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
it is wide. Air Pressure : The amount of in which the plies are laid at
air inside the tire pressing alternate angles less than
(4) Construction Code : A letter 90 degrees to the centerline of
code is used to indicate the type outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is the tread.
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply expressed in kPa (kilopascal) Cold Tire Pressure : The
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch). amount of air pressure in a tire,
diagonal or bias ply Accessory Weight : The measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional or psi (pounds per square inch)
means belted-bias ply accessories. Some examples of before a tire has built up heat
construction. optional accessories are from driving. See Tire
automatic transmission, power Pressure 0 416.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air Curb Weight : The weight of a
conditioning. motor vehicle with standard and
(6) Load Range : Load Range. optional equipment including the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
414 Vehicle Care
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle
and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb
passengers and cargo. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight,
DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and
into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight.
signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The
compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle
Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Standards. The DOT code vehicles. Limits 0 272.
includes the Tire Identification Occupant Distribution :
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure : has a particular side that faces
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight vehicle. The side of the tire that
Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears
Limits 0 272. white lettering, or bears
molded onto the sidewall.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight manufacturer, brand, and/or
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is
Vehicle Load Limits 0 272. load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight pressure for that tire.
Rating for the rear axle. See of the tire.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 272.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 415
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Traction : The friction between Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface. number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
Recommended Inflation comes into contact with cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Pressure : Vehicle the road. Limits 0 272.
manufacturer's recommended Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
tire inflation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
on the tire placard. See Tire bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
Pressure 0 416 and Vehicle of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and
Load Limits 0 272. 16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label
tire in which the ply cords that Tires 0 424. permanently attached to a
extend to the beads are laid at UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
90 degrees to the centerline of Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
the tread. information system that provides equipment tire size and
Rim : A metal support for a tire consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
and upon which the tire beads tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading
are seated. treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle
determined by tire Load Limits 0 272.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
Speed Rating : An The ratings are molded into the
alphanumeric code assigned to sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
a tire indicating the maximum Tire Quality Grading 0 427.
speed at which a tire can
operate.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
416 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Caution (Continued)

load the vehicle with more
weight than it was designed to
Tires need the correct amount of carry.
air pressure to operate . Poor handling.
effectively. . Rough ride. When to Check
. Needless damage from Check the tires once a month
Caution or more.
road hazards.
Neither tire underinflation nor Do not forget the spare tire,
overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading if the vehicle has one. See
Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle Full-Size Spare Tire 0 441 for
that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment additional information.
can result in: tires and the correct cold tire How to Check
. Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the Use a good quality pocket-type
overheating which could gauge to check tire pressure.
lead to a blowout. minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum Proper tire inflation cannot be
. Premature or load carrying capacity. determined by looking at the tire.
irregular wear. Check the tire inflation pressure
For additional information when the tires are cold, meaning
. Poor handling. regarding how much weight the the vehicle has not been driven
. Reduced fuel economy. vehicle can carry, and an for at least three hours or no
example of the Tire and Loading more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Overinflated tires, or tires that
Information label, see Vehicle
have too much air, can Remove the valve cap from the
Load Limits 0 272. How the
result in: tire valve stem. Press the tire
vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
. Unusual wear. handling and ride comfort. Never gauge firmly onto the valve to
(Continued) get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 417
matches the recommended Tire Pressure for the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h
pressure on the Tire and (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire
High-Speed Operation inflation pressure to 20 kPa (3 psi)
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary. above the recommended cold tire
If the inflation pressure is low,
{ Warning pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label.
add air until the recommended Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
pressure is reached. If the (100 mph) or higher, puts Return the tires to the
inflation pressure is high, press additional strain on tires. recommended cold tire inflation
on the metal stem in the center pressure when high-speed driving
Sustained high-speed driving
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
of the tire valve to release air. causes excessive heat buildup
0 272 and Tire Pressure 0 416.
and can cause sudden tire failure.
Re-check the tire pressure with
This could cause a crash, and
the tire gauge. you or others could be killed.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Put the valve caps back on the Some high-speed rated tires System
valve stems to keep out dirt and require inflation pressure The Tire Pressure Monitor System
moisture and prevent leaks. Use adjustment for high-speed (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
only valve caps designed for the operation. When speed limits and technology to check tire pressure
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors road conditions allow the vehicle levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
could be damaged and would to be driven at high speeds, make the air pressure in your tires and
not be covered by the vehicle sure the tires are rated for transmit tire pressure readings to a
warranty. high-speed operation, are in receiver located in the vehicle.
excellent condition, and are set to Each tire, including the spare (if
the correct cold tire inflation provided), should be checked
pressure for the vehicle load. monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
Vehicles with P275/55R20 or P285/ by the vehicle manufacturer on the
50R20 size tires require inflation vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure adjustment when driving pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
418 Vehicle Care
indicated on the vehicle placard or not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
tire inflation pressure label, you illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
should determine the proper tire pressure telltale. properly.
inflation pressure for those tires.) Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
As an added safety feature, your equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 418.
vehicle has been equipped with a indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
tire pressure monitoring system system is not operating properly. 0 496 or Radio Frequency
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is Statement 0 496.
pressure telltale when one or more combined with the low tire pressure
of your tires is significantly telltale. When the system detects a
under-inflated. malfunction, the telltale will flash for Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire approximately one minute and then Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated. This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a long as the malfunction exists. driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire When the malfunction indicator is condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can illuminated, the system may not be mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation able to detect or signal low tire assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure as intended. TPMS and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the malfunctions may occur for a variety sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire
ability. of replacement or alternate tires or pressure readings to a receiver
wheels on the vehicle that prevent located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire the TPMS from functioning properly.
maintenance, and it is the driver's Always check the TPMS malfunction
responsibility to maintain correct tire telltale after replacing one or more
pressure, even if under-inflation has tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 419
and details about the DIC operation

and displays, see Driver Information Caution
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 150 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) Tire sealant materials are not all
(Uplevel) 0 161 and Tire the same. A non-approved tire
Messages 0 161. sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition The low tire pressure warning light caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates may come on in cool weather when sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light the vehicle is first started, and then
located on the instrument cluster. vehicle warranty. Always use only
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
If the warning light comes on, stop the GM approved tire sealant
could be an early indicator that the
as soon as possible and inflate the air pressure is getting low and available through your dealer or
tires to the recommended pressure needs to be inflated to the proper included in the vehicle.
shown on the Tire and Loading pressure.
Information label. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and
A Tire and Loading Information label
Limits 0 272. Message
shows the size of the original
A message to check the pressure in equipment tires and the correct The TPMS will not function properly
a specific tire displays in the Driver inflation pressure for the tires when if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Information Center (DIC). The low they are cold. See Vehicle Load are missing or inoperable. When the
tire pressure warning light and the Limits 0 272, for an example of the system detects a malfunction, the
DIC warning message come on at Tire and Loading Information label low tire pressure warning light
each ignition cycle until the tires are and its location. Also see Tire flashes for about one minute and
inflated to the correct inflation Pressure 0 416. then stays on for the remainder of
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
The TPMS can warn about a low
buttons, tire pressure levels can be message also displays. The
tire pressure condition but it does
viewed. For additional information malfunction light and DIC warning
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection message come on at each ignition
0 422, Tire Rotation 0 422 and
Tires 0 407.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
420 Vehicle Care
cycle until the problem is corrected. the sensor matching process is more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
Some of the conditions that can performed successfully. See the TPMS sensor matching process
cause these to come on are: your dealer for service. should be performed after replacing
. One of the road tires has been . Replacement tires or wheels do a spare tire with a road tire
replaced with the spare tire. The not match the original equipment containing the TPMS sensor. The
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels malfunction light and the DIC
TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended message should go off at the next
light and the DIC message could prevent the TPMS from ignition cycle. The sensors are
should go off after the road tire functioning properly. See Buying matched to the tire/wheel positions,
is replaced and the sensor New Tires 0 425. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
matching process is performed following order: driver side front tire,
. Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor being near facilities using radio
Matching Process" later in this side rear tire, and driver side rear.
wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
section. TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
. The TPMS sensor matching sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
process was not done or not If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
completed successfully after properly, it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at
rotating the tires. The low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
malfunction light and the DIC for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
message should go off after light and DIC message come on (1-800-468-6657).
successfully completing the and stay on.
sensor matching process. See There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
"TPMS Sensor Matching TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
Process" later in this section. Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
. One or more TPMS sensors are Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
missing or damaged. The identification code. The identification and must be restarted.
malfunction light and the DIC code needs to be matched to a new
message should go off when the tire/wheel position after rotating the
TPMS sensors are installed and vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 421
The TPMS sensor matching 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel 8. Proceed to the passenger side
process is: DIC, press and hold the V front tire, and repeat the
1. Set the parking brake. (Set/Reset) button located in procedure in Step 7.
the center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off. If the vehicle has a base level rear tire, and repeat the
DIC, press and hold the trip procedure in Step 7.
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure
odometer reset stem for about 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
the Tire Pressure info page five seconds. A message
option is turned on. The info tire, and repeat the procedure
asking if the process should in Step 7. The horn sounds two
pages on the DIC can be
begin should appear. Select times to indicate the sensor
turned on and off through the
yes and press the trip identification code has been
Settings menu. See Driver odometer reset stem to confirm
Information Center (DIC) (Base matched to the driver side rear
the selection. tire, and the TPMS sensor
Level) 0 150 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
(Uplevel) 0 152. signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
DIC, use the DIC controls on
displays on the DIC screen. 11. Turn the ignition switch to
the right side of the steering
wheel to scroll to the Tire 6. Start with the driver side LOCK/OFF.
Pressure screen under the DIC front tire. 12. Set all four tires to the
info page. 7. Place the relearn tool against recommended air pressure
If the vehicle has a base level the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire
DIC, use the trip odometer stem. Then press the button to and Loading Information label.
reset stem to scroll to the Tire activate the TPMS sensor.
Pressure screen. A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
422 Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection Tire Rotation

We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every
including the spare tire, if the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 0 462.
for signs of wear or damage at Tires are rotated to achieve a
least once a month. uniform wear for all tires. The
Replace the tire if: first rotation is the most
. The indicators at three or important.
more places around the tire Anytime unusual wear is
can be seen. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
. There is cord or fabric as possible, check for proper tire Use this rotation pattern when
showing through the tire's inflation pressure, and check for rotating the tires if the vehicle
rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the has single rear wheels.
unusual wear continues after the
. The tread or sidewall is Dual Tire Rotation
rotation, check the wheel
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time When the vehicle is new,
deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 424 and Wheel or whenever a wheel, wheel
fabric. Replacement 0 429. bolt, or wheel nut is replaced,
. The tire has a bump, bulge, check the wheel nut torque after
or split. 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100,
1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving.
. The tire has a puncture, cut, For proper torque and wheel nut
or other damage that cannot tightening information, see
be repaired well because of “Removing the Flat Tire and
the size or location of the Installing the Spare Tire” under
damage. Tire Changing 0 432.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 423
The outer tire on a dual wheel

setup generally wears faster
than the inner tire. Tires last
longer and wear more evenly if
they are rotated. See Tire
Inspection 0 422 and Tire
Rotation 0 422. Also see
Maintenance Schedule 0 462.
{ Warning
If the vehicle is operated with a
tire that is underinflated, the tire Use this rotation pattern when Use this rotation pattern when
can overheat. An overheated tire rotating the tires if the vehicle rotating the tires if the vehicle
can lose air suddenly or catch has dual rear wheels (except has polished forged aluminum
fire. You or others could be polished forged aluminum dual rear wheels. The spare
injured. Properly inflate all tires, wheels). wheel can be used in any
including the spare. Vehicles with polished forged position in the event of a flat tire,
aluminum dual wheels have and can be rotated with the rear
See Tire Pressure 0 416, for three unique wheels; a front, a inner wheels. After the flat tire is
information on proper tire rear outer and a rear inner. repaired, if the spare is not on
inflation. These wheels cannot be rotated one of the inner rear positions, it
to another position, however, must be replaced by the correct
they can be rotated from left to wheel in the front or rear outer
right to the same position. positions.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
424 Vehicle Care
When installing dual wheels, “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and

check that the vent holes in the Warning (Continued) Tools” under Tire
inner and outer wheels on each an emergency, a cloth or a paper Changing 0 432.
side are lined up. towel can be used; however, use
Adjust the front and rear tires to a scraper or wire brush later to When It Is Time for New
the recommended inflation remove all rust or dirt. Tires
pressure on the Tire and Factors, such as maintenance,
Loading Information label after Lightly coat the inner diameter of temperatures, driving speeds,
the tires have been rotated. See the wheel hub opening with vehicle loading, and road conditions
Tire Pressure 0 416 and Vehicle wheel bearing grease after a affect the wear rate of the tires.
Load Limits 0 272. wheel change or tire rotation to
Check that all wheel nuts are prevent corrosion or rust
properly tightened. See “Wheel build-up. Do not get grease on
Nut Torque” under Capacities the flat wheel mounting surface
and Specifications 0 478. or on the wheel nuts or bolts.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
{ Warning System (TPMS), if the vehicle
has one. See Tire Pressure
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Monitor Operation 0 418.
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose Check that the spare tire, if the
after time. The wheel could come vehicle has one, is stored
off and cause an accident. When properly. Push, pull, and then try Treadwear indicators are one way to
changing a wheel, remove any to rotate or turn the tire. If it tell when it is time for new tires.
rust or dirt from places where the moves, tighten the cable. See Treadwear indicators appear when
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
(Continued) or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 425
treadwear indicators. See Tire slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system
Inspection 0 422 and Tire Rotation of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling,
0 422 for additional information. substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire
The rubber in tires ages over time. rubber. pressure monitoring
This also applies to the spare tire, Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec
if the vehicle has one, even if it is cause flat spots on the tires that number is molded onto the tire's
never used. Multiple factors may result in vibrations while sidewall near the tire size. If the
including temperatures, loading driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread
conditions, and inflation pressure at least a month, remove the tires or design, the TPC Spec number
maintenance affect how fast aging raise the vehicle to reduce the
takes place. GM recommends that weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud
tires, including the spare if and snow. See Tire Sidewall
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires Labeling 0 409 for additional
years, regardless of tread wear. The information.
tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four (six
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General for dual rear wheels). Uniform
first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria tread depth on all tires will help
(01-52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec) to maintain the performance of
year. For example, the third week of system rating. When the vehicle. Braking and
the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed, handling performance may be
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
GM strongly recommends adversely affected if all the tires
Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC are not replaced at the same
Spec rating. time. If proper rotation and
Tires age when stored normally maintenance have been done,
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires (six for dual rear
a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen wheels) should wear out at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean critical specifications that impact
area away from direct sunlight to about the same time.
the overall performance of the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
426 Vehicle Care
See Tire Rotation 0 422 for

information on proper tire Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
rotation. However, if it is vehicle damage. Use the suddenly and cause a crash.
necessary to replace only one correct size, brand, and type Use only radial-ply tires with
axle set of worn tires, place the of tires on all wheels. the wheels on the vehicle.
new tires on the rear axle (two
for single rear wheels, four for This vehicle may have a
dual rear wheels). different size spare than the Winter tires with the same speed
road tires originally installed rating as the original equipment
on the vehicle. When new, the tires may not be available for H,
{ Warning vehicle included a spare tire V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
Tires could explode during and wheel assembly with a tires. Never exceed the winter
improper service. Attempting similar overall diameter as the tires’ maximum speed capability
to mount or dismount a tire road tires and wheels, so it is when using winter tires with a
could cause injury or death. all right to drive on it. The lower speed rating.
Only your dealer or authorized spare tire was developed for If the vehicle tires must be
tire service center should use on this vehicle and will not replaced with a tire that does not
mount or dismount the tires. affect vehicle handling. have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
{ Warning { Warning construction (radial) as the
Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the original tires.
brands, or types may cause vehicle may cause the wheel Vehicles that have a tire
loss of control of the vehicle, rim flanges to develop cracks pressure monitoring system
resulting in a crash or other after many miles of driving. could give an inaccurate
(Continued) A tire and/or wheel could fail low-pressure warning if non-TPC
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 427
Spec rated tires are installed. applies only to vehicles sold in

See Tire Pressure Monitor { Warning the United States. The grades
System 0 417. If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
The Tire and Loading there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
Information label indicates the level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
original equipment tires on the tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
0 272 for the label location and increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
more information about the Tire and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
and Loading Information label. specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
have them properly installed by a tires.
Different Size Tires and GM certified technician.
Wheels While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
If wheels or tires are installed that See Buying New Tires 0 425 and
are a different size than the original
and light trucks may vary with
Accessories and respect to these grades, they
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Modifications 0 362.
performance, including its braking, must also conform to federal
ride and handling characteristics, safety requirements and
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
electronic systems such as antilock The following information relates standards.
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, to the system developed by the
traction control, electronic stability United States National Highway
control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
performance of these systems can Traffic Safety Administration
also be affected. (NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
428 Vehicle Care
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road tested under controlled
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor
example: laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
high temperature can cause the
Temperature A
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and
All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead
Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade
Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of
These Grades. controlled conditions on performance which all
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
specified government test straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
the government course as a tire characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
graded 100. The relative underinflation, or excessive
performance of tires depends Temperature
loading, either separately or in
upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 429
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Whenever a wheel, wheel bolt,
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new or wheel nut is replaced on a dual
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts. wheel setup, check the wheel nut
surface variations such as troughs torque after 160,1 600, and
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning 10 000 km (100,1,000, and
6,000 mi) of driving. For proper
road, the tires and wheels may need Using the wrong replacement torque, see “Wheel Nut Torque”
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel under Capacities and
for proper diagnosis. nuts can be dangerous. It could Specifications 0 478.
affect the braking and handling of See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 431 for
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, more information.
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
430 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels

Warning (Continued) Caution
{ Warning proper amount of clearance can If the vehicle does not have dual
Replacing a wheel with a used cause damage to the brakes, wheels and has a tire size other
one is dangerous. How it has suspension, or other vehicle than 265/65R18, P265/65R18,
been used or how far it has been parts. The area damaged by the P275/55R20, LT265/70R17,
driven may be unknown. It could tire chains could cause you to LT265/70R18, LT265/60R20,
fail suddenly and cause a crash. lose control of the vehicle and LT275/65R18, P285/50R20, 285/
When replacing wheels, use a you or others may be injured in a 45R22, or P285/45R22, use tire
new GM original equipment crash. chains only where legal and only
wheel. Use another type of traction when you must. Use chains that
device only if its manufacturer are the proper size for the tires.
recommends it for use on the Install them on the tires of the
Tire Chains vehicle and tire size combination rear axle. Do not use chains on
and road conditions. Follow that the tires of the front axle. Tighten
{ Warning manufacturer's instructions. To them as tightly as possible with
the ends securely fastened. Drive
help avoid damage to the vehicle,
If the vehicle has dual wheels or drive slowly, readjust, or remove slowly and follow the chain
265/65R18, P265/65R18, P275/ the device if it is contacting the manufacturer's instructions. If you
55R20, LT265/70R17, LT265/ vehicle, and do not spin the can hear the chains contacting
70R18, LT265/60R20, LT275/ vehicle's wheels. the vehicle, stop and retighten
65R18, P285/50R20, 285/45R22, them. If the contact continues,
or P285/45R22 size tires, do not If you do find traction devices that slow down until it stops. Driving
use tire chains. They can damage will fit, install them on the rear too fast or spinning the wheels
the vehicle because there is not tires. with chains on will damage the
enough clearance. Tire chains vehicle.
used on a vehicle without the
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 431
If a Tire Goes Flat

It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause be badly injured or killed if the
are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has been is provided with the vehicle, only
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely use it for changing a flat tire.
blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a
what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire and wheel damage by driving slowly
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while to a level place, well off the road,
toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. if possible. Turn on the hazard
the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized warning flashers. See Hazard
steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or Warning Flashers 0 182.
maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
possible. { Warning
A rear blowout, particularly on a Changing a tire can be
curve, acts much like a skid and { Warning dangerous. The vehicle can slip
may require the same correction as off the jack and roll over or fall
used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a
accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To
straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and moving:
to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for (Continued)
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
432 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
2. Put an automatic
Tools
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
gear– not in N (Neutral). 2. Flat Tire
4. Turn off the engine and do The following information explains
not restart while the vehicle how to use the jack and change
is raised. a tire.
5. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
Crew Cab
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of 1. Wheel Blocks
the tire at the opposite
2. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel
corner of the tire being
Blocks
changed.
3. Tool Kit
4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), 5. Jack
use the following example as a 6. Jack Knob
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 433
2. Turn the wing nut

counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
3. Turn the wing nut used to
retain the storage bag and
tools counterclockwise to
remove it.
Use the jack handle extensions and
the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
Regular Cab Double Cab
1. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel 1. Wheel Blocks

Blocks 2. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
2. Wheel Blocks 3. Tool Kit
3. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit 4. Jack
4. Tool Kit 5. Jack Knob
5. Jack For regular cab models, the
6. Jack Knob equipment you will need is behind
the passenger seat. For double and
crew cab models, the equipment is
on the shelf behind the passenger
side second row seat.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
1. Turn the knob on the jack Pointed Down)
counterclockwise to lower the 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
jack head to release the jack 3. Hoist Cable
from its holder. 4. Hoist Assembly
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
434 Vehicle Care
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If
Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
1. Open the spare tire lock cover
on the bumper and use the 3. Insert the hoist end (open 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
ignition key to remove the end) (10) of the extension with some slack in the cable to
spare tire lock (8). To remove through the hole (9) in the rear access the tire/wheel retainer.
the spare tire lock, insert the bumper.
ignition key turn and pull
straight out. Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the Tilt the retainer and pull it
spare tire to the ground. through the center of the wheel
Continue to turn the wheel along with the cable and
2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) wrench until the spare tire can spring.
and the two jack handle be pulled out from under the
extensions (6), as shown. 7. Put the spare tire near the
vehicle. flat tire.
5. Pull the spare tire out from
under the vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 435
Removing the Flat Tire and 1. Do a safety check before

Installing the Spare Tire proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 431 for more information.
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
If the wheel has a smooth

center cap, place the chisel
end of the wheel wrench in the
slot on the wheel, and gently
pry it out.
2. If the vehicle has wheel nut

caps, loosen them by turning
the wheel wrench
1. Jack counterclockwise.
2. Wheel Blocks
If the vehicle has a center cap
3. Jack Handle
with wheel nut caps, the wheel
4. Jack Handle Extension nut caps are designed to stay
5. Wheel Wrench with the center cap after they
The tools you will be using include are loosened. Remove the
the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2), entire center cap.
the jack handle (3), the jack handle
extensions (4), and the wheel
wrench (5).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
436 Vehicle Care
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn

it counterclockwise to loosen
the wheel nuts. Do not remove
the wheel nuts yet.
Front Position – All Other Models Rear Position – 1500 Models

If the flat tire is on the front of 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, for
the vehicle (all other models), 1500 models position the jack
position the jack under the under the rear axle about 5 cm
Front Position – 1500 Models vehicle, as shown. (2 in) inboard of the shock
4. If the flat tire is on the front of absorber bracket.
the vehicle (1500 models),
position the jack under the
bracket attached to the
vehicle's frame, behind the flat
tire, as shown.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 437
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
Rear Position – All Other Models { Warning 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and
For all other models, position Raising the vehicle with the jack take off the flat tire.
the jack under the rear axle improperly positioned can
between the spring anchor and damage the vehicle and even { Warning
the shock absorber bracket. make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
If a snow plow has been added
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift parts to which it is fastened, can
to the front of the vehicle, lower
the snow plow fully before head into the proper location make wheel nuts become loose
raising the vehicle. before raising the vehicle. after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
Make sure that the jack head is changing a wheel, remove any
positioned so that the rear axle 6. Turn the wheel wrench rust or dirt from places where the
is resting securely between the clockwise to raise the vehicle. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
grooves that are on the Raise the vehicle far enough an emergency, a cloth or a paper
jack head. off the ground so there is towel can be used; however, use
enough room for the spare tire a scraper or wire brush later to
to fit under the wheel well.
remove all rust or dirt.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
438 Vehicle Care
11. Tighten each wheel nut by

hand. Then use the wheel Warning (Continued)
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against running wheels, piloting pad
the hub. damage may occur and require
replacement of the entire hub, for
12. Turn the wheel wrench proper centering of the wheels.
counterclockwise to lower the When replacing studs, hubs,
vehicle. Lower the jack wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to
completely.
use GM original equipment parts.
{ Warning
8. Remove any rust or dirt from If wheel studs are damaged, they { Warning
the wheel bolts, mounting can break. If all the studs on a Wheel nuts that are improperly or
surfaces, and spare wheel. wheel broke, the wheel could incorrectly tightened can cause
9. Install the spare tire. come off and cause a crash. the wheels to become loose or
If any stud is damaged because come off. The wheel nuts should
of a loose-running wheel, it could
{ Warning be that all of the studs are
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
Never use oil or grease on bolts damaged. To be sure, replace all after replacing. Follow the torque
or nuts because the nuts might studs on the wheel. If the stud specification supplied by the
come loose. The vehicle's wheel holes in a wheel have become aftermarket manufacturer when
could fall off, causing a crash. larger, the wheel could collapse in using accessory locking wheel
operation. Replace any wheel if nuts. See Capacities and
its stud holes have become larger Specifications 0 478 for original
10. Put the wheel nuts back on or distorted in any way. Inspect
with the rounded end of the equipment wheel nut torque
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for specifications.
nuts toward the wheel.
damage. Because of loose
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 439
For vehicles with dual wheels, have Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
Caution a technician check the wheel nut and Tools
tightness of all wheels with a torque
Improperly tightened wheel nuts wrench after the first 160, 1 600 and
can lead to brake pulsation and 10 000 km (100, 1,000 and 6,000 mi).
{ Warning
rotor damage. To avoid expensive Repeat this service whenever you Storing a jack, a tire, or other
brake repairs, evenly tighten the have a tire removed or serviced. equipment in the passenger
wheel nuts in the proper See Capacities and compartment of the vehicle could
sequence and to the proper Specifications 0 478. cause injury. In a sudden stop or
torque specification. See
When reinstalling the regular wheel collision, loose equipment could
Capacities and Specifications
and tire, also reinstall either the strike someone. Store all these in
0 478 for the wheel nut torque center cap, or bolt-on hub cap, the proper place.
specification. depending on what the vehicle is
equipped with. For center caps,
place the cap on the wheel and tap Caution
it into place until it seats flush with
the wheel. The cap only goes on Storing an aluminum wheel with a
one way. Be sure to line up the tab flat tire under your vehicle for an
on the center cap with the extended period of time or with
indentation on the wheel. For the valve stem pointing up can
bolt-on hub caps, align the plastic damage the wheel. Always stow
nut caps with the wheel nuts and the wheel with the valve stem
then tighten by hand. Then use the
pointing down and have the
wheel wrench to tighten.
13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a wheel/tire repaired as soon as
crisscross sequence, as possible.
shown, by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
440 Vehicle Care
3. Hoist Cable
Caution 4. Hoist Assembly
The tire hoist can be damaged if 5. Hoist Shaft
there is no tension on the cable 6. Jack Handle Extensions
when using it. To have the 7. Wheel Wrench
necessary tension, the spare or 8. Spare Tire Lock (If
road tire and wheel assembly Equipped)
must be installed on the tire hoist 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
to use it. 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
1. Put the tire on the ground at and extensions (6) together, as
Store the tire under the rear of the the rear of the vehicle with the shown.
vehicle in the spare tire carrier. valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
2. Pull the cable and spring
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
plate down and through the
center wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
4. Insert the hoist end (10)
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper and onto the hoist
shaft.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Do not use the chiseled end of
Pointed Down) the wheel wrench.
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 441
5. Raise the tire part way upward. To store the jack and jack tools: 3. Assemble the wheel blocks (2)
Make sure the retainer is and jack (7) together with the
seated in the wheel opening. wing nut (1) and retaining
6. Raise the tire fully against the bolt (8).
underside of the vehicle by 4. Position the jack (7) in the
turning the wheel wrench mounting bracket (6). Position
clockwise until you hear two the holes in the base of the
clicks or feel it skip twice. You jack (7) onto the pin in the
cannot overtighten the cable. mounting bracket (6).
5. Return them to their original
location in the vehicle. See
“Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools.”
1. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Full-Size Spare Tire

Blocks
2. Wheel Blocks If this vehicle came with a full-size
3. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
4. Wheel Wrench and
time. Check the inflation pressure
Extensions
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 416
5. Tool Bag and Vehicle Load Limits 0 272. For
6. Jack Mounting Bracket instructions on how to remove,
7. Make sure the tire is stored 7. Jack install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
securely. Push, pull, and then 8. Bolt Retaining Wheel Blocks Changing 0 432.
try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wheel wrench 1. Put the tools (4) in the tool If equipped with a temporary use
to tighten the cable. bag (5) and place them in the full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
retaining bracket (3). the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, Labeling 0 409. This spare tire
if the vehicle has one. 2. Tighten down the wing nut (3).
should not be driven on over
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
442 Vehicle Care
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h four-wheel drive and a different size Jump Starting
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at spare tire is installed, drive only in
the proper inflation pressure. Repair two-wheel drive.
and replace the road tire as soon as Jump Starting - North
After installing the spare tire on the
it is convenient, and stow the spare vehicle, stop as soon as possible
America
tire for future use. and check that the spare tire is For an eAssist vehicle, see the
correctly inflated. Silverado/Sierra supplement.
Caution
Have the damaged or flat road tire For more information about the
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive repaired or replaced and installed vehicle battery, see Battery - North
and a different size spare tire is back onto the vehicle as soon as America 0 388.
installed, do not drive in possible so the spare tire will be
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries)
four-wheel drive until the flat tire available in case it is needed again.
has run down, you may want to use
is repaired and/or replaced. The Do not mix tires and wheels of another vehicle and some jumper
vehicle could be damaged and different sizes, because they will not cables to start your vehicle. Be sure
the repairs would not be covered fit. Keep your spare tire and its to use the following steps to do it
by the warranty. Never use wheel together. If the vehicle has a safely.
four-wheel drive when a different spare tire that does not match the
size spare tire is installed on the original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
{ Warning
vehicle.
the tire rotation. WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
The vehicle may have a different accessories contain lead and lead
size spare tire than the road tires
compounds, chemicals known to
originally installed on the vehicle.
the State of California to cause
This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right cancer and birth defects or other
to drive on it. If the vehicle has reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 443
may not be able to get enough

Warning (Continued) Caution power from a single battery in
another vehicle to start your
the State of California to cause Ignoring these steps could result diesel engine. If your vehicle
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER in costly damage to the vehicle has more than one battery,
HANDLING. that would not be covered by the using the battery that is closer
See California Proposition vehicle warranty. Trying to start to the starter will reduce
65 Warning 0 361. the vehicle by pushing or pulling it electrical resistance. This is
will not work, and it could damage located on the passenger side,
the vehicle. in the rear of the engine
{ Warning compartment.
1. Check the other vehicle. 3. Get the vehicles close enough
Batteries can hurt you. They can It must have a 12-volt battery so the jumper cables can
be dangerous because: with a negative ground system. reach, but be sure the vehicles
. They contain acid that can are not touching each other.
burn you. Caution If they are, it could cause an
unwanted ground connection.
. They contain gas that can If the other vehicle does not have You would not be able to start
explode or ignite. a 12-volt system with a negative your vehicle, and the bad
. They contain enough ground, both vehicles can be grounding could damage the
electricity to burn you. damaged. Only use a vehicle that electrical systems.
If you do not follow these steps has a 12-volt system with a To avoid the possibility of the
exactly, some or all of these negative ground for jump starting. vehicles rolling, set the parking
things can hurt you. brake firmly on both vehicles
2. If you have a vehicle with a involved in the jump start
diesel engine with two procedure. Put the automatic
batteries, you should know transmission in P (Park) or a
before you begin that, manual transmission in Neutral
especially in cold weather, you before setting the parking
brake. If you have a
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
444 Vehicle Care
four-wheel-drive vehicle, be The positive (+) terminal is

sure the transfer case is in a under a red plastic cover at the Warning (Continued)
drive gear, not in N (Neutral). positive battery post. To
uncover the positive (+) and some have been blinded.
terminal, open the red plastic Use a flashlight if you need more
Caution light.
cover.
If any accessories are left on or For more information on the Battery fluid contains acid that
plugged in during the jump location of the remote can burn you. Do not get it on
starting procedure, they could be positive (+) and remote you. If you accidentally get it in
damaged. The repairs would not negative (−) terminals, see your eyes or on your skin, flush
be covered by the vehicle Engine Compartment the place with water and get
warranty. Whenever possible, turn Overview 0 364. medical help immediately.
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting. { Warning
{ Warning
4. Turn off the ignition on both An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running Fans or other moving engine
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the and can injure you. Keep hands, parts can injure you badly. Keep
accessory power outlets. Turn clothing, and tools away from any your hands away from moving
off the radio and all the lamps underhood electric fan. parts once the engine is running.
that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks and help save 6. Check that the jumper cables
both batteries. And it could { Warning do not have loose or missing
save the radio! insulation. If they do, you could
Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles
5. Open the hood on the other cause battery gas to explode.
vehicle and locate the could be damaged too.
People have been hurt doing this,
positive (+) and negative (−) Before you connect the cables,
terminal locations on that (Continued) here are some basic things you
vehicle. should know. Positive (+) will
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 445
go to positive (+) or to a remote Do not let the other end touch

positive (+) terminal if the anything until the next step.
vehicle has one. Negative (−) 10. Connect the other end of the
will go to a heavy, unpainted negative (−) cable.
metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the 5.3L Shown, 4.3L, 6.0L, 6.2L, and
negative (−) terminal on the 6.6L Similar
dead battery because this can
7. Connect the red positive (+)
cause sparks.
cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the 4.3L Shown, 5.3L and 6.2L Similar
dead battery.
‐ To the metal bracket that is
8. Do not let the other end touch bolted to the engine and
metal. Connect it to the supports the resonator, on
positive (+) terminal of the the vehicle with the dead
good battery. Use a remote battery.
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
9. Connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−)
terminal of the good battery.
Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
446 Vehicle Care
Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
6.0L 6.6L not touch each other or other
metal.
‐ To the generator bracket, on ‐ To the negative (−) post on
the vehicle with the dead the auxiliary battery, on the
battery. vehicle with the dead battery. Jumper Cable Removal
11. Start the vehicle with the good Reverse the sequence exactly when
battery and run the engine for a removing the jumper cables.
while. After starting the disabled vehicle
12. Try to start the vehicle that had and removing the jumper cables,
the dead battery. If it will not allow it to idle for several minutes.
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 447
Towing the Vehicle dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy Dinghy Towing
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
Caution towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
Incorrectly towing a disabled wheels on a dolly.
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by Follow the tow vehicle
the vehicle warranty. manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
Do not lash or hook to for additional advice and equipment
suspension components. Use the recommendations.
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle. Caution
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed Use of a shield mounted in front

car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck of the vehicle grille could restrict
could damage the vehicle. airflow and cause damage to the Caution
transmission. The repairs would
Consult your dealer or a not be covered by the vehicle If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
professional towing service if the towed with all four wheels on the
warranty. If using a shield, only
disabled vehicle must be towed.
use one that attaches to the ground, the drivetrain
towing vehicle. components could be damaged.
Recreational Vehicle The repairs would not be covered
Towing by the vehicle warranty.
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
vehicle, such as a motor home. The be towed with all four wheels on the
two most common types of ground.
recreational vehicle towing are
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
448 Vehicle Care
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: 6. Wait for at least 10 seconds,

1. Position the vehicle being then restart the engine.
towed behind the tow vehicle, 7. Shift the transmission to D
facing forward and on a level (Drive), then turn the engine off
surface. again.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle. Caution
3. Apply the parking brake and Failure to disconnect the negative
start the engine. battery cable or to have it contact
For vehicles with an Electric the terminals can cause damage
Parking Brake (EPB), the to the vehicle.
parking brake cannot be
applied and the tires must be
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive 8. Disconnect the negative
chocked.
vehicles with a two-speed transfer battery cable at the battery and
case that have an N (Neutral) and a 4. Shift the transfer case to secure the nut and bolt. Cover
Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) setting. N (Neutral). See “Shifting into the negative battery post with a
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel non-conductive material to
Drive 0 297. Check that the prevent any contact with the
{ Warning vehicle is in N (Neutral) by negative battery terminal.
shifting the transmission to
Shifting a four-wheel-drive 9. Shift the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
vehicle's transfer case into P (Park).
(Drive). There should be no
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle movement of the vehicle while
to roll even if the transmission is shifting. Caution
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake 5. Shift the transmission into D If the steering column is locked,
(Drive). Turn the engine off. vehicle damage may occur.
before shifting the transfer case
Then shift the transmission into
to N (Neutral).
P (Park).
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 449
10. Move the steering wheel to See your dealer if the transfer Dolly Towing
make sure the steering column case cannot be shifted out of
is unlocked. N (Neutral). Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive
11. With a foot on the brake pedal, 6. Check that the vehicle is in Vehicles
release the parking brake. Two-Wheel Drive High by
Keep the ignition key in the shifting the transmission to
towed vehicle in ACC/ R (Reverse) and then to D
ACCESSORY to prevent the (Drive). There should be
steering column from locking. movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
7. Shift the transmission to
Before disconnecting the towed P (Park) and turn off the
vehicle: ignition.
1. Park on a level surface. 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
2. Set the parking brake, then tow vehicle.
shift the transmission to 9. Release the parking brake.
P (Park), and move the ignition
key to OFF. 10. Reset any lost presets.
Caution
3. Connect the battery. The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C (32 ° If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
4. Apply the brake pedal. F) but will reset with normal towed with the rear wheels on the
5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN usage. ground, the transmission could be
with the engine off. Shift the damaged. The repairs would not
transfer case out of N (Neutral) be covered by the vehicle
to Two-Wheel Drive High. See warranty. Never tow the vehicle
“Shifting out of N (Neutral)” with the rear wheels on the
under Four-Wheel Drive 0 297.
ground.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
450 Vehicle Care
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
be towed with the rear wheels on vehicle from the front: following the manufacturer's
the ground. Two-wheel-drive 1. Attach the dolly to the tow instructions.
transmissions have no provisions vehicle following the dolly 7. Shift the transfer case to
for internal lubrication while being manufacturer's instructions. N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
towed. N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive dolly. Drive 0 297 for the proper
vehicle, the vehicle must be towed procedure.
with the rear wheels on the dolly. 3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park). 8. Release the parking brake only
See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off after the vehicle being towed is
the Ground)” later in this section. 4. Set the parking brake. firmly attached to the tow
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off vehicle.
the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive { Warning 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Vehicles
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
be injured. Set the parking brake
to N (Neutral).
5. Use a clamping device

designed for towing to ensure
that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 451
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 5. Use a clamping device 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
the Ground) designed for towing to ensure following the manufacturer's
that the front wheels are locked instructions.
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles into the straight position. 5. Use a clamping device
6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. designed for towing to ensure
that the front wheels are locked
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles into the straight position.
{ Warning 6. Shift the transfer case to

N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
Shifting a four-wheel-drive Neutral” under Four-Wheel
vehicle's transfer case into Drive 0 297 for the proper
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle procedure.
to roll even if the transmission is 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
be injured. Set the parking brake
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive to N (Neutral).
vehicle from the rear:
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
dolly. vehicle from the rear:
2. Set the parking brake. See 1. Drive the rear wheels onto the
Parking Brake 0 306. dolly.
3. Put the transmission in 2. Set the parking brake. See
P (Park). Parking Brake 0 306.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 3. Put the transmission in
following the manufacturer's P (Park).
instructions.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
452 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the
Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow with the car wash
locks greased after using. See instructions. The windshield wiper
Recommended Fluids and and rear window wiper, if equipped,
Lubricants 0 472. Caution must be off. Remove any
Washing the Vehicle accessories that may be damaged
Avoid using high-pressure or interfere with the car wash
To preserve the vehicle's finish, washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) equipment.
wash it often and out of direct to the surface of the vehicle. Use
sunlight. of power washers exceeding See Power Assist Steps 0 43 for
cleaning information.
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
Caution in damage or removal of paint Rinse the vehicle well, before
and decals. washing and after, to remove all
Do not use petroleum-based, cleaning agents completely. If they
acidic, or abrasive cleaning are allowed to dry on the surface,
agents as they can damage the Caution they could stain.
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic Dry the finish with a soft, clean
parts. If damage occurs, it would Do not power wash any chamois or an all-cotton towel to
not be covered by the vehicle component under the hood that avoid surface scratches and water
warranty. Approved cleaning has this e symbol. spotting.
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
(Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 453
Finish Care The bright metal moldings on the

Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
stainless steel. To prevent damage
sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or always follow these cleaning
recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a instructions:
are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to
repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any
calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome
industrial chimneys, etc., can or stainless steel. Some
damage the vehicle's finish if they cleaners are highly acidic or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings.
If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible.
cleaners that are marked safe for . Always dilute a concentrated
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
painted surfaces to remove foreign
Moldings manufacturer’s instructions.
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild . Do not use cleaners that are not
Caution intended for automotive use.
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect
products. in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be Spray-In Bedliner Care
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty.
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint A spray-in bedliner is a permanent
as damage can occur. coating that bonds to the truck bed
and cannot be removed. Promptly
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
454 Vehicle Care
rinse the bedliner surface following Lamp covers are made of plastic,
a chemical spill to avoid permanent and some have a UV protective Caution
damage. coating. Do not clean or wipe them
while they are dry. Using wax on low gloss black
Spray-in bedliners can fade from finish stripes can increase the
oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
hauling, and hard water stains. lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low
Clean it periodically by washing off . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and
the loose dirt and using a mild water only.
detergent. To restore the original . Washer fluids and other cleaning
appearance, apply the bedliner agents in higher concentrations
conditioner available through your than suggested by the Air Intakes
dealer. manufacturer.
Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield,
Caution or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items.
Using silicone-based products Windshield and Wiper Blades
may damage the bedliner, reduce . Aftermarket appearance caps or Clean the outside of the windshield
the slip-resistant texture, and covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
attract dirt. illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ windshield washer fluid or a mild
Caution
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and detergent. Wash the windshield
Stripes Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the
can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
cover that would not be covered a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
by the vehicle warranty. treatments may cause wiper
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
streaking.
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 455
Replace the wiper blades if they are

worn or damaged. Damage can be Caution (Continued) Caution
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not
snow, and ice. dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals,
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on acid on aluminum or
weatherstrips to make them last chrome-plated wheels. Use only
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
longer, seal better, and not stick or approved cleaners. Also, never
or Chrome
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips drive a vehicle with aluminum or
once a year. Hot, dry climates may Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
require more frequent application. soap and water to clean the wheels. automatic car wash that uses
Black marks from rubber material on After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
painted surfaces can be removed by water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes. Damage could occur
rubbing with a clean cloth. See A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be
Recommended Fluids and covered by the vehicle warranty.
Lubricants 0 472. Caution
Tires Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and
clean the tires. vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
Caution with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum
Using petroleum-based tire chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or
dressing products on the vehicle conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
may damage the paint finish and/ Always wash the chrome with
(Continued) soap and water after exposure.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
456 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and with power assist steps, extend

Chassis Components Caution them and then use a high pressure
wash to clean all joints and gaps.
Visually inspect steering, Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension, and chassis suspension points should not be Do not directly power wash the
components for damaged, loose, done unless the temperature is transfer case and/or front/rear axle
or missing parts or signs of wear at −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, output seals. High pressure water
least once a year. or damage could result. can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, For an eAssist vehicle, see the transfer case and/or axles and
chafing, etc. Silverado/Sierra eAssist should be replaced.
Visually check constant velocity joint supplement.
boots and axle seals for leaks. Sheet Metal Damage
Body Component Lubrication
1500 Series vehicles, at least every If the vehicle is damaged and
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, requires sheet metal repair or
other oil change lubricate the outer
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the replacement, make sure the body
tie rod ends.
steel fuel door hinge unless the repair shop applies anti-corrosion
2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least components are plastic. Applying material to parts repaired or
every other engine oil change silicone grease on weatherstrips replaced to restore corrosion
lubricate the upper and lower with a clean cloth will make them protection.
control arm ball joints. Control arm last longer, seal better, and not stick
ball joints on 1500 series vehicles or squeak. Original manufacturer replacement
are maintenance-free. parts will provide the corrosion
Underbody Maintenance protection while maintaining the
2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped vehicle warranty.
with steering linkage, at least every At least twice a year, spring and fall,
other engine oil change lubricate the use plain water to flush any Finish Damage
tie rod ball joints, idler arm pivot corrosive materials from the
Quickly repair minor chips and
shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and scratches with touch-up materials
pitman arm socket. available from your dealer to avoid
other debris can collect. If equipped
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 457
corrosion. Larger areas of finish Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will
damage can be corrected in your for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
dealer's body and paint shop. prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the
Airborne pollutants can fall upon switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaners quickly.
causing blotchy, ring-shaped . Do not use solvents or cleaners
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular follow to all safety instructions on
dark spots etched into the paint the label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass
surface. Refer to “Finish Care” open the doors and windows to get
previously in this section. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth.
the interior using the following If necessary, use a commercial
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. plain water.
. Never use a razor or any other
Immediately remove any soils.
sharp object to remove a soil
Newspapers or dark garments can
from any interior surface. Caution
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior. . Never use a brush with stiff To prevent scratching, never use
bristles. abrasive cleaners on automotive
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface glass. Abrasive cleaners or
instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much aggressive cleaning may damage
soap solution, immediately remove pressure. the rear window defogger.
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Do not use laundry detergents or
repellent from all interior surfaces or dishwashing soaps with
permanent damage may result. Cleaning the windshield with water
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, during the first three to six months
use approximately 20 drops per of ownership will reduce tendency
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. to fog.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
458 Vehicle Care
Speaker Covers To clean: using a commercial upholstery

1. Saturate a clean, lint-free cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
Vacuum around a speaker cover
colorfast cloth with water. formation occurs, clean the entire
gently, so that the speaker will not
Microfiber cloth is fabric or carpet.
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap. recommended to prevent lint After cleaning use a paper towel to
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
Coated Moldings
2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
Coated moldings should be cleaned. gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth 3. Start on the outside edge of the
dampened with water. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
. When heavily soiled, use warm center. Rotate the cleaning use a soft bristle brush to remove
soapy water. cloth to a clean area frequently dirt that can scratch the surface.
to prevent forcing the soil in to Then gently clean by rubbing with a
Fabric/Carpet/Suede the fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window
Start by vacuuming the surface 4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically
using a soft brush attachment. If a soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth
rotating vacuum brush attachment is longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
being used, only use it on the floor the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
carpet. Before cleaning, gently thoroughly and air dry before
remove as much of the soil as 5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap next use.
possible:
solution followed only by plain
. Gently blot liquids with a paper water.
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed. If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
. For solid soils, remove as much use a commercial upholstery
as possible prior to vacuuming. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Vehicle Care 459
Caution Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these the vehicle, blot immediately and
suction cup to the display. This surfaces after cleaning and allow clean with a soft cloth dampened
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use with a mild soap solution.
not be covered by the vehicle heat, steam, or spot removers. Do Damage caused by air fresheners
warranty. not use cleaners that contain would not be covered by the
silicone or wax-based products. vehicle warranty.
Cleaners containing these
Instrument Panel, Leather,
solvents can permanently change
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Care of Safety Belts
the appearance and feel of
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and leather or soft trim, and are not Keep belts clean and dry.
Natural Open Pore Wood recommended.
Surfaces { Warning
Use a soft microfiber cloth Do not use cleaners that increase
dampened with water to remove Do not bleach or dye safety belt
gloss, especially on the instrument webbing. It may severely weaken
dust and loose dirt. For a more panel. Reflected glare can decrease
thorough cleaning, use a soft the webbing. In a crash, they
visibility through the windshield
microfiber cloth dampened with a might not be able to provide
under certain conditions.
mild soap solution. adequate protection. Clean and
rinse safety belt webbing only
Caution with mild soap and lukewarm
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Soaking or saturating leather, permanent damage to plastics
especially perforated leather, as and painted surfaces. If an air
well as other interior surfaces, freshener comes in contact with
may cause permanent damage. any plastic or painted surface in
(Continued) (Continued)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
460 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
{ Warning side floor.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side.
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
pedals. top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Use the following guidelines for Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
proper floor mat usage: secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
. The original equipment floor Verify the floor mat does not
floor mat to unlock each retainer
mats were designed for your interfere with the pedals.
and remove.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Service and Maintenance 461
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 461 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and
Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 462 the required maintenance for the blades.
Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
Special Application protect against major repair Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required
maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 replacement parts. They have
Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 476 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
462 Service and Maintenance
keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
condition, improves fuel economy, in hot weather.
Maintenance
and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in hilly or
Schedule
Because of the way people use mountainous terrain. Owner Checks and Services
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Frequently towing a trailer.
There may need to be more At Each Fuel Stop
frequent checks and services. . Used for high-speed or . Check the engine oil level. See
competitive driving. Engine Oil 0 369.
Normal Service
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery
All maintenance services, including service. Once a Month
those listed under Additional . Check the tire inflation
Required Services, are for
vehicles that: { Warning pressures. See Tire
Pressure 0 416.
. Carry passengers and cargo Performing maintenance work can . Inspect the tires for wear. See
within recommended limits on be dangerous and can cause Tire Inspection 0 422.
the Tire and Loading Information serious injury. Perform
label. See Vehicle Load . Check the windshield washer
maintenance work only if the
Limits 0 272. fluid level. See Washer
required information, proper tools,
Fluid 0 385.
. Are driven on reasonable road and equipment are available.
surfaces within legal driving If they are not, see your dealer to Engine Oil Change
limits. have a trained technician do the
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Use the recommended fuel. See work. See Doing Your Own SOON message displays, have the
Fuel 0 322. Service Work 0 363. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
Severe Service under the best conditions, the
In addition to the normal service engine oil life system may not
schedule, some vehicles require indicate the need for vehicle service
service more often. Severe service for up to a year. The engine oil and
is for vehicles that are: filter must be changed at least once
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
a year and the oil life system must Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
be reset. Your trained dealer Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 422.
technician can perform this work. 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/
last service. Reset the oil life following services. See Tire Filter 0 377.
system when the oil is changed. Rotation 0 422.
. Inspect brake system. See
See Engine Oil Life System 0 372. . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 452.
life percentage. If needed,
Passenger Compartment Air . Visually inspect steering,
change engine oil and filter, and
Filter reset oil life system. See Engine
suspension, and chassis
Oil 0 369 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
The passenger compartment air
System 0 372. or missing parts or signs of
filter removes dust, pollen, and
wear. See Exterior Care 0 452.
other airborne irritants from outside . Check engine coolant level. See Lubricate the suspension and
air that is pulled into the vehicle. Engine Coolant 0 379. steering components at least
The filter should be replaced as part
. Check windshield washer fluid every other oil change.
of routine scheduled maintenance.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 385. (If equipped with grease fittings)
Inspect the passenger compartment
air filter every 36 000 km/ . Visually inspect windshield wiper . Check restraint system
22,500 miles or two years, blades for wear, cracking, components. See Safety System
whichever comes first. Replace if or contamination. See Exterior Check 0 73.
necessary. More frequent Care 0 452. Replace worn or . Visually inspect fuel system for
replacement may be needed if the damaged wiper blades. See damage or leaks.
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy Wiper Blade
traffic, areas with poor air quality, . Visually inspect exhaust system
Replacement 0 394.
or areas with high dust levels. and nearby heat shields for
Replacement may also be needed if . Check tire inflation pressures. loose or damaged parts.
there is a reduction in air flow, See Tire Pressure 0 416.
. Lubricate body components. See
excessive window fogging, or odors. Exterior Care 0 452.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Check starter switch. See Starter . Verify spare tire key lock
Switch Check 0 393. operation and lubricate as
. Check automatic transmission needed. See Tire
shift lock control function. See Changing 0 432.
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check 0 393.
. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 393.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 394.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 55.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Additional Required Services
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
For GVW under 8600 lbs, change transfer case
fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@
For GVW over 8600 lbs, change transfer case
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace clutch fluid. (8)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Footnotes — Maintenance fluid will decrease the life of the

Schedule Additional Required transfer case and/or drive axles and
Services - Normal should be replaced.
(1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. More frequent comes first. See Cooling
replacement may be needed if the System 0 378.
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
traffic, poor air quality, areas with
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
high dust levels or are sensitive to
excessive cracking, or damage;
environmental allergens. Filter
replace, if needed.
replacement may also be needed if
you notice reduced airflow, windows (7) Replace brake fluid every five
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM years. See Brake Fluid 0 387.
Service location can help you (8) Replace clutch fluid every three
determine when it is the right time to years. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 376.
replace your filter.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
For GVW under 8600 lbs, change transfer case
@ @ @
For GVW over 8600 lbs, change transfer case
@ @ @ @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace clutch fluid. (8)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Footnotes — Maintenance fluid will decrease the life of the Special Application
Schedule Additional Required transfer case and/or drive axles and
Services - Severe should be replaced. Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every five years, whichever . Vehicles with Dual Wheels:
comes first. More frequent comes first. See Cooling Check dual wheel nut torque at
replacement may be needed if the System 0 378. 160, 1 600 and 10 000 km (100,
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 1,000 and 6,000 mi) of driving.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
traffic, poor air quality, areas with Repeat this service whenever a
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
high dust levels or are sensitive to tire/wheel is serviced or
excessive cracking, or damage;
environmental allergens. Filter removed.
replace, if needed.
replacement may also be needed if .
(7) Replace brake fluid every five Severe Commercial Use
you notice reduced airflow, windows
years. See Brake Fluid 0 387. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM
components every 5 000 km/
Service location can help you (8) Replace clutch fluid every three 3,000 mi.
determine when it is the right time to years. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 376.
replace your filter. . Have underbody flushing service
performed. See “Underbody
(2) Or every four years, whichever
Maintenance” in Exterior
comes first. If driving in dusty
Care 0 452.
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have
Additional start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts
Your vehicle is an important
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids
repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
performance, additional
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
maintenance services may be
Belts and components. See
required.
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and
It is recommended that your dealer Lubricants 0 472 for GM approved
squeak or show signs of
perform these services — their fluids.
cracking or splitting.
trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield
your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be
also perform a thorough
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
The following list is intended to Brakes filled.
explain the services and conditions
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
to look for that may indicate Hoses
crucial to safe driving.
services are required.
. Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should
Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks.
The 12-volt battery supplies power
With a multi-point inspection, your
to start the engine and operate any
dealer can inspect the hoses and
additional electrical accessories.
advise if replacement is needed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Lamps of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and

Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and
taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 457 and
important to see and be seen on Exterior Care 0 452.
Tires
the road. Wheel Alignment
Tires need to be properly inflated,
. Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for
attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver
to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance.
The brake lamps need to be failure. . Signs that the alignment may
checked periodically to ensure
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include
that they light when braking.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
. With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
and note any concerns. rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
Shocks and struts help aid in control Windshield
. Trained dealer technicians can
for a smoother ride.
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
. Signs of wear may include tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds.
tire wear. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
. As part of the multi-point name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspection, trained dealer inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine and/or an
Allison Transmission, see the recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 369.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 379.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in
Canada 19299571).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 19329450, in Canada 19329451).
(2500/3500 Series Only)
Automatic Transmission (All except DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
6.2L with 8-Speed transmission)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Automatic Transmission (6.2L with DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, in
8-Speed transmission) Canada 19300537).
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 93436060).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Rear Axle (1500 Series) SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Rear Axle (2500/3500 Series) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Front Axle Driveshaft Splines (All Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
4WD 1500/2500/3500 Series) and Canada 19257122).
Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines (All
2WD 1500 Series with Automatic
Transmission)
Rear Driveline Center Spline Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
(Two-Piece Driveshaft) lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474).
Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge,
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges,
Latch Bolt, and Linkage
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter
4.3L V6 89017525 PF63
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 89017525 PF63
6.0L V8 19303975 PF48E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 22808781 CF188
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
4.3L V6 12622441 41–114
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 12622441 41–114
6.0L V8 12621258 41–110
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22754397 -
Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22754397 -
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Technical Data 477
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 481 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 478 for the vehicle's engine code.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
478 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 472.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
4.3L V6 1500 Series 15.1 L 15.9 qt
5.3L V8 1500 Series 15.7 L 16.6 qt
6.0L V8 2500 Series and 3500 Series 16.1 L 17.0 qt
6.2L V8 1500 Series 15.7 L 16.6 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
4.3L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 7.6 L 8.0 qt
6.0L V8 5.7 L 6.0 qt
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Technical Data 479
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Fuel Tank
1500 Series Standard and Short Box 98.4 L 26.0 gal
1500 Series Long Box 128.7 L 34.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal
3500 Series Chassis Cab 240.4 L 63.5 gal
3500 Chassis Cab – Front Tank 89.0 L 23.5 gal
3500 Chassis Cab – Rear Tank (if equipped) 151.4 L 40.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
480 Technical Data
Engine Specifications (cont'd)

Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
4.3L V6 (LV1) P 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L83) C 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.0L V8 (L96) G 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L86) J 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Technical Data 481
Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.0L V8 Engines
V6 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
supplement.
5.3L and 6.2L V8 Engines

9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
482 Customer Information
Radio Frequency
Customer Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Customer Information
Information Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496 Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects to Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction the United States important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to with the sales transaction or the
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 the Canadian operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 resolved by your dealer's sales or
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Reporting Safety Defects to service departments. Sometimes,
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 however, despite the best intentions
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Customer Assistance for Text Vehicle Data Recording and can occur. If your concern has not
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 486 Privacy been resolved to your satisfaction,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 486 Vehicle Data Recording and the following steps should be taken:
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 498 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 499 management. Normally, concerns
Roadside Assistance can be quickly resolved at that level.
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 If the matter has already been
Scheduling Service reviewed with the sales, service,
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 or parts manager, contact the owner
Courtesy Transportation of your dealership or the general
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 manager.
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 493 STEP TWO : If after contacting a
Service Publications Ordering member of dealership management,
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 it appears your concern cannot be
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Customer Information 483
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its The Mediation/Arbitration Program Customer Assistance
participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre Procedure
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Limited
General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Owner satisfaction and goodwill are
has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive very important to your dealer and
of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 General Motors.
factory-related vehicle service Your inquiry should be accompanied Normally, any problem with the
claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification transaction, sale, or usage of the
the review of the facts involved by Number (VIN). vehicle must be handled by your
an impartial third party arbiter, and dealer sales or service departments.
may include an informal hearing However, we recognize that despite
before the arbiter. The program is Customer Satisfaction the good intentions of all parties
designed so that the entire dispute Procedure involved, sometimes a
settlement process, from the time misunderstanding may occur.
you file your complaint to the final
If you have a problem that has not
decision, should be completed in
been satisfactorily handled through
about 70 days. We believe our
the normal means, we suggest the
impartial program offers advantages
following steps:
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and STEP ONE
free of charge.
Did you get the Warranty Extension Explain your case to your dealer
For further information concerning Plan? This plan is recommended by service agent, service manager,
eligibility in the Canadian Motor General Motors to supplement the dealer sales agent, or sales
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), warranty included with the new manager, depending on your case.
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call vehicle purchase. Make sure that they have all
the General Motors Customer Care
See your dealer for details. necessary information. They are
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
interested in your continual
1-800-263-7854 (French),
satisfaction.
or write to:
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
STEP TWO . Dealership name From U.S. Virgin Islands:

If you are not satisfied, please . Dealership address 1-800-496-9994
contact the general manager or your See Customer Assistance Offices
dealership owner to ask for their Canada
0 485 or Customer Assistance
help. If they are not able to resolve Offices 0 485. General Motors of Canada Limited
your case, ask them to contact the Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
right people at General Motors for CA1-163-005
support, if needed. Customer Assistance 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Offices Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
STEP THREE
Chevrolet encourages customers to www.gm.ca
If your case is not resolved in a call the toll-free number for 1-800-263-3777 (English)
reasonable amount of time by your assistance. However, if a customer 1-800-263-7854 (French)
dealer, please call the General wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Motors Customer Assistance the letter should be addressed to: Telephone devices (TTYs))
Center (CAC) and provide the
Roadside Assistance:
following information: United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-268-6800
. Name Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Overseas
. Address
Center Please contact the local General
. Phone number P.O. Box 33170 Motors Business Unit.
. Model year Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com Customer Assistance
. Brand
. Vehicle Identification
1-800-222-1020 Offices
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN) Telephone Devices (TTYs)) To contact the Customer Assistance
. Mileage Roadside Assistance: Center (CAC), use the phone
1-800-243-8872 numbers listed in this section.
. Delivery date Customer assistance is available
. Description of the problem
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Monday through Friday, 08:00 to Honduras Membership Benefits

20:00 hours, and Saturdays from E : Download owner manuals and
800-0122-6101
09:00 to 15:00 hours. view vehicle-specific how-to videos.
All e-mail inquiries to the Customer Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules,
Assistance Center (CAC) should be
sent to: cac.chevrolet@gm.com. Text Telephone (TTY) alerts, and OnStar Vehicle
Users Diagnostic Information. Schedule
Mexico service appointments.
To assist customers who are deaf,
01-800-466-0811 hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
United States and Canada and who use Text Telephones
service records.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
1-866-466-8190 equipment available at its Customer D : Select a preferred dealer and
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in view locations, maps, phone
Costa Rica numbers, and hours.
the U.S. can communicate with
00-800-052-1005 Chevrolet by dialing: r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in information.
Guatemala Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1-800-999-5252 J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See
Panama Vehicle Identification Number
00-800-052-0001 Online Owner Experience (VIN) 0 477.
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Dominican Republic Satellite radio (if equipped), and
The Chevrolet online owner
1-888-751-5301 experience allows interaction with OnStar account information (if
Chevrolet and keeps important equipped).
El Salvador
vehicle-specific information in one F : Chat with online help
800-6273 place. representatives.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Chevrolet Owner Centre This program is available to or included, in the coverage

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca qualified applicants for cost provided by the New Vehicle Limited
reimbursement of eligible Warranty.
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: aftermarket adaptive equipment Roadside Assistance provides
. Chat live with online help required for the vehicle, such as assistance to the driver and
representatives. hand controls or a wheelchair/ passengers while driving the vehicle
. Locate owner resources such as scooter lift for the vehicle. within your city of residence or on
lease-end, financing, and For more information on the limited any passable road in Mexico, the
warranty information. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or United States, and Canada.
. Retrieve your favorite articles, call the GM Mobility Assistance Services are subject to the
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text limitations described in the following
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
Telephone (TTY) users, call pages. Program coverage varies by
galleries organized into the
1-800-833-9935. country.
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections. General Motors of Canada also has Roadside Assistance is available
. Download owner manuals. a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca 24 hours a day, 365 days of
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) the year.
. Find the for details. TTY users call This program expires two years
Chevrolet-recommended 1-800-263-3830. from the date of the invoice for the
maintenance services.
vehicle, regardless of vehicle
Roadside Assistance mileage and changes in vehicle
GM Mobility Program ownership.
Reimbursement Program As a new owner, your vehicle is For more information about the
automatically enrolled in the renewal of this program at the end
Roadside Assistance program. The of its term, contact the Chevrolet
services are available at no cost Customer Assistance Center at
under the terms and conditions of 01-800-466-0811.
the program. The Roadside
Assistance program is not part of,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Services Provided . *Emergency Calls: Call for dealer, you will be asked to
. Flat Tire Change: If unable to emergency services. cover the difference in cost at
change a flat tire, Roadside . *Dealership Location the time of the move.
Assistance will provide towing Assistance: Information If the vehicle cannot be received
service to the nearest authorized regarding addresses and by the nearest Chevrolet dealer
Chevrolet dealership. It is the telephone numbers for Chevrolet due to scheduling conflicts, the
owner's responsibility for the dealers. vehicle will be taken to a safe
repair or replacement of the tire. . Emergency Towing: Tow to the place where it will remain for up
This service is limited to the nearest dealer for warranty to 48 hours until it can be taken
transfer of the vehicle to the service if the vehicle cannot be to the dealer. If the storage costs
repair facility. driven. exceed the amount authorized,
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: the owner is responsible to pay
If the vehicle is involved in an the difference at the time of
Delivery of enough fuel for the accident during the commission
vehicle to get to the nearest service. Contact Roadside
of a crime, administrative Assistance for more information
service station. violation, or breach of traffic on authorized amounts.
. Lock-Out Service: Service to regulations, Roadside
. *Trip Interruption: This service
unlock the vehicle if you are Assistance will not provide
locked out. A remote unlock may service. When the vehicle is not is provided if you are prevented
be available if the vehicle has an accessible to be towed, all from further usage of your
active OnStar subscription. For maneuvers required to access it vehicle while traveling and it is
security reasons, the driver must will be at the owner's expense. not possible for the nearest
present identification before this Chevrolet dealership to repair
If the vehicle is in another city the vehicle the same day,
service is provided. outside of your residence, requiring the vehicle to stay at
. Battery Jump Start: Service to Roadside Assistance is limited the dealership for a night or
jump start a dead battery. to moving the vehicle to the more. If this happens, in addition
. *Emergency Messages: nearest dealer. If you would like to the previously listed services
Transmission of urgent phone the vehicle moved to a different and prior to confirmation by the
messages. dealership, you are entitled to
choose one of the following
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
alternatives, within the limits of availability at the chosen Services Not Included in Roadside
existing Roadside Assistance destination. Restrictions apply Assistance
program guidelines. If the costs based on vehicle specifications. Roadside Assistance does not
exceed the amount authorized If you are on the road, taxi cover or reimburse services for the
for these services, you must pay service to the nearest bus following:
the difference at the time of station or airport will be
service. . Events caused by fraud or bad
provided. faith by the driver.
Roadside Assistance will . *Complimentary
coordinate hotel . Vehicle immobilization situations
Transportation for Vehicle Pick due to a major force or
accommodations for all vehicle Up: Transportation to pick up
travelers for up to two nights. unforeseen circumstances, such
your vehicle after repairs are as natural phenomena of an
A rental car will be provided for complete. Once the dealer has extraordinary nature,
up to two days and the vehicle reported that the vehicle has earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,
must be returned to its original been repaired, Roadside and other cyclonic storms.
destination, excluding vehicles Assistance will provide bus or
with a carrying capacity greater commercial airline one-way . Vehicle immobilization situations
than 3.5 tons. service (subject to availability) arising from car accidents
for the person designated by you caused by the driver of the
Complimentary Transportation: If vehicle or third parties. This
you prefer to continue your trip to collect your vehicle at the
dealership's location if you or the means any occurrence that
to the intended destination or causes physical injury to the
return to your place of designated person are not in the
same town or city as the occupants and/or the vehicle
residence, and the trip requires caused by external forces.
more than eight hours driving on dealership.
the road, transportation for the *These services are not provided for . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar,
driver and passengers by first U.S. or Canada residents. All armed forces or police actions
class bus or coach commercial services provided in the U.S. and which prevent timely delivery of
airline will be provided to a Canada are at the owner's expense assistance services.
location chosen by Roadside and will be reimbursed by Roadside
Assistance, depending on Assistance.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Food service, beverages, Costs are only incurred in situations For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
telephone calls, or other extra that exceed the limits of the call 1-800-268-6800.
costs. Accommodation costs program, some of which are listed Service is available 24 hours a day,
apply only to Mexico per the previously in this section. 365 days a year.
terms and conditions of the To contact Roadside Assistance by
Roadside Assistance program. phone, use the following numbers: Calling for Assistance
. Any damage to the vehicle When calling Roadside Assistance,
without intent, derived from the Mexico
have the following information
services provided. 01-800-466-0811 ready:
. Cost of towing a trailer when United States . Your name, home address, and
choosing a Chevrolet dealer that home telephone number.
1-866-466-8901
is nearest to the temporary . Telephone number of your
storage facility for the disabled Canada location.
vehicle.
1-800-268-6800 . Location of the vehicle.
. Cost of all maneuvers required
to access the vehicle when it is E-mail . Model, year, color, and license
not available to be towed. asistencia.chevrolet@gm.com plate number of the vehicle.
. Cost of fuel provided. Chevrolet reserves the right to make . Odometer reading, Vehicle
any changes or discontinue the Identification Number (VIN), and
Routine vehicle repair costs are not
Roadside Assistance program at delivery date of the vehicle.
covered by the Roadside
Assistance program. For more any time without notification. . Description of the problem.
information, see your new vehicle
warranty. Roadside Assistance Coverage
Contacting Roadside Assistance Program Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
Roadside Assistance services are of For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
no cost to you and available 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
24 hours a day, 365 days a year. (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a must present identification delivered back to the customer,
person driving the vehicle without before this service is given. up to 805 km (500 mi).
permission from the owner is not . Emergency Tow from a Public
covered. Services Not Included in
Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance
Roadside Assistance is not a part of nearest Chevrolet dealer for
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by
General Motors North America and was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws.
Chevrolet reserve the right to make driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines.
any changes or discontinue the when the vehicle is stuck in the
. Mounting, dismounting,
Roadside Assistance program at sand, mud, or snow.
any time without notification. or changing of snow tires,
. Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices.
General Motors North America and change a flat tire with the spare
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle
services or payment to an owner or must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible
driver if they decide the claims are properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a
made too often, or the same type of responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained
claim is made many times. replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not
Services Provided covered.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: jump start a dead battery. Services Specific to
Delivery of enough fuel for the Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
vehicle to get to the nearest . Trip Interruption Benefits and
service station. Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. If available,
. Lock-Out Service: Service to event, incidental expenses may diesel fuel delivery may be
unlock the vehicle if you are be reimbursed within the restricted. Propane and other
locked out. A remote unlock may Powertrain warranty period. fuels are not provided through
be available if you have OnStar. Items considered are reasonable this service.
and customary hotel, meals,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
registration is required.
Appointments Program
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
150 km from where your trip was service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
started to qualify. General request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Motors of Canada Limited scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
requires pre-authorization, and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
original detailed receipts, and a of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
copy of the repair orders. Once dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
authorization has been received, inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
the Roadside Assistance advisor If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid-specific warranties in both
will help to make arrangements into the service department the U.S. and Canada.
and explain how to receive immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation
payment. can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in
. Alternative Service: If unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when
assistance cannot be provided safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required.
right away, the Roadside your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a
Assistance advisor may give and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited
permission to get local If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet
emergency road service. You will the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and
receive payment, up to $100, urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information”
after sending the original receipt day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be information.
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Transportation Options Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change,
Warranty service can generally be
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy
completed while you wait. However,
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to
if you are unable to do so, your
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim
dealer may offer the following
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and
transportation options:
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its
Shuttle Service well as a signed and completed sole discretion.
This includes one-way or round-trip rental agreement and meet state/
shuttle service within reasonable provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair
time and distance parameters of provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a
your dealer's area. Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified
Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Reimbursement technician using the proper
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement
If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision
needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale
used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent
within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a collisions.
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
customers arrange their own Collision Parts
transportation, limited Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new
reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information parts made with the same materials
expenses may be available. Claim and construction methods as the
amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was
and be supported by original originally built. Genuine GM
receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to
information. ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
are preserved. The use of Genuine Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts.
GM parts can help maintain the GM failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the
Recycled original equipment parts vehicle will be repaired with GM
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts.
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not
vehicles that were total losses in choose a collision repair facility that available from your current
prior crashes. In most cases, the meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching
parts being recycled are from need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier.
undamaged sections of the vehicle. may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
A recycled original equipment GM with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have
part may be an acceptable choice to state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
maintain the vehicle's originally able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment
designed appearance and safety center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
performance; however, the history of technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement
these parts is not known. Such parts equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
are not covered by the GM New Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the lease for poor quality repairs.
related failures are not covered by Protect your investment in the GM
that warranty. vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
Aftermarket collision parts are also are significant differences in the
available. These are made by emergency services for help. Do not
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
companies other than GM and may various insurance policy terms.
not have been tested for the vehicle. matters have been taken care of.
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position
As a result, these parts may fit reduced protection to the GM
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ puts you in danger, or you are
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police
corrosion problems, and may not damage repairs through the use of
perform properly in subsequent officer.
aftermarket collision parts. Some
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not insurance companies will not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Give only the necessary information If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts,
to police and other parties involved Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage
in the crash. Inflates? 0 79. does not pay the full cost.
For emergency towing see Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance
Roadside Assistance Program Repair Process company is paying for the repairs,
0 487 or Roadside Assistance you are not obligated to accept a
Program 0 490. In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy
Gather the following information: that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
. Driver name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company.
telephone number. repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control
. Driver license number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within
. Owner name, address, and required replacement collision parts reasonable limits.
telephone number. be original equipment parts, either
. Vehicle license plate number. new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications
original GM parts. Remember,
. Vehicle make, model, and recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information
model year. the GM vehicle warranty. Service Manuals
. Vehicle Identification Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
Number (VIN). Service Manuals have the diagnosis
but you must live with the repair. and repair information on the
. Insurance company and policy Depending on your policy limits, engines, transmission, axle,
number. your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical,
initially value the repair using steering, body, etc.
. General description of the aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
damage to the other vehicle. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins
Choose a reputable repair facility Genuine GM parts. Remember,
Service Bulletins give additional
that uses quality replacement parts. if the vehicle is leased, you may be
technical service information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this obligated to have the vehicle
needed to knowledgeably service
section.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
General Motors cars and trucks. ORDER TOLL FREE: Industry Canada Standards
Each bulletin contains instructions 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
to assist in the diagnosis and 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time ICES‐001.
service of the vehicle. For Credit Card Orders Only Operation is subject to the following
Owner Information (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see two conditions:
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. 1. The device may not cause
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended Or write to: harmful interference.
to provide basic operational Helm, Incorporated 2. The device must accept any
information about the vehicle. The Attention: Customer Service interference received, including
Owner Manual includes the 47911 Halyard Drive interference that may cause
Maintenance Schedule for all Plymouth, MI 48170 undesired operation of the
models. device.
Prices are subject to change without
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, notice and without incurring Changes or modifications to any of
Owner Manual, and Warranty obligation. Allow ample time for these systems by other than an
Manual. delivery. authorized service facility could void
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – All listed prices are quoted in U.S. authorization to use this equipment.
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
shipping fees. funds. Radio Frequency
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. Statement
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Radio Frequency This vehicle has systems that
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Statement operate on a radio frequency that
shipping fees. This vehicle has systems that complies with Norma Oficial
operate on a radio frequency that Mexicana NOM 121-SCT1-2009
Current and Past Models requirements.
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Technical Service Bulletins and Federal Communications
Manuals are available for current Commission (FCC) rules and with
and past model GM vehicles.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Operation of this equipment is Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call
subject to the following two the Vehicle Safety Hotline
conditions: Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1. This equipment or device may 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
not cause harmful interference. Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to:
2. This equipment or device must to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
accept any interference Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
received, including interference Washington, D.C. 20590
that may cause undesired If you believe that your vehicle
operation. has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle
death, you should immediately safety from http://
inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects
General Motors. to the Canadian
If NHTSA receives similar Government
complaints, it may open an If you live in Canada, and you
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety
a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada
of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General
and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Limited. Call
However, NHTSA cannot Transport Canada at
become involved in individual 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
problems between you, your Transport Canada
dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

to General Motors Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or event data recorder (EDR). The
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: bag deployment or hitting a road
about the vehicle’s performance and
Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in
Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s
Center monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to designed to record data related to
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time,
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 typically 30 seconds or less. The
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to
(French), or write: record such data as:
control the vehicle. These modules
General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data
1908 Colonel Sam Drive . Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated,
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
Note consent of the lessee; in response 0 507 or OnStar Additional
to an official request by police or Information 0 512.
EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as Infotainment System
recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM If the vehicle is equipped with a
driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be navigation system as part of the
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may infotainment system, use of the
crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for system may result in the storage of
However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is destinations, addresses, telephone
enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a numbers, and other trip information.
EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. See the infotainment manual for
personally identifying data routinely
information on stored data and for
acquired during a crash
investigation. OnStar® deletion instructions.
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with

special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
500 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503 > Red Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506 that can connect to an OnStar
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional services may require a paid Press = to:
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and . Make a call, end a call,
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 electrical system, cellular service, or answer an incoming call.
and GPS satellite signals to be . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
available and operating. OnStar acts voice commands.
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
collect information about you and Navigation voice commands.
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 501
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Overview Refer to the purchase
or SSID and password, documentation relating to your
if equipped. If equipped, this vehicle has a specific vehicle to confirm the
comprehensive, in-vehicle system functions.
Press Q to connect to an that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor to: Advisor for Emergency, Security, The OnStar system is not available
Navigation, Connectivity, and in any of the countries of the Central
. Verify account information or America and Caribbean region.
update contact information. Diagnostics Services.
The OnStar system status light is
. Get driving directions. next to the OnStar buttons. If the
. Receive a Diagnostic check of status light is:
the vehicle's key operating . Solid Green: System is ready.
systems.
. Flashing Green: On a call.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.
= Voice Command Button Press Q or call 01-800-083-4994 to
Q Blue OnStar Button speak to an Advisor.
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ > Emergency Button Press = to give OnStar
7 to: This manual describes OnStar´s Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
. Get help for an emergency. functions, which may or may not be commands. This requires the
on the vehicle because of optional OnStar Connect Plus service.
. Be a Good Samaritan or equipment that was not purchased
respond to an AMBER Alert. on the vehicle, model variants, Press Q to connect to an
country specifications, or features/ Advisor to:
. Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations applications that may not be . Verify account information or
and find evacuation routes. available in your region, or changes update contact information.
subsequent to the printing of this
owner manual.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
502 OnStar
. Get driving directions. Requires Emergency
the OnStar Connect Plus
OnStar Services
service. With Automatic Crash Response, in
Emergency many crashes, built-in sensors can
. Receive an On-Demand automatically alert a specially
Diagnostics check of the Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar subscription plan trained OnStar Advisor who is
vehicle’s key operating systems. immediately connected to the
(excludes Basic Plan). With
. Receive Roadside Assistance. Automatic Crash Response, built-in vehicle to help.
Press > to get a priority connection sensors can automatically alert a Press > for a priority connection to
to an Advisor available 24/7 to: specially trained OnStar Advisor an OnStar Advisor who can contact
who is immediately connected in to emergency service providers, direct
. Get help in an emergency. the vehicle to help. them to your exact location, and
. Be a Good Citizen and contact relay important information.
Press > for a priority connection to
an Advisor to help someone else
an OnStar Advisor who can contact With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
in need. emergency service providers, direct trained Advisors are available
. Get assistance in severe them to your exact location, and 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
weather or other crisis situations relay important information. provide a central point of contact,
and find evacuation routes. assistance, and information during a
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available crisis.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact, Security
assistance, and information during a If equipped, OnStar provides these
crisis. services:
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
can locate a nearby service provider OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
to help with a flat tire, a battery pinpoint the vehicle and help
jump, or an empty gas tank. authorities quickly recover it.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 503
. With Remote Ignition Block, Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
if equipped, OnStar can block “OK, request completed, thank
the engine from being restarted. OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.”
specific OnStar subscription plan.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Route Preview
if equipped, OnStar can work Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
with law enforcement to directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds:
gradually slow the vehicle down. vehicle’s navigation screen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System
Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three
If equipped with OnStar, it provides maneuvers.
services: 1. Press Q to connect to an
Repeat
Advisor.
. With Roadside Assistance,
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds:
Advisors can locate a nearby
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
service provider to help with a
flat tire, a battery jump, or an 3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System
empty gas tank. commands. responds with the last direction
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, given, then responds with
Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
OnStar advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
During a Planned Route
Get My Destination
authorities quickly recover it. Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
. With Remote Ignition Block if 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
equipped, OnStar can block the “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
engine from being started. 2. Say “Get my destination.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
responds: “Do you want to address and distance to the
if equipped, OnStar can work cancel directions?” destination, then responds with
with law enforcement to “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
gradually slow the vehicle down.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
504 OnStar
Destination Download Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat

Subscribers can have directions 1. Press Q to connect to an 1. Press =. System responds:
sent to the vehicle’s navigation Advisor. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
screen, if equipped.
2. Request directions to be 2. Say "Repeat." System
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
download directions to the vehicle’s given, then responds with
3. Follow the voice-guided
navigation system, if equipped. After "Thank you, goodbye."
commands.
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving Get My Destination
Using Voice Commands
directions. Routes that are sent to During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds:
the navigation screen can only be “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
canceled through the navigation Cancel Route
system. 2. Say “Get my destination.”
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or “OnStar ready,” then a tone. address and distance to the
www.onstar.ca (Canada). destination, then responds with
2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Navigation cancel directions?” Other Navigation Services Available
OnStar navigation requires the 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: from OnStar
OnStar Connect Plus service plan. “Yes. OK route canceled, thank Destination Download
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn you, goodbye.”
Subscribers can have directions
directions or have them sent to the Route Preview sent to the vehicle’s navigation
vehicle’s navigation screen, screen, if equipped.
if equipped. The OnStar mapping 1. Press =. System responds:
database is continuously updated. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
For coverage maps, see 2. Say “Route preview.” System download directions to the vehicle’s
www.onstar.com.mx. responds with the next three navigation system, if equipped. After
maneuvers. the call ends, press the Go button
on the navigation screen to begin
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 505
driving directions. Routes that are devices. Choose a unique name 3. To change the SSID or
sent to the navigation screen can and avoid family names or password, press Q or call
only be canceled through the vehicle descriptions. 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
navigation screen. with an Advisor.
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If
For information about Destination Equipped) OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App
Download, and coverage maps, see (If Equipped)
www.onstar.com.mx. The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access Download the OnStar RemoteLink
to the Internet and web content at mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Connections 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile Android™, BlackBerry®,
The following OnStar services help devices can be connected. A data or Windows® mobile devices.
with staying connected. plan is required. Use the in-vehicle OnStar Subscribers can access the
controls only when it is safe to following services from a mobile
For coverage maps, see
do so. device:
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
Ensuring Security information, press =, wait for if factory-equipped.
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
. Change the default passwords settings.” On some vehicles,
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and with automatic locks.
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
RemoteLink mobile application. screen. . Activate the horn and lamps.
Make these passwords different .
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
from each other and use a
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), life, or tire pressure,
combination of letters, numbers,
password, and on some if factory-equipped with the Tire
and symbols to increase the
vehicles, the connection type Pressure Monitor System.
security.
(no Internet connection, 3G, . Send directions to the vehicle.
. Change the default name of the 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
SSID (Service Set Indentifier). (poor, good, excellent). . Locate the vehicle on a map
This is your network’s name that (U.S. market only).
is visible to other wireless
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
506 OnStar
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot 2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call
on/off, manage settings, and “Call. Please say the name or
monitor data consumption, number to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call
if equipped. ended.”
3. Say the entire number without
For OnStar RemoteLink information pausing, including a “1” and the Verify Minutes and Expiration
and compatibility, see area code. System responds:
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or “OK, calling.” Press = and say “Minutes” then
www.onstar.ca (Canada). “Verify” to check how many minutes
Calling 911 Emergency remain and their expiration date.
Remote Services
1. Press =. System responds:
Contact an OnStar Advisor to “OnStar ready.”
Connectivity
unlock the doors or sound the horn The following OnStar services help
and flash the lamps. 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or with staying connected
OnStar AtYourService number to call.” For coverage maps, see
OnStar Advisors can provide special 3. Say “911” without pausing. www.onstar.com.mx
offers from restaurants and retailers System responds: “911.” OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App
on your route, help locate hotels, (If Equipped)
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
or book a room.
“OK, dialing 911.” Download the OnStar RemoteLink
OnStar Hands-Free Calling mobile app from iTunes® App Store,
Retrieve My Number
Make and receive calls with the GooglePlay for Android™,
built-in wireless calling service, 1. Press =. System responds: BlackBerry App World™,
which requires available minutes. “OnStar ready.” or Windows App store. OnStar
Subscribers can access the
Make a Call 2. Say “My number.” System following services from a mobile
responds: “Your OnStar device:
1. Press =. System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is,”
“OnStar ready.” then says the number. . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 507
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped pressing Q. The Proactive Alerts
with automatic locks, or activate
OnStar Additional
feature (if available) can help predict
the horn and lamps. and alert of potential upcoming Information
. Check the fuel level, oil life, maintenance issues with select In-Vehicle Audio Messages
or tire pressure, components on the vehicle, before
if factory-equipped with the Tire they become a problem. Audio messages may play important
Pressure Monitor System. information at the following times:
OnStar can also monitor and report
For OnStar RemoteLink information tire pressure, if the vehicle is . Prior to vehicle purchase.
and compatibility, see equipped with a Tire Pressure Press Q to set up an account.
www.onstar.com.mx. Monitoring System.
. With the OnStar Basic Plan,
Calling 066 Emergency every 60 days.
Diagnostics
. After change in ownership and
1. Press =. System responds: OnStar can perform a monthly at 90 days.
“OnStar ready,” followed by check of your vehicle’s key
a tone. operating systems, including the Transferring Service
2. Say “Call.” System responds: engine, transmission, antilock
brakes, and other major vehicle Press Q to request account transfer
“Call. Please say the name or eligibility information. The Advisor
number to call.” systems. OnStar can also monitor
tire pressure, if the vehicle is can cancel or change account
3. Say “066” without pausing. equipped with the Tire Pressure information.
System responds: “066.” Monitor System. If an On-Demand Selling/Transferring the
4. Say “Call.” System responds: Diagnostics check is needed,
Vehicle
“OK, dialing 066.” press Q and an Advisor can run a
check. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics (1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
Advanced Diagnostics provides a the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
status of the vehicle’s key systems transferred, or if the lease ends.
with a monthly e-mail, or by
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
508 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent . Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement
Owners Advisor. 0 496 or Radio Frequency
Statement 0 496.
Press Q and follow the prompts to OnStar services cannot work unless
speak to an Advisor as soon as the vehicle is in a place where Services for People with
possible. The Advisor will update OnStar has an agreement with a Disabilities
vehicle records and explain OnStar wireless service provider for service
Advisors provide services to help
service options. in that area. The wireless service
Subscribers with physical disabilities
provider must also have coverage,
How OnStar Service Works and medical conditions.
network capacity, reception, and
Automatic Crash Response, technology compatible with OnStar Press Q to help:
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, services. Service involving location
. Locate a gas station with an
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are attendant to pump gas.
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote
Services, Roadside Assistance, available, unobstructed, and . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and compatible with the OnStar that meets accessibility needs.
Hands-Free Calling are available on hardware. OnStar services may not . Provide directions to the closest
most vehicles. Not all OnStar work if the OnStar equipment is not
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
services are available everywhere properly installed or it has not been
situations.
or on all vehicles. For more properly maintained. If equipment or
information, a full description of software is added, connected, TTY Users
OnStar services, system limitations, or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond OnStar has the ability to
and OnStar terms and conditions: communicate to deaf,
the control of OnStar — such as
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
(1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and customers while in the vehicle. The
architecture of the vehicle, damage available dealer-installed TTY
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless system can provide in-vehicle
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). access to all OnStar services,
phone network congestion or
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. jamming — may prevent service. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 509
OnStar Personal Identification vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas
Number (PIN) five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar to send remote signals to
to help gain access to the vehicle.
OnStar services. The PIN will need the vehicle. Do not place items over
to be changed the first time when Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent
speaking with an Advisor. To System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal
change the OnStar PIN, contact an reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. buildings; in parking garages; Message
Warranty around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with
OnStar equipment may be or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals
warranted as part of the vehicle maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar
warranty. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a
Languages few miles into another cellular area.
could have difficulty identifying
The vehicle can be programmed to the exact location.
respond in multiple languages.
Vehicle and Power Issues
. In emergency situations, OnStar
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS
Advisors are available in English, electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency
Spanish, and French. Available and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders.
languages may vary by country. available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
may ask for a call back after the
Assistance after the vehicle has
vehicle is driven into an open area.
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
510 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access
the time of installation. These transmissions and private
The OnStar system is integrated
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent.
into the electrical architecture of the
a system to automatically
vehicle. Do not add any electrical OnStar - Software
communicate with GM servers to
equipment. See Add-On Electrical Acknowledgements
collect information about vehicle
Equipment 0 355. Added electrical
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include
equipment may interfere with the
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other
operation of the OnStar system and
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the
cause it to not operate.
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third
or changes and agreement that party software please see http://
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver either OnStar or GM may remotely
software updates or changes to the www.lg.com/global/support/
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https://
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
may enhance or maintain safety, getdocuments.html
The complete OnStar Privacy
security, or the operation of the libcurl:
Statement may be found at
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
Software updates or changes may
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE
affect or erase data or settings that
recommend that you review it. If you
are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations, All rights reserved.
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties
described in the OnStar privacy
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 511
above copyright notice and this unzip: This software is provided “as is,”
permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind,
copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect,
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES inability to use this software.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE use this software for any purpose,
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications,
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions:
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer,
CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions.
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright
THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in
Except as contained in this notice, documentation and/or other
the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the
not be used in advertising or distribution. The sole exception
otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution
or other dealings in this Software of a standard UnZipSFX binary
without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
the copyright holder.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
512 OnStar
self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail How OnStar Service Works
permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
Automatic Crash Response,
this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,” Diagnostics, Remote Services,
or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,” Roadside Assistance, and
3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,” Turn-by-Turn Navigation are
not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own available on most vehicles. Not all
operating systems, existing source and binary releases. OnStar services are available
ports with new graphical everywhere or on all vehicles. For
interfaces, and dynamic, OnStar Additional more information, a full description
shared, or static library of OnStar services, system
versions–must be plainly
Information
limitations, and OnStar terms and
marked as such and must not Transferring Service conditions, see www.onstar.com.mx.
be misrepresented as being
Press Q to request account transfer OnStar service cannot work unless
the original source. Such
eligibility information. The Advisor your vehicle is in a place where
altered versions also must not
can cancel or change account OnStar has an agreement with a
information. wireless service provider for service
Info-ZIP releases–including,
in that area, and the wireless
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the Reactivation for Subsequent service provider has coverage,
Owners network capacity, reception, and
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
technology compatible with OnStar
variation thereof, including, but Press Q and follow the prompts to service. Service involving location
not limited to, different speak to an Advisor as soon as information about the vehicle cannot
capitalizations), “Pocket possible. The Advisor will update work unless GPS signals are
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip” vehicle records and will explain available, unobstructed, and
without the explicit permission OnStar service offers and options. compatible with the OnStar
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
hardware. OnStar service may not
versions are further prohibited
work if the OnStar equipment is not
from misrepresentative use of
properly installed or it has not been
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 513
properly maintained. If equipment or home page. The website navigation Potential Issues
software is added, connected, and services provided may vary by
OnStar cannot perform Remote
or modified, OnStar service may not country.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
work. Other problems beyond the
OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
control of OnStar — such as hills,
Number (NIP) been off continuously for five days
tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
without an ignitions cycle. If the
electrical system design and A NIP is needed to access some vehicle cannot be started for
architecture of the vehicle, damage OnStar services, like Remote Door five days, OnStar can contact
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Roadside Assistance and a
phone network congestion or Assistance. You will be prompted to locksmith to help gain access to the
jamming — may prevent service. change the NIP the first time when vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Statement speaking with an Advisor. To
0 496 or Radio Frequency change the OnStar NIP, call OnStar Global Positioning
Statement 0 496 information and provide the Advisor with the System (GPS)
regarding part 4.6.2 of the IFT NOM current number. . Obstruction of the GPS can
121-SCT1-2009. Warranty occur in a large city with tall
This service is provided through a buildings; in parking garages;
OnStar equipment may be around airports; in tunnels, and
public telecommunications network warranted as part of the New
duly authorized in Mexican underpasses; or in an area with
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The very dense trees. If GPS signals
Republic. manufacturer of the vehicle are not available, the OnStar
OnStar.com.mx furnishes detailed warranty system should still operate to
information. call OnStar. However, OnStar
The website provides access to
account information, allows Languages could have difficulty identifying
management of the OnStar the exact location.
The vehicle can be programmed to
subscription, and enables viewing of respond in multiple languages. . In emergency situations, OnStar
videos of each service. Get can use the last stored GPS
subscription plan pricing and sign Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
location to send to emergency
up for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics. Advisors are available in English
responders.
Click on the “My Account” tab on the and Spanish.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
514 OnStar
. A temporary loss of GPS can available and operating for features settings. These updates or changes
cause loss of the ability to send to function properly. These systems may also collect personal
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. may not operate if the battery is information. Such collection is
The Advisor may give a verbal discharged or disconnected. described in the OnStar privacy
route or may ask for a call back statement or separately disclosed at
after the vehicle is driven into an Add-on Electrical Equipment the time of installation. These
open area. The OnStar system is integrated updates or changes may also cause
into the electrical architecture of the a system to automatically
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical communicate with GM servers to
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical collect information about vehicle
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 355. Added electrical system status, identify whether
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the updates or changes are available,
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and or deliver updates or changes. An
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. active OnStar agreement constitutes
reception. consent to these software updates
Vehicle Software Updates or changes and agreement that
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver either OnStar or GM may remotely
Message software updates or changes to the deliver them to the vehicle.
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or
Privacy
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety, The responsible of the treatment of
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the your personnel data will be OnStar
vehicle or the vehicle systems. de México, S. de R.L. de C.V., with
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may head office at Ejército Nacional No.
few kilometers into another
affect or erase data or settings that 843, Colonia Granada, Delegación
cellular area.
are stored in the vehicle, such as Miguel Hidalgo, zip code 11520,
Vehicle and Power Issues saved navigation destinations, Federal District, Mexico. The
or pre-set radio stations. Neither personal data we may collect
OnStar services require a vehicle includes: your name, address, email
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
electrical system, wireless service, address, telephone number (cell
any affected or erased data or
and GPS satellite technologies to be
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 515
and/or landline) your RFC (Registro Your personal and vehicle data will It is important to mention that
Federal de Contribuyentes [taxpayer be treated for the following purposes (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and
ID] and your personal identification purposes: (i) to provide you with (vi), give rise to and are necessary
number (NIP) for OnStar services. services you have requested to maintain our legal relationship.
We may also collect information (automatic accident response, On the other hand, purposes (vii),
from your vehicle including: your remote and emergency services, (viii) and (ix), do not give rise to and
Vehicle identification number (VIN): assistance if your vehicle is stolen, are not necessary to maintain our
the make, model and year of your step-by-step directions); (ii) to keep legal relationship and therefore for
vehicle; the Vehicle license plate our records up to date so that we these purposes we make available
number; information about your are able to answer your inquiries; a mechanism set up at our
selling or preferred GM distributor; (iii) for troubleshooting and research Customer Service Center in the
information about the operation of purposes; (iv) to protect the safety telephone: 01800-0834994 or via
the vehicle (including diagnostic of you or others; (v) to prevent fraud your e-mail:
trouble codes, oil life remaining, tire or misuse of the OnStar service; (vi) privacidadmexico@onstar.com, so
pressure, fuel economy and in the cases set forth by law or the that, if applicable, you can indicate
odometer readings); information authorities; (vii) to carry out your refusal to have your personal
about collisions involving the marketing and general promotional data being processed for the
vehicle, the direction from which it activities; (viii) to allow OnStar, purposes indicated in purposes (vii),
was hit, which airbags have General Motors de México, S. de (viii) and (ix).
deployed and safety belt usage; R.L. de C.V., General Motors LLC In order to know the integral version
information about the use of the and all subsidiaries, affiliates or any of this privacy notice, please visit
vehicle and its features, such as company of the same corporate our web page www.onstar.com.mx.
whether a mobile device has been group to which OnStar belongs, to
paired with your vehicle; and in carry out advertising activities OnStar - Software
limited circumstances, the (offering you products, services and Acknowledgements
geographical location and information); and (ix) for business
prospecting and statistical market Certain OnStar components include
approximate GPS (global libcurl and unzip software and other
positioning satellite) speed of the analysis.
third party software. Below are the
vehicle. notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
516 OnStar
party software please see http:// AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright
www.lg.com/global/support/ THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
opensource/index and https:// EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals:
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
The original language of the DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
licenses is English, the translations WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
below are provided for reference. CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
libcurl: OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Except as contained in this notice, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
All rights reserved. not be used in advertising or Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
and distribute this software for any or other dealings in this Software Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
purpose with or without fee is without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
hereby granted, provided that the the copyright holder. This software is provided “as is,”
above copyright notice and this unzip: without warranty of any kind,
permission notice appear in all express or implied. In no event shall
copies. This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document liable for any direct, indirect,
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp:// incidental, special or consequential
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ damages arising out of the use of or
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. inability to use this software.
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE rights reserved.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 517
Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
including commercial applications, operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
and to alter it and redistribute it ports with new graphical libcurl:
freely, subject to the following interfaces, and dynamic,
restrictions: shared, or static library COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
versions–must be plainly NOTICE
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright marked as such and must not Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
and this list of conditions. the original source. Such
altered versions also must not All rights reserved.
2. Redistributions in binary form be misrepresented as being Permission to use, copy, modify,
(compiled executables) must Info-ZIP releases–including, and distribute this software for any
reproduce the above copyright but not limited to, labeling of purpose with or without fee is
notice, definition, disclaimer, the altered versions with the hereby granted, provided that the
and this list of conditions in names “Info-ZIP” (or any above copyright notice and this
documentation and/or other variation thereof, including, but permission notice appear in all
materials provided with the not limited to, different copies.
distribution. The sole exception capitalizations), “Pocket
to this condition is redistribution UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip” THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
of a standard UnZipSFX binary without the explicit permission “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
(including SFXWiz) as part of a of Info-ZIP. Such altered ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
self-extracting archive; that is versions are further prohibited IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
permitted without inclusion of from misrepresentative use of LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
this license, as long as the the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
normal SFX banner has not addresses or of the FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
been removed from the binary Info-ZIP URL(s). AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
or disabled. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,” COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,” LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
518 OnStar
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, 1. Redistributions of source code
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, must retain the above copyright
CONTRACT, TORT OR Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed notice, definition, disclaimer,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris and this list of conditions.
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, 2. Redistributions in binary form
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, (compiled executables) must
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, reproduce the above copyright
THE SOFTWARE. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, and this list of conditions in
the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, documentation and/or other
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai materials provided with the
otherwise to promote the sale, use Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, distribution. The sole exception
or other dealings in this Software Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, to this condition is redistribution
without prior written authorization of Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, of a standard UnZipSFX binary
the copyright holder. Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, (including SFXWiz) as part of a
Rich Wales, Mike White. self-extracting archive; that is
unzip:
This software is provided “as is,” permitted without inclusion of
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, this license, as long as the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall normal SFX banner has not
definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held been removed from the binary
should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, or disabled.
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential
license.html indefinitely. 3. Altered versions–including, but
damages arising out of the use of or not limited to, ports to new
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All inability to use this software. operating systems, existing
rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to ports with new graphical
For the purposes of this copyright use this software for any purpose, interfaces, and dynamic,
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as including commercial applications, shared, or static library
the following set of individuals: and to alter it and redistribute it versions–must be plainly
freely, subject to the following marked as such and must not
restrictions: be misrepresented as being
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
OnStar 519
the original source. Such

altered versions also must not
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
520 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Makes an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 What Will You See after an
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 288 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 355 When Should an Airbag
Adding a Snow Plow or Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Similar Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 76
Additional Information Airbags
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507, 512 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Maintenance Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Adjustable Throttle and On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Adjustments Passenger Status Indicator . . . 141
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Agreements Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Trademarks and License . . . . . 244 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 377 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Air Filter, Passenger Alarm
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Airbag System All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197, 199
How Does an Airbag Antenna
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 82 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 305
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Index 521
Antilock Brake System Automatic Transmission (cont'd) Brakes (cont'd)

(ABS) (cont'd) Shift Lock Control Function Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Appearance Care Auxiliary System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 184 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 280
Apple CarPlay and Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Center High-Mounted
Assistance Program, Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487, 490
B
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Battery
Assistance Systems for Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 396
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Assistance Systems for Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Voltage and Charging
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 314 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Audio Headlamps, Front Turn
Battery - North America . . . .388, 442
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Signal, Sidemarker, and
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 394
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 189 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Audio Players High Intensity Discharge
Bluetooth
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Overview . . . . . . . . 222, 223,
Automatic Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
227, 232
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Stoplamps, and Back-up
Brake
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Pedal and Adjustable
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . 373, 376
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 144
Automatic Transmission
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
522 Index
C Charging Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
California Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 142 Connections
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Check OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Perchlorate Materials Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 393 Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Malfunction Indicator Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
California Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Traction and Electronic
Proposition Child Restraints Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .361, 388, 442 Infants and Young Children . . . . . 90 Control Light
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Capacities and for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Carbon Monoxide Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 110 Coolant
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cleaning Engine Temperature Gauge . . 137
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Cargo Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Climate Control Courtesy Transportation
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250, 252 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . 250, 252 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 120 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 252 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Center High-Mounted Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Text Telephone (TTY)
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 493 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Index 523
Customer Information Driving (cont'd) Emergency

Service Publications Characteristics and OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 495 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Engine
Customer Satisfaction Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482, 484 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Check and Service Engine
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 32 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
D
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 269 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 364
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 493
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 271 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 498
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Coolant Temperature
Daytime Running
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Cooling System Messages . . . 156
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Diagnostics
Dual Automatic Climate Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 E
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Door E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 136
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Electrical Equipment,
Overheated Protection
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Electrical System
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Engine Compartment Fuse
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 481 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 289
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 314 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Driver Information Instrument Panel Fuse
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .150, 152 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403, 405
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Driving Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 498
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 317
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
524 Index
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Fluid (cont'd) Fuel (cont'd)

Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 178 Fog Lamps Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 180 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 183, 396 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Engine Compartment Fuse
F
Forward Collision Alert Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Fan
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .297, 389 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403, 405
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 145
Features G
Frequency Statement
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Filter, Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 175
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Gauges
Front Fog Lamp
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Engine Coolant
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Front Seats
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 182 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 136
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 63
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
FlexFuel Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 121 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Filling a Portable Fuel
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Fluid Warning Lights and
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Automatic Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 373, 376 General Information
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 461
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 148
Four-Wheel Drive Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 288
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Requirements, California . . . . . 323
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Index 525
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Heater Infants and Young Children,

GM Mobility Reimbursement Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 Heating and Air Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250, 252 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
H
High Voltage Devices and Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Instrument Panel
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 182
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 417 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 51
Headlamps
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 269 Internet Radio
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 310 Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 146 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 307
Daytime Running J
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194, 196
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Jack
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Headlamps, Front Turn Jump Starting - North
How to Wear Safety Belts
Signal, Sidemarker, and America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 K
High Intensity Discharge
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 158
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 I Keyless Entry
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 149 Idle System
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 36
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 180 Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 149 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Heated Ignition Transmission Lock L
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 409
Heated and Ventilated Front Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lamps
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Indicator Auxiliary Roof
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
526 Index
Lamps (cont'd) Lighting Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 181 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Locks
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Exterior Lamps Off LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 143 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Antilock Brake System Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 148
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 144 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Lane Departure Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 for Children (LATCH
Lane Departure Warning Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 320 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 146 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
M
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 180
Maintenance
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 146
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
LATCH System Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Maintenance and Care
Replacing Parts after a Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 139
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 462
LATCH, Lower Anchors and StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Light Traction Control System
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 143
Hill Decent Control . . . . . . . . . . . 146 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 148
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Index 527
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Messages (cont'd) O

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Object Detection System
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Mirrors Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Automatic Dimming Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Messages Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Battery Voltage and Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Oil
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 372
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 136
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 156 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 89
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 51 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Monitor System, Tire OnStar® Additional
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507, 512
Object Detection System . . . . . 158 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 159
N OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Navigation OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503, 504 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . .503, 504
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 280 OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . .500, 501
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 392 OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . .502, 503
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Operating Mode
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Overheated Engine
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
528 Index
Ordering Personalization Proposition

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 495 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 65 Warning,
Outlets Phone California . . . . . . . . . . . .361, 388, 442
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Apple CarPlay and
R
Overheated Engine Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 496
Protection Operating Mode . . . . 384 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . 222, 223,
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 227, 232
Radios
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 193 Pickup Conversion to
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 199
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
P Pictures and
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . 204 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Movies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 241, 242
Park Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Port
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 212
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Power
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Brake and P (Park) Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 394 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 288 Recognition
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 284
Parking or Backing Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 314 Recommended Fluids and
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Passenger Airbag Status Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Records
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Passenger Compartment Air Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 71
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 447
Privacy
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 82 Reimbursement Program,
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 498
Perchlorate Materials GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Program
Requirements, California . . . . . . 362 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 492
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Index 529
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Roof Seats (cont'd)

Replacement Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 481 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 63
Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 60
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 60
S
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 88 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Replacing LATCH System Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Securing Child
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Replacing Safety Belt System Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 110
How to Wear Safety Belts
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Security
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reporting Safety Defects Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 497 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502, 503
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Restraints Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 73
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 71
Retained Accessory Accessories and
Safety Defects Reporting
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 497
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Climate Control
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Ride Control Systems System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 252
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 363
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Roads Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 476
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Roadside Assistance Maintenance, General
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 492
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487, 490 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Seats
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 477
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
530 Index
Service (cont'd) Steering (cont'd) System (cont'd)

Publications Ordering Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Systems
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 492 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Services Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
T
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Steering System Messages . . . . . 161
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Steps
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Shift Lock Control Function Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Check, Automatic Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 486
Shifting Storage Areas
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 46
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Signals, Turn and Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 119
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Special Application Services . . . . 468 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
StabiliTrak Switches
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 38 System
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Forward Collision
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 499
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
Index 531
Tires (cont'd) Traction (cont'd) U

Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 427
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 418 Traction Control/Electronic Universal Remote System . . . . . . 172
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 417 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Trademarks and License Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 175
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Updates
Terminology and Definitions . . 413 Trailer Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Uniform Tire Quality Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 354 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209, 212
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Wheel Alignment and Tire Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
V
Vehicle
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 429 Transmission
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
When It Is Time for New Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . 373, 376
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 477
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Transportation Program,
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Towing Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 327 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 164
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Truck-Camper Loading
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 327 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 447 Turn and Lane-Change
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 354 Turn Signal
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 147
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Vehicle Care
Traction
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Control System (TCS)/
Vehicle Data Recording and
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
9159338) - 2016 - crc - 10/21/15
532 Index
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Windshield

Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Winter
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 399 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 394
W
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Warning
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 399
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 319
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 429
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 94
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Manual de Servicio Silverado 2016 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual de Servicio Silverado 2016 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Trk_Silverado_23133519A.

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

In Brief Vehicle Features

Base Shown, Uplevel Similar

Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks

Power Door Locks Power Windows

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

To adjust the power lumbar support,

Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other

Press I to heat the driver or Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Exterior Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control

Canada and Mexico

If equipped with power mirrors: 1. Press (1) or (3) to select the

2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping

Reading Lamps O : Turns off the automatic

Windshield Wiper/Washer See Windshield Wiper/

Climate Control System (with Heater Only)

1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)

1. Fan Control f (Outside Heated Mirror, If

Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

The Range Selection Mode switch,

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls

Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise

Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In Rear Vision

See Assistance Systems for Parking Universal Remote System Sunroof

Express-Open/Express-Close : To eAssist Features Performance and

Driving habits can affect fuel Roadside Assistance

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN

The ignition key and key rings, and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Programming with a If there are no currently recognized

1. Insert the original, already This procedure will take

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

There are several ways to lock and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety Locks Press { to activate the safety locks Doors

To lock or unlock the tailgate, use

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Power Assist Steps

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If equipped, adjust trailer-tow

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are